Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2007 with funding from Microsoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/collardaniellsfiOOcollrich A ROMAN CITIZEN SPEAKS FIRST YEAR LATIN ^ COPYRIGHT,!^ JJY WILLIAM C. COLLAR AND M. GRANT DANIELL ."•'. / i* ! /C^YRIGHTj l^'BY GINN AND COMPANY ENTERED AT STATIONERS' HALL ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 318.4 M8'« <*. GINN AND COMPANY- PRO- PRIETORS • BOSTON • U.S.A. PREFACE The book that is placed in the hands of a pupil during his first year of the study of Latin should be simple and clear and interesting in its treatment of the language ; it should teach with the utmost thoroughness those principles that it attempts to teach, but it should not attempt to teach to-day what may be taught more properly to-morrow ; it should get the pupil into the reading of easy connected Latin as soon as possible, and for this purpose should supply a generous amount of material graded to his attainment ; and it should never allow the pupil to leave the classroom without a reminder of the extent to which Latin is a part of his own language. With these convictions the revision of Collar and Daniell's M First Year Latin " was undertaken. All these principles underlay the plan of " First Year Latin," but the unanimity with which they have been accepted since the publication of that text has made it possible in the revision so to extend their application as to produce what is in effect a new book. The vocabulary has been made briefer and more Caesarian. From the vocabularies of the lessons the pupil is asked to learn the meanings of some five hundred and seventy words. About ninety per cent of these words are included in 'the list of one thousand words which Professor Lodge 1 suggests should be learned before the end of the second year of the study of Latin. Over sixty per cent occur more than ten times in Caesar. In the Selections for Reading the pupil has a chance to become acquainted casually with a wider vocabulary. 1 Vocabulary of High School Latin. . iii 670402 iv FIRST YEAR LATIN A number of constructions which were taught in the original book have been omitted. With three exceptions the construc- tions included in the revision are those which Byrne 1 recom- mends for the first year. Similarly, the pupil is no longer required to learn uncommon forms which are not necessary for his second-year reading. Increased attention has been given to derivatives. Related English words are often placed after the Latin words in the vocabularies of the lessons as well as in the general vocabulary. Everywhere in the reviews this important part of the study of Latin is kept constantly before the pupil. Suggestions are offered for the keeping of notebooks of English derivatives. The force of certain common prefixes and suffixes in the formation and meaning of Latin words is also explained. Interspersed throughout the book there are ten Review Lessons, which take up the words and constructions previ- ously taught. The machinery for drill has been further strengthened by a summary of the uses of nouns and of verbs, and by review questions touching upon the syntax, forms, derivatives, and principles of each lesson^' These ques- tions* have been placed after the Selections for Reading, that they may be somewhat removed from the lessons they concern. The treatment of the Essentials of Grammar has been made more useful by a comparison of English grammar with Latin grammar, and by the inclusion of Latin equivalents for the English illustrative words and phrases. The material for reading has been somewhat changed, par- ticularly by the omission of the Fables and Stories, and by the introduction of the Story of Perseus, of the simplified nar- rative of Caesar's Campaign against the Helvetians, and of a number of pages from Eutropius. In all the selections the 1 The Syntax of High School Latin. PREFACE v syntax has been made to conform with that taught in the lessons, so that the pupil may not be bothered or discouraged by unfamiliar constructions. As an aid to the pupil's pronunciation, a mark of accent has been placed on the words in the vocabularies of the first eighteen lessons, and on declensions and conjugations, both in the text and in the Appendix. Teachers who are familiar with " First Year Latin" will find that none of its well-known excellences have been sacrificed in the revision. There are, for example, the same short les- sons, usually less than two pages in length. In the exercises the sentences for translation remain simple. Nowhere are many constructions brought within the limits of a single sentence. The exercises for translation from English into Latin are relatively shorter than those from Latin into English. The order in which the verb is developed and in which the various constructions are presented will be found the same, with a few exceptions. In the study of syntax the pupil is still led from the observation of model sentences to the deduc- tion* of usages and principles. Passages of connected Latin are introduced early and are of frequent occurrence through- out the lessons, and there is ample material for reading after the lessons have been completed. The content of the book is still such that it is possible for high-school classes to go through the lessons within thirty weeks. The " Teacher's Manual," in addition to general directions and notes on each lesson, contains carefully graded sentences for sight reading and for the practice of the "direct method," as well as material for drill on English derivatives of the Latin words of the vocabularies. It is hoped that teachers will find the numerous illustrations a help to them in familiarizing pupils with the life of the vi FIRST YEAR LATIN Romans. The four plates in colors were made especially for this book by Mr. Arthur E. Becher after a careful study of all the phases of Roman life that they represent. As for the other pictures, half tones have been used where the subject could be made more realistic if reproduced directly from a photograph. In cases where line engravings seemed more suitable, drawings in the style of the early Italian engravings were made for the purpose by Mr. Thomas M. Cleland, Mr. W. A. Dwiggins, and Mr. Adrian J. Iorio. As a whole the illustrations are believed to be of a quality unexcelled in schoolbooks. The reviser wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to the suggestions received from Mr. Collar himself, who, before his death, had given considerable thought to the aim and scope of the revision. Indebtedness is also gratefully acknowledged to Professor Charles Knapp, of Barnard College, New York ; to Mr. Herbert F. Hancox, of Lewis Institute, Chicago ; and to Miss Grace I. Bridge and Miss Grace E. Jackson, of the Hyde Park High School, Chicago, for their helpful criticisms. T.J. CONTENTS PAGE Essentials of Grammar i To the Beginner in Latin : What Latin is, and why it is studied. how to study latin 1 5 Introduction : Alphabet, Sounds of the Letters, Syllables, Quantity, Accent 19 LESSON I. The Singular and Plural of Nouns and Verbs. The Nominative Case used as Subject 24 II. The Accusative Case used as the Direct Object . . 26 III. The Present Indicative Active -of the First Conju- gation 28 IV. The Genitive Case used to denote Possession ... 30 V. The Present Indicative Active of the Second Conju- gation. Causal Clause with Quod 32 VI. The Dative Case used as the Indirect Object. The Ablative used in Prepositional Phrases to show Place Where 34 VII. The First Declension. Gender 36 First Review Lesson 38 VIII. The Second Declension 40 IX. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions . . 42 X. The Present Indicative of Sum. Predicate Noun and Predicate Adjective 44 XI. Apposition. Cornelia et Iulia 46 XII. The Second Declension : Nouns in -er, -ir, -ius, and -ium 48 XIII. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions end- ing in -er. De Graecia 50 vii viii FIRST YEAR LATIN LESSON PAGE XIV. The Imperfect and Future Indicative of Sum. The Dative with Adjectives 52 Second Review Lesson 54 XV. The Imperfect Indicative Active, First and Second Conjugations. The Ablative of Means .... 56 XVI. The Future Indicative Active, First and Second Conjugations. The Ablative of Manner ... 58 XVII. Principal Parts. The Perfect Stem. The Perfect Indicative Active, First Conjugation. De Sabinis 60 XVIII. The Perfect Indicative Active, Second Conjuga- tion. The Ablative of Accompaniment .... 62 XIX. The Demonstrative Is. The Perfect Indicative of Sum 64 XX. The Interrogative Quis. De Deis Romanorum . . . 66 XXI. The Present, Imperfect, Future, and Perfect In- dicative Active of the Third Conjugation . . 68 Third Review Lesson 70 XXII. Reading Lesson. De Icaro. Roman! pro Sociis pugnant . 72 XXIII. The Third Declension 74 XXIV. The Third Conjugation : Verbs in -io. The Ablative of Place from Which. The Accusative of Place to Which j6 XXV. The Ablative of Cause. Prepositional Phrases expressing Cause y8 XXVI. The Third Declension : i-STEMS 80 XXVII. The Accusative and the Ablative with Prepositions. Adjectives used as Nouns 82 XXVIII. Reading Lesson. Horatius Pontem defendit. De Natio- nibus Europae 84 Fourth Review Lesson 86 XXIX. Adjectives of the Third Declension 88 XXX. The Fourth Conjugation. Conloquium 90 XXXI. The Ablative of Time. Laconic Speeches 92 CONTENTS ix LESSON PAGE XXXII. The Pluperfect and Future Perfect Indicative Active of All Conjugations 94 XXXIII. The Demonstratives Hie and Ille. Place from Which and to Which, in Names of Towns . 96 XXXIV. Reading Lesson. Victoria v Caesaris. De Caesare et Britannis 98 XXXV. The Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Passive of the First and Second Conjuga- tions. The Ablative of Agent 100 XXXVI. The Relative Qui 102 Fifth Review Lesson 104 XXXVII. The Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Passive of Rego and Capio 106 XXXVIII. The Personal and Reflexive Pronouns . . . 108 XXXIX. The Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Passive of the Fourth Conjugation. Veturia, Mater Coriolanl. De PerseS no XL. The Possessive Adjectives. The Ablative of Separation . . . . , 112 XLI. The Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative Passive of All Conjugations. Iup- piter Perseum servat 114 XLII. The Fourth Declension 116 XLIII. The Comparison of Adjectives 118 Sixth Review Lesson 120 XLIV. The Comparison of Adjectives ending in -er or -lis. The Partitive Genitive 122 XLV. Reading Lesson. Scipio et Hannibal. Perseus Medu- sam quaerit 124 XLVI. The Irregular Comparison of Adjectives. The Ablative of Degree of Difference .... 1 26 XLVII. The Formation and the Comparison of Adverbs 128 XLVI 1 1. The Fifth Declension. The Accusative of Extent i 30 x ' FIRST YEAR LATIN LESSON PAGE XLIX. Reading Lesson. A Letter from Pompeii. Perseus Medu- sam interficit 132 L. The Subjunctive Mood. The Present Subjunctive. Purpose Clauses with Ut and Ne 134 LI. The Imperfect Subjunctive. Sequence of Tenses . 136 LII. Substantive Clauses of Purpose. Result Clauses . 138 Seventh Review Lesson 140 LIII. Reading Lesson. Caesar Hostis vincit. Andromeda FIlia Cephei 142 LIV. The Perfect and the Pluperfect Subjunctive. In- direct Questions 144 LV. Numeral Adjectives. The Objective Genitive ... 146 LVI. Adjectives having the Genitive in -Ius. Monstrum appropinquat 148 LVII. The Infinitive as Subject and as Complement . . 150 LVIII. The Infinitive as Object. The Accusative as Sub- ject of the Infinitive. Indirect Statements . 152 LIX. Reading Lesson. Caesar in Concilio dicit. Perseus Cepheo Andromedam reddit 156 LX. The Demonstratives Idem, Ipse, Iste. The Irregular Verb Possum 158 Eighth Review Lesson 160 LXI. The Indefinite Pronouns. The A r ations of Gaul . . 162 LXII. The Dative with Compounds. The Datives of Pur- pose and Reference 164 LXIII. The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs. The Irregular Verbs Volo, Nolo, Maid 166 LXIV. Reading Lesson. Belling the Cat. Nasica a?id Ennius. Orgetorix and the Helvetians 1 68 LXV. Participles .170 LXVI. Reading Lesson. Dicta Antlquorum. Orgetorix and the Helvetians (continued) . 173 LXVII. The Ablative Absolute . . . - 175 CONTENTS xi LESSON PAGE LXVIII. The Gerund. The Irregular Verb E5 178 Ninth Review Lesson 180 LXIX. The Gerundive. The Irregular Verb Fero . . . 182 LXX. Reading Lesson. The Helvetians leave their Territory 184 LXXI. The Ablative of Specification. Deponent Verbs . 186 LXXII. Temporal Clauses with Cum. The Irregular Verb Flo ! 188 LXXI 1 1. Reading Lesson. Cczsar refuses the Helvetia?is Per- missioti to go through the Roman Province . . . 190 LXXIV. Substantive Clauses of Fact introduced by Quod. The Indicative in Adverbial Clauses . . . . 192 LXXV. Subordinate Clauses in Indirect Statements . . 194 Tenth Review Lesson 196 Summary: The Uses of Nouns and Verbs . . . 198 Selections for Reading : Caesar: The Campaign against the Helvetians . . . . . . 201 Caesar : The Story of the Aduatuci ' . 206 Stories of Hercules . . . . • . . 208 Stories of Ulysses 213 Eutropius: History of Rome 218 Stories from Roman History . ' 223 Review Questions 227 Appendix I : Rules of Syntax . 245 Formation of Latin Words . . 249 English Derivatives 251 Appendix II : Declensions and Conjugations . . . 253 Latin-English Vocabulary 287 English-Latin Vocabulary 331 Index 341 FIRST YEAR LATIN ESSENTIALS OF GRAMMAR THE PARTS OF SPEECH Nouns I. a. A noun is the name of a person, place, or thing: boy, London, ship ; puer, Londinium, navis. b. A proper noun is the name of a particular person, place, or thing : Cornelia, Rome, Rhone ; Cornelia, Roma, Rhodanus. c. A common noun is a name that may be applied to any one of a class of objects : boy, city, day ; puer, urbs, dies. d. A collective noun is a name that may be applied to a group of objects, though itself in the singular number (xxm) : crozvd, family ; multitude, gens. e. A verbal noun is the name of an action : seeing, writing, to see, to write ; videndi (459), scribendl, videre, scribere. /. An abstract noun is the name of a quality or condition : goodness, truth, poverty ; bonitas, Veritas, paupertas. Pronouns II. a. Apronoun is a word used to take the place of a noun or of another pronoun : /, you, him, this, who ; ego, tu, eum, hoc, qui. b. The noun (or pronoun) for which a pronoun stands is called its antecedent (from antecedere, to go before). Thus, in the sentence John goes to school, but he does not study, the FIRST YEAR LATIN noun Jo/in is the antecedent of he. The antecedent is especially cofnmoh with a relative pronoun (n, d). Neither in Latin nor in English does the antecedent necessarily stand in advance of its pronoun : What he says, he believes, quod dicit, id credit. c. A perso?tal pronoun shows by its form whether it stands ( i ) for the speaker : I, we; ego, nos, that is, the first person ; (2) for the person spoken to : thou, you, ; tu, vos, that is, the second person ; or (3) for the person or thing spoken of : he, she, it, they ; is, ea, id, ei, that is, the third person. d. A relative pronoun connects a subordinate clause, in which it stands, with the antecedent : The book that you, have is mine, liber quern habes meus est. The relative pronouns in Eng- lish are ivho, which, that, and as ; in Latin the relative is qui. e. An interrogative pronoun is used to ask a question : Who is walking in the garden ? Quis in horto ambulat ? The inter- rogative pronouns in English are who, which, and what; in Latin, quis and uter. f. A demonstrative pronoun points out an object definitely: this, that, these, those ; hie, ille, hi, illi. g. An indefinite pronotm refers to an object indefinitely : some, some one, any, any one ; aliquis, quis. h. A reflexive pronoun refers back to the subject : He blamed himself, se culpavit. Adjectives III. a. An adjective is a word used to qualify or limit a noun or a pronoun : good book, beautiful moon, five girls ; liber bonus, luna pulchra, quinque puellae. b. A, an, and the, really limiting adjectives, are sometimes called articles. The is the definite article, a or an the indefi- nite article. These articles are not used in Latin. ESSENTIALS OF GRAMMAR 3 c. Numeral adjectives denote how many persons or things are under consideration. They are either cardinal, denoting how many : one, two, three, four ; unus, duo, tres, quattuor ; or ordinal, denoting which in order : first, second, third, fourth ; primus, secundus, tertius, quartus. d. Possessive adjectives denote ownership : my friend, our house ; meus amicus, nostra domus. Possessive adjectives are frequently used as possessive pronouns. e. The demonstrative pronouns, the indefinite pronouns, and the interrogative pronouns which and what may be used as adjectives, and are then called respectively demonstrative adjec- tives : this book, that hoitse ; hie liber, ilia domus ; indefinite adjectives : some boys, aliqui pueri ; and interrogative adjec- tives : Which way shall we go ? Qua via ibimus ? /. Adjectives are often used as nouns : " The land of the free," patria liber drum. Verbs IV. a. A verb is a word which can declare or assert some- thing about a person, a place, or a thing : The man laughs, vir ridet ; the town is captured, oppidum captum est ; the leaf falls, folium cadit. b. A verb which has an object (xiv, a) to complete its mean- ing is said to be transitive, or to be used transitively : The girl has a rose, puella rosam habet. c. A verb which does not have an object (xiv,a) to complete its meaning is said to be intransitive, or to be used intransi- tively : Birds fly, aves volant ; / walk, ambulo. Note. Thus certain verbs may at one time be transitive and at another intransitive : The wind blew the snow into our faces ; the wind blew furiously. 4 FIRST YEAR LATIN d. Verbs are classified as regular or irregular. This dis- tinction is made merely for convenience. A regular verb in English forms its imperfect (past) tense (xxxiii, a) and past participle (xxxiv, b) by the addition of d or ed to the present : present, love ; past, loved ; past participle, loved. For Latin regular verbs see 658-662. e. An irregular verb in English does not form its imperfect (past) tense by the addition of d or ed to the present : present, give ; past, gave ; past participle, given. For Latin irregular verbs see 663-668. f. An auxiliary verb is used in the conjugation of other verbs : / am loved, he has given. In Latin the verb esse, to be (663), is so used : missus est, he has been sent. Adverbs V. a. An adverb is used to modify a verb, an adjective, or another adverb : He walks swiftly, celeriter ambulat. . b. An adverb of place answers the question where ? — here, there, hence ; hie, illic, hinc. c. An adverb of time answers the question when ? — then, now, often ; turn, nunc, saepe. d. An adverb of manner answers the question how ? — so, well, ill', sic, bene, male. e. An adverb of degree answers the question how much f — little, almost, enough ; paulo, paene, satis. f. A modal adverb expresses affirmation or negation, or the degree of confidence with which a statement is made : yes, no, certainly, perhaps ; certe, forsitan. ESSENTIALS OF GRAMMAR 5 Prepositions VI. A preposition is used before a noun or pronoun to show its relation to another word in the sentence. Usually the relation shown is position, direction, or time : He sent a legion against the enemy, in hostes legionem misit. In Latin certain phrases which would be introduced in English by a preposition are expressed by the use .of one of the cases (xxiv, b) without a preposition : At dawn he sent a legion, prima luce legionem misit. Conjunctions VII. a. A conjunction connects words, phrases (xvi), clauses (xx), and sentences (xviii) : boys and girls, pueri et puellae ; they fought bravely but were conquered, fortiter Jugnaverunt sed victi sunt. b. A coordinate conjunction connects words, phrases, clauses, and sentences of equal order or rank. The conjunctions in the examples in vn, a are coordinate. c. A subordinate conjunction connects a subordinate clause (xx, a) with a principal clause (xx, a) : The boy was praised because he was industrious, puer laudatus est quod impiger erat. Interjections VIII. An interjection is used to express strong feeling. It is not grammatically related to any other word in the sentence : oh ! ah ! alas ! hurrah ! eheu ! ecce ! Note. The following couplets have often proved useful to young persons in identifying the parts of speech : Three little words we often see Are Articles, a, an, and the. A Noun 's the name of anything ; As school ox garden, hoop or swing. FIRST YEAR LATIN Adjectives tell the kind of noun ; As g?'eat, small, pretty, white, or brown. Instead of nouns the Pronouns stand ; / come, you go, as they command. Verbs tell of something being done ; As read, write, spell, sing, jump, or run. How things are done the Adverbs tell ; As slowly, quickly, ill, or well. They also tell us where and when ; As here and there and now and then. A Preposition stands before A noun; as in or through a door. Conjunctions join the words together ; As rain and sunshine, wind or weather. Conjunctions sentences unite; As kittens scratch and puppies bite. An Interjection shows surprise ; As Oh ! how pretty ! Ah ! how wise ! THE SENTENCE IX. A sentence is a word or a group of words expressing a thought : Stars shine ; he walks ; stellae lucent ; ambulat. X. a. A declarative sentence declares or asserts something : The farmers are plowing the fields, agricolae agros arant. b. An interrogative sentence asks a question : Why are the farmers plowing the fields ? Cur agricolae agros arant ? c. An imperative sentence expresses a command, a request, or an entreaty : Plow the fields to-day \ hodie agros arate. d. An exclamatory sentence expresses strong feeling 1 or emotion : Would that he had remained ! Utinam mansisset ! ESSENTIALS OF GRAMMAR 7 XI. a. A sentence is made up of two parts, one called the subject and the other the predicate. b. The subject represents the person, place, or thing about which something is declared or asserted : Birds sing, aves cantant. c. The predicate declares or asserts something about the person, place, or thing which the subject represents : Birds sing, aves cantant. Note. In English and in Latin either the subject or the predicate, or both, may be enlarged to any extent by the addition of qualifying words and expressions called modifiers : My sister's small birds \ sing sweetly in the morning. XII. The simple stcbject is the noun or pronoun which signifies the person, place, or thing about which the assertion is made. The simple predicate is the verb that makes the assertion. Birds is the simple subject, and sing the simple predicate, in the note under xi, c. XIII. "The complete stcbject is the simple subject with all its modifiers. The complete predicate is the simple predicate with all its modifiers. Thus, in the example in the note under xi, c the complete subject is all that precedes the vertical line, and the complete predicate all that follows it. XIV. a. The object of a verb is a word or an expression that completes the meaning of the verb, and signifies that which is affected by the action : He sent messengers, nuntios misit ; he wished me to go to Italy, me in Italiam ire voluit. b. The direct object represents that which is immediately affected by the action of the verb ; the indirect object that to or for which the action is performed. Thus, in He gave me a book, mihi librum dedit, book is the direct object, and me the indirect. 8 FIRST YEAR LATIN XV. a. A predicate noun or a predicate adjective is used after certain intransitive or passive verbs to complete their meaning, and to describe or define the subject : Marcus is a sailor ; the sailor is brave ; Marcus nauta est ; nauta fortis est. b. The predicate noun or adjective is called the complement of the verb. Intransitive verbs that require a complement are called copulative verbs. The verb be (Latin esse) in its various forms (am, was, has been, etc.) is often called the copula. c. The predicate noun or adjective has the same case as the subject ; hence the term predicate nominative. XVI. a. A phrase is a combination of words (not subject and predicate) used as a single part of speech. b. An adjective phrase modifies a noun : A man of great valor, vir magnae virtutis. c. An adverbial phrase modifies a verb : They work with great diligence, magna cum diligentia laborant. In Latin certain cases of nouns are used to express what in English would be prepositional phrases of an adverbial nature (vi). XVII. A simple sentence contains but one statement, that is, one subject and one predicate : Ccesar drew tip a line of battle, Caesar aciem instriixit. XVIII. A compound sentence contains two or more inde- pendent statements : Ccesar drew up a line of battle, but the enemy fled, Caesar aciem Instriixit, sed hostes fiigerunt. Note. An independent statement is one that can stand alone ; it does not depend on (qualify or limit) another statement. XIX. A complex sentence contains one independent (prin- cipal) statement and one or more dependent (subordinate) ESSENTIALS OF GRAMMAR 9 statements : When the messenger had replied, the lieutenant spoke as follows, cum nuntius respondisset, legatus haec dixit. Note. A dependent, or subordinate, statement is one that qualifies or limits another in some way ; thus, the dependent statement when the mes- senger had replied limits the verb. spoke, telling when the lieutenant spoke. XX. a. The separate statements in a compound or a com- plex sentence are called clauses, and, as has already been seen, they may be either independent {principal) or dependent {subordinate), b. When dependent (subordinate) clauses modify nouns or pronouns they are called adjective clauses : The girls whom we praised zvere good, puellae quas lauddvimus bonae erant. c. When dependent (subordinate) clauses modify verbs they are called adverbial clauses : When the messenger had replied, the lieutenant spoke as follows, cum nuntius respondisset, le- gatus haec dixit. d. When dependent (subordinate) clauses are used as nouns they are called substantive clauses : That you are here pleases us, quod ades nos delectat. e. Dependent (subordinate) clauses introduced by when (Latin cum, ubi, etc.) are called temporal clauses ; introduced by because (Latin quod etc.), they are called causal clauses ; introduced by if (Latin si), they are called conditio7ial clauses ; introduced by although (Latin cum, etsi, etc.), they are called concessive clauses ; introduced by a relative pronoun (Latin qui), they are called relative clauses. f The independent clause of a complex sentence is called the principal clause. Connected clauses that are of the same rank, both independent or both dependent, are said to be cobrdifiate. IO FIRST YEAR LATIN INFLECTION XXI. Inflection is a change in the form of a word to in- dicate a change in its meaning or use : man, men, boy, boys, love, loved) vir, viri, puer, pueri, amant, amabant. Declension XXII. The inflection of a noun or pronoun is called its decle7ision. Nouns and pronouns in English are declined to show number and case, and a few nouns to show gender. In Latin the nouns and pronouns are declined ; adjectives also are declined in gender, number, and case to agree with the nouns which they modify. Number XXIII. A noun or pronoun is in the singular number 'when it means one person, place, or thing : town, city, I\ oppidum, urbs, ego ; in the plural number when it means more than one person, place, or thing : towns, cities, we ; oppida, urbes, nos. Case XXIV. a. The several forms taken by words that are de- clined are called cases. In English there are the following cases, to indicate the uses of nouns and pronouns : i. The nominative, primarily used as the subject of a sen- tence : He throws the ball. 2. The possessive (genitive), used to denote possession or ownership : John throws his ball; see the queen's crown. 3. The objective (accusative), used as the object of a transi- tive verb or of a preposition : John throws the ball to him. 4. The dative, used to express the indirect object of the verb : John throws him the ball. Only personal pronouns and the pronoun who have separate forms for these cases in English. ESSENTIALS OF GRAMMAR II Nouns have the nominative, objective, and dative alike, with a separate form for the possessive. b. In Latin there are seven cases : nominative, genitive, dative, accusative, ablative, vocative, and locative ; but a single form sometimes does duty for several cases (cf . agricola, 63). The nominative, genitive, and accusative cases are used much like the same cases in English. The dative expresses in general that relation of words to other words which is ex- pressed in English by prepositional phrases beginning with to or for : to the farmer, for the man. The ablative expresses in general that relation of words to other words which is ex- pressed in English by prepositional phrases beginning with from, with, by, in : with a spear, by a story. c. The direct object of a verb in Latin is in the accusative case, but sometimes the direct object in English is expressed in Latin by the dative (425, 433). Gender — - XXV. a. The gender of English nouns is what is called natural gender, and hence has very little to do with grammar. Thus, a noun denoting a male is in the mascidine gender-, man, boy, father ; a noun denoting a female is in the feminine gender-, woman, girl, mother-, one denoting either male or female is in the common gender : cat, dog, parent ; one de- noting a sexless object is in the neuter gender-, river, wind, mountain. b. In Latin only nouns that denote persons and some ani- mals have natural gender : nauta, sailor (masc.) ; mater, mother (fern.). All others have an arbitrary gender, called gram- matical gender, determined, chiefly by the ending : flumen, river (neut.) ; ventus, wind (masc); nubes, cloud (fern.). 12 FIRST YEAR LATIN Comparison XXVI. a. English adjectives and adverbs are inflected to show degree. This is called comparison. There are three de- grees of comparison, the positive, the comparative, and the super- lative : positive wise, comparative wiser, superlative wisest ; positive good, comparative better, superlative best', positive often, comparative oftener, superlative oftenest. b. Adjectives and adverbs are also compared in English by prefixing the adverbs more and most : beautiful, more beauti- ful, most beautiful. c. Comparison in Latin is indicated exactly as in English : sapiens, sapientior, sapientissimus ; bonus, melior, optimus ; idoneus, magis idoneus, maxime idoneus ; saepe, saepius, saepissime. Conjugation XXVII. a. The inflection of a verb is called conjugation. Verbs are conjugated to show voice, mood, and tense, and the number and person of. the subject. b. The English verb has but few changes of form. Thus the verb love has in common use only the forms love, loves, loving, and loved. Most of the conjugation of the verb is made up of verb phrases formed by the use of auxiliaries (iv,f) : I am loved, I shall love, I shall have been loved, etc. c. The Latin verb has many changes in form to show voice, mood, tense, number, and person : amor, / am loved ; amabo, / shall love ; amatus ero, / shall have been loved. Voice XXVIII. A verb is in the active voice when it repre- sents the subject as acting (or being) : The man praised the boy, vir puerum lauddvit. A verb is in the passive voice when it represents the subject as acted on.: The boy was praised by the man, puer a viro laudatus est. ESSENTIALS OF GRAMMAR 13 Mood XXIX. A verb is in the indicative mood when it is used in stating a fact or in asking a question : The citizens are assem- bling r , elves conveniunt ; why do they carry arms? cur arma portant? XXX. a. In English a verb is in the subjunctive mood when it asserts something doubtfully or conditionally. It is used in subordinate clauses, and is usually ' introduced by if, though, and the like : If he were here, I should be glad; " Though he slay me, yet will I trust in him!' Note. The subjunctive is very little used in modern English, its place being taken by the indicative. b. In Latin the subjunctive has a great variety of uses, in independent as well as in dependent clauses (344, 358, 373, etc.). XXXI. a. A verb is in the imperative mood when it expresses command, request, or entreaty : Fortify the city, urbem munite. b. Unless emphatic the subject of the imperative (thou or you) is not expressed either in English or in Latin. The Infinitive XXXII. a. The infinitive in English (to love, to have loved, etc.) is a verbal noun. It has neither person nor num- ber. Like a noun it may be the subject or the object or the complement of a verb : To see is to believe ; he wishes to go home. Like a verb it may have a subject, an object, and adverbial modifiers : We wish you to begin your work early. b. The Latin infinitive is used in the same way that the English infinitive is used. It differs, however, from the English infinitive in not being used in prose in expressions of purpose (They came to see me), and in being used constantly for the verb of a statement that is given indirectly : He said that he would come, dixit se venturum esse. 14 FIRST YEAR LATIN c. The verbal noun in -ing is sometimes called an infinitive : Seeing is believing = to see is to believe. This verbal noun has its counterpart in the Latin gerund (459). Tense XXXIII. a. A verb is in the present, past (imperfect), or future tense according as it represents an action as taking place in present, past, or future time : / love, I loved (was loving), I shall love ; amo, amabam, amabo. b. The present perfect {perfect) tense represents an action completed in the present : / have loved, amavi ; the past perfect (pluperfect) an action completed in the past before some other past action or state : / had loved, amaveram ; and the future perfect an action completed in the future before some other future action or state : / shall have loved, amavero. The Participle XXXIV. a. The participle is a verbal adjective. Like an adjective it may qualify a noun : struggling soldiers, milites labor antes. Like a verb it may have an object and adverbial modifiers : Fearing danger they remained in the camp, peri- culum veriti in castris manserunt. b. There are in English three participles in the active voice : present, loving ; past, loved ; perfect, having loved ; and three in the passive voice : present, (being) loved ; past, loved ; per- fect, having been loved. In Latin the past and perfect active and the present passive participles are wanting, but there is a future participle. c. The participle in -ing is used with the auxiliary be to make the progressive form of the verb : you are loving, he was loving, they will be loving. Latin has no special tenses for the progressive forms. TO THE BEGINNER IN LATIN What Latin is. Latin is the language that was used by the ancient Romans. It gets its name from the Lati'ni, a little tribe living in western Italy more than twenty-five hundred years ago. The Latini, and their successors, the Romans, slowly extended their lands and their power until they gained control of all Italy, and finally of all the civilized world of those days. Their dominions reached from the Atlantic Ocean to Persia and from the Baltic Sea to the deserts of Africa, and their language was spoken wherever they ruled. For about six hundred years the Romans were the most powerful nation on the earth. Their history covers in all a period of twelve centuries ; no nation has had a longer history. Why Latin is studied. And now why is it that it is worth your while to study a language that is so many centuries old ? First, a knowledge of Latin helps you to use English more correctly. As more than half the words in the English language are of Latin origin, you yourself in a sense speak Latin to-day. There are the words of your everyday talk, like animal ; there are the learned words, like emancipate ; there are the terms of law, of medicine, and of the sciences, like mandamus, delirium, and antennae ; and there are the words which are newly come into use, like tractor. If you study Latin, you will be helped to know the meaning of many of these words, how to spell them, and how to use them correctly ; all of which is quite worth your while, particularly if you are intending to enter one of the professions. Again, the study of Latin will train your mind. Latin is somewhat unlike English in the form of its words and much *5 1 6 FIRST YEAR LATIN unlike English in the order of the words in its sentences. You will therefore be obliged to look carefully, and to think care- fully, and to speak carefully whenever you try to read and to translate anything written in Latin. But this close attention will do good to your mind : it will train your powers of obser- vation, of clear thinking, and of clear expression ; in fact, no other subject that you study in school can do as much for you as can Latin toward developing these desirable powers. Furthermore, the reading of Latin will add to your informa- tion. If you are to be a well-informed person, you will need to know something about Rome and the Romans, and what they have meant in the history of the world ; and in no other way can you better come to know and to appreciate the literature, the life, the customs, and the civilization of the Romans than by the faithful study of their language and of the things written in that language. How to study Latin. I. Never allow yourself to think that Latin is not worth your best efforts or that it is too hard for you. Industry and confidence will bring you success in this study. 2. Have a fixed hour each day for the study of your Latin. If possible, prepare your lesson for to-morrow immediately after reciting the lesson of to-day. Your interest will then be greater and your mind better fitted to grasp the subject. 3. Learn each day's lesson with thoroughness. Neglect no part of the lesson even if it seems to you unimportant. 4. Before beginning a new lesson recall what you have already learned about the subject to be taught in the new lesson. For example, if you are about to study a new use of one of the cas.es, recall all the uses of that case which you have previously learned. 5. Review the vocabularies regularly. A knowledge of the meanings of the words will be a great saving of time to you, as well as a constant encouragement. Aim to know every word TO THE BEGINNER IN LATIN J 7 you have met, and to this end keep lists of words about the meaning of which you are doubtful. 6. Recite the declensions and the conjugations by yourself aloud. It will help you to remember them, and you will make better recitations. Read the Latin sentences aloud each day. 7. Go over the new lesson slowly, and thus avoid mistakes in the spelling of words, in their endings, and in the explanation of Latin constructions. 8. Recall your English grammar when you are learning Latin constructions ; most of the Latin usages that you will learn in your first year are like English usages. 9. Study the lessons as a whole. Then go back to special difficulties. Go over the lesson again just before the recitation and consider the troublesome parts. i8 INTRODUCTION ALPHABET 1. The Latin alphabet has no j or w. Otherwise it is the same as the English. 2. The vowels are a, e, i, o, u. The other letters are consonants. 3. The letter i is used both as a vowel and as a consonant. Before a vowel in the same syllable it has the force of a consonant and is called \-consonant. Thus in iacio, / throw, the first i is a consonant, and the second a vowel. SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS 1 4. The vowels are either long or short. In this book the long vowels are marked (-) ; unmarked vowels are to be regarded as short. The vowels are sounded as follows : a like the last a in aha' & like the first a in aha 1 e like e in they S like e in met I like i in machine l like i in pin o like o in note 5 like o in obey u like oo in boot u like oo in foot 5. The diphthongs are sounded as follows : ae like ai in aisle V en like eu mfeud au like ou in our oe like oi in boil ei like ei in eight ui like we 1 Latin is pronounced to-day substantially as it was pronounced by the Romans at the beginning of the Christian era. l 9 20 FIRST YEAR LATIN 6. The consonants generally have the same sound as the corresponding consonants in English. But there are the follow- ing exceptions : c is like c in come bs and bt are like ps and // g is like g in get ch is like k in kite i-consonant is like 7 in yet gu, qu, and sometimes su before a s is like s in sun vowel are like gw, qw, and sw {it is t is like / in time not counted as a vowel) v is like w in wine ph is like/ x is like x in extra th is like / When a consonant is doubled (as 11), it should be pro* nounced twice. EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION 7. 1. sum, turn. 2. cum, dum. 3. ad, id. 4. in, an. 5. at, et, ut. 6. hie, hie, hac. 7. hoc, hue. 8. hoc, num. 9. is, bis, Is. 10. die, due. 11. fac, fer. 12. aut, hae. 13. e, a, I. 14. ex, ab, ob. 15. do, da, de. 16. pax, dux. 17. nox, vox. 18. pars, sol. 19. tres, mos. 20. quo, qua. 21. ius, qui. 22. quae, quin. 23. quis, se. 24. me, te. 25. gens, sic. 26. vel, vir, iam. SYLLABLES 8. A syllable consists of a vowel or a diphthong with or without one or more consonants. Hence a word has as many syllables as it has vowels and diphthongs : 5-ce'-a-nus, ocean. 9. When a word is divided into syllables, a single consonant between two vowels is joined with the vowel following : la-ti- tu'-do, width. 10. If there are two or more consonants between two vowels, the first is pronounced with the preceding vowel : im-mor-ta'-lis, immortal. INTRODUCTION 21 But a consonant followed by 1 or r is pronounced with the 1 or r, except in 11 and rr : pu'-bli-cus, public ; when 11 or rr occurs, one 1. or one r is joined to the preceding syllable, and the other to the following syllable : ter'-ra, land. Compound words are divided in such a way as to show the component parts : ab'-est (ab, away, +est, he is)> he is away. 11. The last syllable of a word is called the ultima ; ( the one next to the last, the penult ; the one before the penult, the antepemdt. 12. A vowel is generally short before another vowel or h : p5-e'-ma, poem ; ni'-hil, nothing. 13. A vowel is generally short before nt or nd, and before final m or final t : vo'-cant, they call ; vo-ca'-bam, / was calling. 14. A vowel is long before nf or ns : a'-mans, loving. 15. A vowel resulting from the contraction of two vowels is long : co '-go (co-ago), / bring together. 16. The quantity of vowels other than those mentioned in the preceding sections must be learned by observation. QUANTITY OF SYLLABLES 17. A syllable is long by nature when it- contains a long vowel or a diphthong : vic-to'-ri-a, victory ; prae'-mi-um, reward. 18. A syllable is short by nature when it does not contain a long vowel or a diphthong : o-pl'-ni-o, opinion. 19. A syllable is long by position when it has a short vowel followed by x or z, or by two or more consonants, unless these two consonants are p, b, t, d, c, g, followed by 1 or r ; but the short vowel is still pronounced short : de-tri-men'-tum, loss. RE X- A' 22 FIRST YEAR LATIN ACCENT 20. Words of two syllables have the accent on the first syllable : pa'-ter, father. 21. Words of more than two syllables have the accent on the penult when it is long, otherwise on the antepenult : de-mon-stra'-re, to point out ; ce-le'-ri-tas, swiftness ; e-ven'-tus, oittcome (cf. 19). 22. Several words, of which the commonest are -ne, the sign of a question, and -que, and, are appended to other words. The words so appended are known as enclitics. The words to which they are appended are accented on the syllable pre- ceding the enclitic, whether that syllable is long or short: a-mat'-ne ? does he love ? ar-mS'-que, and arms. EXERCISE IN ACCENT AND PRONUNCIATION 23. Divide the following words into syllables, state the rule for the accent, and then pronounce : 1. dlvidunt, appellare 6. causis, praecedo 2. Institutls, differebamus 7. finis, prohibitus 3. humanitate, provincia 8. initio, persuaseramus 4. longus, animos 9. tempora, magistratuum 5. importabunt, bellum 10. fraternus, conloquium 24. The following Latin version of " Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star" may be used for practice in pronunciation, and for illustration of the preceding statements about syllables, accent, etc. : MICA, MICA Mica, mica, parva Stella ! Miror quaenam sis, tarn bella ! Splendens eminus in illo, Alba velut gemma, caelo. INTRODUCTION 23 Quando fervens Sol discessit, Nee calore prata pascit, Mox ostendis lumen purum, Micans, micans per obscurum. Tibi noctu qui vagatur Ob scintillulam gratatur ; Ni micares tu, non sciret Quas per vias errans Iret. Meum saepe thalamum luce Specularis curiosa ; Neque carpseris soporem Donee venit Sol per auram. THE ARCH OF TITUS, SHOWING A ROMAN INSCRIPTION LESSON I THE SINGULAR AND PLURAL OF NOUNS AND VERBS THE NOMINATIVE CASE USED AS SUBJECT 25. The Singular and Plural of Nouns and Verbs. Noun Nom. Sing, agricol a, farmer Nom. Plur. agricol ae, farmers Verb J a 1 Pers. Sing, laborat, works, is working, does work jd Pers. Plur. labora nt,. work, are working, do work a. Observe that the distinction between the singular and the plural is shown by the final letters of the noun and of the verb. These final letters of a noun are called case endings ; the final letters of a verb are called personal endings. b. Form the nominative, plural of the nouns in the vocabulary, and the third person plural of the verbs. 26. VOCABULARY agri'cola, farmer (agriculture) Corne'lia, Cornelia Iu'lia, Julia nau'ta, sailor (nautical) puel'la, girl et, conj., and -ne, enclitic, sign of a question appropin'quat, approaches, draws near (propinquity) can'tat, sings (incantation) labo'rat, works, labors, suffers (laboratory) na'tat, swims (natatorium) quis, interrog. pron., who ? n'bulat, walks (perambulate) quid, interrog. pron., what? 27. The Nominative Case used as Subject. 1 . Puella cantat, the girl sings (is singing, does sing). 2. Puellae cantant, the girls sing (are singing, do sing). 3. Cantatne puella, does the girl sing (is the girl singing) ? 4. Cantantne puellae, do the girls sing (are the girls singing) ? NOMINATIVE AS SUBJECT 25 a. In Latin there is no article (111, b) : puella may be translated girl, a girl, or the girl ; and puellae, girls or the girls. b. What is the subject (xi, b) of each of the model sentences, and what is the predicate (xi, c) ? In what case is the subject of a Latin verb (xxiv) ? c. Observe that the verbs agree with their subjects in number. d. Observe that, -ne is not separately translated. Usually it is attached to the emphatic word in the sentence, and the emphasized word is placed first. When an interrogative word is used, -ne is omitted : see sentence 1 1 below. In English -ne is represented on the printed page by the question mark, and in oral translation by the inflection of the voice. 28. Rule for the Nominative Case as Subject. The subject of a verb is in the nominative case. 29. Rule for the Agreement of the Verb with its Subject. A verb agrees with its subject in person and number. EXERCISES 30. 1. Nauta cantat. 2. Nautae cantant. 3. Agricola labo- rat. 4. Agricolae laborant. 5. Puella natat. 6. Puellae natant. 7. Cornelia appropinquat. 8. Puellaene appropinquant ? 9. Cor- nelia et puellae cantant. 10. Iulia laborat et cantat. 11. Quid appropinquat? 12. Laborantne nautae? 13. Quis ambulat? 31. 1. The sailor is swimming. 2. The girls are singing. 3. Who approaches ? %. Are the sailors approaching ? 5. Does Cornelia sing ? 6. Cornelia and Julia are walking and singing. 7. The girl sings, and the farmer works. 8. Sailors and farmers are working. TUBA LESSON II THE ACCUSATIVE CASE USED AS THE DIRECT OBJECT 32. The Accusative Case used as the Direct Object. 1. Nauta puellam vocat, the sailor calls the girl. 2. Nautae puellas vocant, the sailors call the girls. a. Observe that puellam is the object (xiv, a) of vocat, and puellas of vocant ; and that when a Latin noun is used as the object, the case ending is not the same as when it is the subject and so in the nominative. The case of the object in Latin is called accusative (xxiv) and not objective, as in English. b. Form the accusative singular and plural of the nouns in sections 26 and 34. 33. Rule for the Accusative as the Direct Object. The object of a verb is in the accusative case. 34. a'qua, water (aquatic) Gal'ba, Galba lit'tera, letter (of the alphabet); plur., a letter, epistle (literary) ter'ra, land (terrace) tu'ba, trumpet (tuba) a'mat, loves, likes (amateur) VOCABULARY con 'vocat, calls together (convoke) ha'bet, has, holds (habit) lau'dat, praises (laud) vi'det, sees (provide) quern, ace. #/*quis, whom? quid, ace. of quid, what ? nunc, adv., now 35. Order of Words. Observe that in the model sentences (32) the order of Latin words is unlike the order of the words in the English sentences. The normal position of the subject of a Latin sentence is at the beginning ; that of the verb is at the end. Variations from this order put emphasis on the word moved toward the beginning of the sentence ; thus, puellam nauta vocat means that the sailor calls a girl. In trans- lating Latin sentences put the emphasis where it belongs. ACCUSATIVE AS DIRECT OBJECT 27 EXERCISES 36. 1. Galba tubam habet. 2. Tubasne habet Galba? 3. Puel- lae Corneliam et Iuliam laudant. 4. Litteras nauta videt. 5. Nautas Galba convocat. 6. Quis Galbam videt? 7. Quern videt Galba? 8. Agricola puellas nunc convocat. 9. Videntne nautae terrain ? 10. Corneliam puellae amant. 37. 1. Who is approaching? 2. The sailor and Galba are approaching. 3. What has the farmer? 4. The farmer has land. 5. Does Galba praise the farmers? 6. The girl sees the water and the land. 7. The sailors call together the farmers. 8. Julia now has the letter. A SCENE IN A ROMAN STREET LESSON III THE PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION 38. The Four Conjugations. Regular verbs in Latin are divided into four classes, or conjugations (xxvn), distinguished from one another by the stem vowel before the ending -re of the present infinitive active. Present Infinitive Present Stem DlSTINGUISHING Vowel First Conj. Second Conj. Third Conj. Fourth Conj. ama're mone're re'gere audi 're ama- mone- rege- audl- a e I 39. The Present Indicative Active of the First Conjugation. Singular Personal Endings ist Pers. a 'mo, I love, am loving, do love -o, 7" 2d Pers. a 'ma s, you love, are loving, do love -s, you 3d Pers. a'mat, he, she, it loves, is loving, does love -t, he, she, it Plural ist Pers. ama'mus, we love, are lovmg, do love -mus, we 2d Pers. ama'tis, you love, are loving, do love -tis, you 3 d Pers. a'mant, they love, are loving, do love -nt, they a. Observe that in amo the final a of the stem disappears, giving amo instead of amao. In what forms is this a of the stem not long (13)? b. When the subject of a verb is a personal pronoun, it is seldom expressed in Latin unless emphatic. Why is the omission of the subject possible ? Translate puellas convocatis and nautam vident. c. Inflect like amo the present indicative active of ambulo, appro- pinquo, canto, convoco, laboro, laudo, and nato. PRESENT INDICATIVE, FIRST CONJUGATION 29 40. VOCABULARY do, pres. stem da- {the a of do is sae'pe, adv., often regularly short, but long in das), sed, conj., but give {dative) spec'to, pres. stem specta-, look at in'cola, inhabitant {spectator) EXERCISES 41. 1. Ambulat, convocat, cantat. 2. Convocantne ? cantant- ne? laudantne? 3. Natas,laboras,ambulas. 4. Amamus, appropin- quamus, ambulamus. 5. Convocatis, cantatis, amatis. 6. Amant, dat, laudamus. 7. Quern spectas ? 8. Incolas laudo. 9. Iuliam saepe laudatis. 10. Sed litteras laudamus. 1 1 . Quid nunc datis ? 42. i.I swim, he swims, I am swimming. 2. Are you work- ing ? we sing, does she praise ? 3. They are approaching, they give, you walk. 4. You are praising, they swim, he does labor. 5 . We call together the inhabitants, -but you call together the sailors. 6. The girls are now looking at the water. RUINS OF A ROMAN AQUEDUCT LESSON IV ( THE GENITIVE CASE USED TO DENOTE POSSESSION 43. The Genitive Case used to denote Possession. 1. Filiae Galbae cantant, the daughters of Galba sing, or Galba' s daughters si fig. 2. Filias nautarum laudamus, zee praise the daughters of the sailors, or we praise the sailors' daughters. a. Observe that Galbae modifies filiae and tells whose daughters are singing. In the same way nautarum modifies filias and tells whose daughters we are praising. This usage of Galbae and of nautarum is like that of the English possessive case (xxiv, a, 2). In Latin the case thus used is called the geiiitive (xxiv, b), and this usage of that case is called the Genitive of Possession. b. Observe the case endings of the genitive. Form the genitive sin- gular and the genitive plural of the nouns in sections 26, 34, and 45. c. Note the translations given to the genitives in the model sen- tences. Translate filia agricolae and filiae agricolarum. d. The genitive normally stands after the word it modifies. 44. Rule for the Genitive of Possession. The word denoting the owner or possessor is in the genitive ease. 45. VOCABULARY fe'mina, woman {feminine) fi'lia, daughter (filial} fortu'na, fortune (fortunate) poe'ta, poet (poetic) regi'na, queen cu'ius, gen. of quis and of quid, of whom ? whose ? of what ? delec' 'to, pres. stem delecta-, delight, please (delectable) exspec 1 to, pres. stem exspecta-, wait, wait for (expect) fu' 'go, pres. stem fuga-, put to flight, rout li'bero, pres. stein libera-, set free, free (liberate) por'to, pres. stem porta-, carry, bring (portable) et'iam, adv., even GENITIVE OF POSSESSION 31 EXERCISES 46. 1. Delectat, fugamus, liberas. 2. Exspectamus, portant, delectas. 3. Delectamus, fugatis, liberant. 4. Liberatne? libero, portamus. 5. Fllias incolarum liberant. 6. Poetae fortuna regi- nam delectat. 7. Spectamus fllias feminae. 8. Filiane Galbae litteras exspectat ? 9. Etiam tubae nautarum incolas fugant. 10. Cuius litteras portas ? 47. I.I am calling together the sailors of the queen. 2. The poets' daughters love the land. 3. Whose daughter are you setting free ? 4. Do they praise Galba's daughters ? 5. We are now waiting for the farmers. 6. Whom does the fortune of the farmers delight ? A STREET IN POMPEII TO-DAY LESSON V THE PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION -CAUSAL CLAUSE WITH QUOD 48. The Present Indicative Active of the Second Conjugation. Singular ist Pers. mo'neo, I advise, am advising, do advise 2d Pers. mo'nes, you advise, are advising, do advise j d Pers. mo 'net, he, she, it advises, is advising, does advise Plural ist Pers. mone'mus, we advise, a?'e advising, do advise 2d Pers. mone'tis, you advise, are advising, do advise jd Pers. mo'nent, they advise, are advising, do advise a. What verbs belong to the second conjugation (38) ? b. Observe that to the stem mone- the same personal endings are added to inflect moneo that were added to the stem ama- to inflect amo. Observe the three forms in which the present tense has the e of the stem not marked long. Compare the forms of the present tense of amo (39). c. To the stems doce-, habe-, terre-, and vide- add the personal endings and thus inflect their present indicative active. 49. VOCABULARY pecu'nia, money {pecuniary) pira'ta, pirate (piratical) prae'da, booty, plunder (predatory) cur, adv., why ? do'ceo, docere, teach, show (docile) mo'neo, monere, advise, warn (ad- monition) ter'reo, terrere, scare, frighten (terror) vi'deo, videre, see (improvident) ha'beo, habere, have, hold (habit) quod, conj., because a. The infinitive will hereafter be given with each verb in the vocabulary. Of what help will this be to you (38) ? 32 ' PRESENT INDICATIVE, SECOND CONJUGATION 33 50. Causal Clause. For the kinds of clauses in a complex sentence see xix, xx. Incolas monet quod piratae appropinquant, he warns the inhab- itants because the pirates are approaching. a. Observe that quod introduces a dependent clause, which tells the reason, or cause, of what is stated in the independent part of the sentence. Such a quod clause is called a causal clause. 51. Rule for a Causal Clause with Quod. The cause of an ac- tion may be expressed by a dependent clause introdttced by quod. EXERCISES 52. 1. Pecuniam habes. 2. Iuliam doceo. 3. Incolas saepe mones. 4. Puellasne terrent ? 5. Quern vident ? 6. Monemus et docemus. 7. Quid habemus ? 8. Praedam nunc video. 9. Tubam videtis. 10. Agricolasne monetis ? n. Litteras habent. 12. Iulia fllias poetae docet. 13. Etiam pecuniam agricolarum habent piratae. 14. Filiarum fortuna feminam delectat. 15. Cur Iuliam et Corneliam monet? 16. Quern doces et mones? 17. Feminae puellas laudant quod laborant. 53. 1. They are advising. 2. They have. 3. I am warning. 4. You frighten. 5. We see. 6. Does he teach the girls? 7. Do Cornelia and Julia look at the pirate? 8. Why do the pirates frighten the inhabitants ? 9. They have the money and the booty. 10. We praise the woman because she teaches the girls. 11. What do you see? What are you looking at? A ROMAN COIN LESSON VI THE DATIVE CASE USED AS THE INDIRECT OBJECT • THE ABLATIVE USED IN PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES TO SHOW PLACE WHERE 54. The Dative and Ablative Cases. Besides the three cases that you have already studied, there are in Latin in common use two other cases, the dative and the ablative. For the general character of these cases see xxiv, a, 4 ; b. 55. VOCABULARY do'mina, lady, mistress (of slaves) ha'bito, habitare, dwell, live {in- {dominant) habitant) fa'bula, story {fable) ma'neo, manere, remain {mansion) In'sula, island {peninsula) nar'ro, narrare, tell, relate {nar- vi'a, way, road, street {viaduct) rator) in, prep, with abl. y in, on cui, dat. of quis and of quid, to demon'stro, demonstrate, point whom ? for whom ? to what ? out, show {demonstrate) for what ? 56. The Dative used as Indirect Object. Corneliae et puellis fabulam narro, I am telling a story to Cornelia and the girls, or I am telling Cornelia and the girls a story. a. Observe that what is being told is a story, fabulam, the direct object ; and that the persofis to whom the story is told are Cornelia and the girls. Corneliae and puellis, therefore, are in the dative case, as this is the case which expresses the relation of to ox for (xxiv, b). This usage, which is like the English (xxiv, a, 4), is called the Dative of the Indirect Object. b. The case endings of the dative are -ae, singular, and -is, plural. Form the dative, singular and plural, of the nouns in sections 26, 34, and 55. 34 DATIVE AS INDIRECT OBJECT 35 57. Rule for the Dative of the Indirect Object. The i7idirect object of a verb is in the dative case. 58. The Ablative used in Prepositional Phrases to show Place Where. In terra et in insulis habitant, they live on the land and on the islands. a. Observe that the phrases (xvi, d) on the land, in terra, and on the islands, in Insulis, show place where. Terra and insulis are in the ablative case (xxiv, b). b. The case endings of the ablative are -a, singular, and -is, plural. c. Form the ablative, singular and plural, of the nouns in sec- tions 26, 34, and 55. 59. Rule for the Ablative of Place Where. Place where is commonly expressed by a phrase consisting of a preposition, usually . in, with the ablative case. 60. Order of Words. The indirect object normally stands before the direct object. An ablative normally stands before the direct object. Variations from this order give emphasis to the word removed from its normal position. EXERCISES 61. 1. Agricola dominae viam demonstrat. 2. Puellis etiam Cornelia fabulam narrat. 3. In insula habitamus. 4. Ouis poetis insulam demonstrat? 5. Cur plratae in aqua manent ? 6. Cui pecuniam das ? 7. Nautae agricolis praedam demon- strant. 8. Incolae in viis appropinquant et reglnam spectant. 9. Dommam amant quod fabulas narrat. 62. 1. To whom are you pointing out the lady? 2. I am pointing out the letter to Julia. 3. They are telling stories to the queen. 4. Galba's daughter gives money to the sailors. 5. Do the pirates live on the island ? 6. Whose daughters are approaching in the street ? LESSON VII THE FIRST DECLENSION • GENDER 63. The First Declension. There are five declensions (xxn) of Latin nouns. Those nouns which end in -a in the nomina- tive singular and in -ae in the genitive singular are said to belong to the first declension. Learn the complete inflection of the noun agricola : Singular Norn, agri'cola Gen. agri'colae Dat. agri'colae Ace. agri'colam Abl. agri'cola Plural Nom. agri'colae Gen. agricola'rum Dat. agri'colis Ace. agri'colas Abl. agri'colis Case Endings -a -ae -ae -am -a -ae -arum -Is -as -Is a. Observe that the inflection of a noun consists merely in adding the case endings to an unchangeable part .of the word. This un- changeable part is called the base. Decline like agricola the nouns in section 55. 64. Gender. Latin nouns are masculine, feminine, pr neuter in gender (xxv, a, b). a. Nouns of the first declension are feminine unless they denote males. Nauta, agricola, Galba, poeta, and pirata are the masculine nouns you have learned. Hereafter the gender of nouns will be shown in the vocabularies by the letters m., /., or n. 36 THE FIRST DECLENSION 37 65. VOCABULARY diligen'tia, -ae, /., diligence {dili- por'ta, -ae, /, gate {portal) gent) provin'cia, -ae, /, province {pro- fu'ga, -ae,/, flight, rout {refuge) vincial) Germa'nia, -ae, /, Germany {Ger- pug'na, -ae,/, fight {pugnacious) manic) sil'va, -ae,/, woods, forest {silvan) Grae'cia, -ae, /, Greece {Grecian) victo'ria, -ae,/., victory {victorious) Ita'lia, -ae, /, Italy {Italian) a. The ending -ae of the genitive singular is placed after the nouns in the vocabulary to indicate that these nouns belong to the first declension. EXERCISES 66. i. Cur poetae in silvls manent ? 2. Cui victoriam regi- me narras ? 3. In porta Iuliam et Corneliam video. 4. In Germania et in Graecia saepe agricolas convocant. 5. Habi- tantne in provincia ? 6. Victoria nautarum agricolas terret. 7. Diligentia puellarum feminam delectat. 8. In pugna piratas Italiae fugamus. 9. Galba fugam piratarum narrat. 67. i.I am living in a province of Greece. 2. The forests of the provinces delight the poets. 3. He gives money to Julia's daughter. 4. To whom do you give water ? 5. Whose diligence do you praise ? 6. They are waiting in the road and looking at the woods. LA $V/>< rti^r OTM/fy A WALL DRAWING. PROBABLY THE WORK OF A ROMAN SCHOOLBOY RE 38 FIRST YEAR LATIN FIRST REVIEW LESSON 69 LESSONS I-VII L Give the English meanings of the following words : agricola do habito -ne quis ambulo doceo in nunc quod amo domina incola pecunia reglna appropinquo et Insula pirata saepe aqua etiam laboro poeta sed canto exspecto laudo porta silva convoco fabula libero porto specto cui femina littera praeda terra cuius filia maneo provincia terreo cur fortuna l moneo puella tuba delecto fuga narro pugna via demonstro fugo nato quern victoria diligentia habeo nauta quid video ). Give the Latin meanings of the following words : often sing approach, draw near to whom ? to what ? wa?lk give labor, work, suffer farmer booty, plunder whom ? call together island wait, wait for, expect flight, rout poet put to flight, rout land trumpet love, like forest, woods teach, show girl diligence lady, mistress gate delight, please remain and who? way, road, street water but inhabitant have, hold in, on advise, warn dwell, live look at sailor story because province FIRST REVIEW LESSON 39 point out, show fight tell, relate, narrate daughter victory letter set free, free, liberate see praise queen fortune what? why? carry, bring scare, frighten money woman whose ? even a pirate swim now 70. Decline the nouns and conjugate the verbs in 68. Give the genitive singular of each noun ; give the other cases, in the singular and in the plural. Give the third person, singular and plural, of the present indicative of each verb in 68. 71. Following the suggestions in 634, give English words derived from the Latin words in 68. Define these derivatives, and illustrate each by an English sentence. 72. Give the rule, if there is one, for the following con- structions, and illustrate each by a brief sentence in Latin : 1. Nominative as the subject 2. Agreement of the verb with its subject 3. Accusative as the object 4. Genitive of possession 5. Causal clause with quod 6. Dative of the indirect object 7. Ablative of place where 8. Questions ROMAN WRITING MATERIALS LESSON VIII THE SECOND DECLENSION 73. The Second Declension. Most nouns of the second de- clension end in -us or -urn. Those ending in -us are generally mas- culine ; those in -um are neuter. Hortus, garden, and donum, gift, are inflected as follows : SINGULAR C \se Endings Case Endings Norn. hor'tus -us do'num -um 'Gen. hor'ti -1 do'ni -I Dat. hor'to -6 do 'no -0 Ace. hor'tum -um do'num -um Abl. hor'to -0 do 'no -6 Nom. hor'ti PLURAL -1 do'na -a Gen. horto'rum -orum dono'rum -orum Dat. hor'tis -is do'nis -is Aee. hor'tos -OS do'na -a Abl. hor'tis -Is do'nis -is a. Learn the case endings first. Then learn the inflection by add- ing the case endings to the base of each noun. Then practice the inflection of the nouns in section 74. b. What do you notice about the dative and the ablative plural of the first and second declensions ? What cases are alike in the second declension ? 74. VOCABULARY ami'cus, -1, m., friend (amicable) do'minus, -1, m., master (of slaves) (domineer) do'num, -I, n., gift, present (donor) e'quus, -1, m., horse (equine) frumen'tum, -1, n., grain hor'tus, -1, m., garden (horticul- ture) Mar'cus, -1, m., Marcus op'pidum, -1, n., town ser'vus, -1, m., slave (servile) tribu'nus,-!, m., tribune (tribunal) 40 THE SECOND DECLENSION 41 EXERCISES 75. 1. Oppidum vide5. 2. Oppida videmus. 3. Dominusne servum monet ? 4. Equum tribunus spectat. 5. Equi domi- norum servos delectant. 6. Marcus amico fabulam narrat. 7. Domini amicis praedam dant. 8. In oppidis amicos saepe convocamus. 9. Servi appropinquant et frumentum et aquam portant. 76. 1. Who has the tribune's horse? 2. The servants now have the gifts of the masters. 3. Have you friends in the gar- den ? 4. A servant carries the grain of the tribune. 5. Whose gift are they showing to Marcus ? 6. We see the town and the gardens of the town. RUINS OF AN AMPHITHEATER LESSON IX ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 77. Adjectives in Latin. Latin adjectives, unlike English adjectives, are declined (xxu). There are two declensions of adjectives. 78. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions. One class of adjectives has in its masculine and neuter forms the case endings of the second declension, and in its feminine forms the case endings of the first declension : as, bonus (masc), bona (fern.), bonum (neut), good. Learn the full declension of bonus (643). 79. Rule for the Agreement of Adjectives. Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. Masculine Feminine Neuter Nom. hortus bonus puella bona donum bonum Gen. horti boni puellae bonae doni boni Dat. horto bono puellae bonae dono bono etc. etc. etc. a. Complete the declension of the expressions given above. De- cline together amicus bonus, goodfrie?id ; f abula grata, pleasi?ig story ; oppidum magnum, large toivn. 80. The rule given in 79 does not mean -that adjectives must have the same case endings as the nouns they modify. An adjective modifying a masculine noun of the first declension will not have the same case endings as the noun. Thus, Singular Plural Nom. nauta bonus nautae boni Gen. nautae boni nautarum bonorum Dat. nautae bon6 nautis bonis etc. etc. . 42 ADJECTIVES, FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 43 a. Complete the declension of nauta bonus. Decline poeta gratus, pleasing poet. 81. Order of Words. An adjective normally follows the noun which it modifies. ... 1 82. VOCABULARY car'rus, -1, m n wagon, cart (ear) ci'bus, -1, m., food pi'lum, -1, ;z., javelin re'mus, -1, m., oar (trireme) ven'tus, -1, m., wind (ventilate) pro'bo, probare, approve, approve of (approbation) bo'nus, bo'na, bo'num, good, kind (bonus) gra'tus, gra'ta, gra'tum, pleasing, welcome (gratitude) mag'nus, mag'na, mag'num, great, large (magnitude) va'lidus, va'lida, va'lidum, strong, robust (valid) at'que, conj., and also non, adv., not (nonexistent) ubi, adv. , where ? (ubiquitous) EXERCISES 83. 1. Equos magnos spectamus atque probamus. 2. Tribu- nus amico bono pilum dat. 3. Donum gratum nautae Iuliam delectat. 4. Nauta validus remos validos habet. 5. Servos bonos videt puella. 6. Nautas venti magnl non terrent. 7. Ubi frumentum agricolarum validorum videtis ? 8. In carro magno frumentum portant. 9. Plratae agricolas terrent quod plla habent. 84. i.I have a large wagon. 2. The good master has a good slave. 3. And he also gives the good slave a welcome gift. 4. Does the slave approve of the gift? 5. They do not live in a large town of Greece. 6. He is not calling together the good sailors. 7. Where do you see a large forest ? LESSON X THE PRESENT INDICATIVE OF SUM • PREDICATE NOUN AND PREDICATE ADJECTIVE 85. The Present Indicative of Sum. The irregular verb sum, / am, is conjugated in the present indicative as follows : Singular Plural ist Pers. sum, /^w su'mus, we are 2d Pers. es, you are es'tis, you are jd Pers. est, he, she, it is sunt, they are 86. Predicate Noun and Predicate Adjective. For the defi- nition of a predicate noun and of a predicate adjective, see xv. 1. Marcus est agricola, Marcus is a farmer. 2. Nautae sunt amici, the sailors are friends. 3. Hortus est magnus, the garden is large. 4. Puellae sunt gratae, the girls are welcome. a. Observe the case of agricola, amici, magnus, and gratae (xv, c). 87. Rule for the Agreement of a Predicate Noun. A predicate noun agrees in case with the subject of the verb. 88. Rule for the Agreement of a Predicate Adjective. A predi- cate adjective agrees in gender, number, and case with the sicbject of the verb. 89. Order of Words. The verb sum generally has no emphasis (unless it begins the sentence), and it is placed in the sentence where it sounds best or where it adds clearness. In Latin phrases consisting of a monosyllabic preposition, adjective, and noun the order of words is often adjective, preposition, noun : as, magno in oppido, in the large town. 44 • ■■ ■ ; ; ' > « / jI WITHIN A ROMAN HOUSE THE PRESENT INDICATIVE OF SUM 45 90. VOCABULARY bel'lum, -I, n., war (belligerent) Britan'nia, -ae,/, Britain (Britan- nic) de'a, -ae,/., goddess (deity) de'us, -I, m. y god (deify) Euro'pa, -ae,/!, Europe (European) Ro'ma, -ae,/, Rome Roma'nus, -I, ni., a Roman (Roman) Ves'ta, -ae,/, Vesta (vestal) la'tus, la'ta, la'tum, wide, broad lon'gus, lon'ga, lon'gum, long (longitude) me'us, me'a, me'um, my, mine no'vus, no'va, no'vum, new (nov- elty) par'vus, par'va, par'vum, small, little tu'us, tu'a, tu'um, your, yours (referring to one owner) e'rat, he, she, it was e'rant, they were (latitude) EXERCISES 91. i. Galba agricola est. 2. Galba est validus. 3. Iulia et Cornelia sunt flliae meae. 4. 'Filia mea est parva. 5. Estne oppidum tuum magnum ? 6. Britannia est Insula Europae. 7. Vesta erat dea Romae. 8. Carri Romanorum boni et valid! erant. 9. Non gratum est bellum. 10. Bella non grata sunt. 11. Graecia est terra parva Europae. 12. Sumus amid tribuni. 13. Magno in oppido vias latas videmus. 92. 1. The streets of the town are long. 2. The streets of Rome were not broad. 3. The roads of Britain are broad and long. 4. Where are you? 5. The new gifts of the tribune are pleasing. 6. We praise the gods because they give gifts. 7. We are Romans, but we are living in Britain. PUERI PUELLAEQUE LESSON XI APPOSITION 93. Apposition. 1. Galba, tribunus, pilum habet, Galba, the tribune, has a javelin. 2. Marcum amicum amo, I love (my) friend Ma reus. a. Observe that tribunus denotes the same person as Galba, and is joined to Galba as a descriptive or explanatory noun ; and that amicum is related in the same way to Marcum. Such words are called appositives. 94. Rule for Apposition. An appositive agrees in case with the noun which it explains. 95. VOCABULARY cla'rus, -a, -um, famous, clear pa'ro, parare, prepare, get ready (clarify) (prepare) de, prep, with abl., from, concern- pa'tria, -ae, /., native land, coun- ing (depend) try (patriotism) oce'anus, -I, ;;/., ocean (oceanic) tem'plum, -I, ;/., temple CORNELIA ET IULIA 96. Cornelia et Iulia puellae parvae sunt. Ubi habitant ? Non in Graecia, sed claro in oppido Italiae habitant. Incolae Romae sunt. Italia patria Romanorum est. Roma vias latas et templa magna habet. Roman! bella amant et probant. Poetae filia est Cornelia. Poeta latis in hortis saepe ambu- lat. Atque de bello longo et fuga incolarum Germaniae cantat, quod victoriam Romanorum probat. Iulia filia agricolae valid! est. Agricola equos et carros novos habet. Cibum et frumentum equi agricolae portant. 4 6 APPOSITION 47 TEMPLUM Servl agricolae equls aquam dant. Iulia equos amat et servos laudat. Bonus dominus est agricola. Marcus et Galba, tribuni, amici puellarum sunt. Marcus poetae amicus est et fabulas gratas Corneliae narrat. Galba Iuliae silvas et insulas ocean! demonstrat. Femina bona puellas docet. Diligentia Corneliae feminam delectat. In hbrto poetae puellas convocat et fabulas narrat. Fabulae de bello puellas parvas terrent. Saepe Vestae dona parant. Quis est Vesta ? Vesta dea Romanorum est et templum habet. Saepe in viis Romae puellae ambulant et praedam Germaniae et Britanniae spectant. LESSON XII THE SECOND DECLENSION : NOUNS IN -ER, -IR, -IUS, AND -IUM 97. Nouns of the Second Declension in -er and -ir. Some nouns of the second declension end in -er and -ir. They are slightly different from hortus in their inflection : Singular Nom. pu'er a'ger vir Gen. pu'er I a'gri vi'ri Dat. pu'er 6 a'gro vi'ro Ace. pu'er urn a'grum vi'rum Abl. pu'er o a'gro Plural vi'ro Nom. pu'er I a'gri vi'ri Gen. puero'rum agro'rum virO'rum Dat. pu'er Is a'gris Vi'ris Aee. pu'er 6s a'gros vi'ros Abl. pu'er is a'gris vi'ris a. Observe that these nouns are declined in the same way as hortus except that they lack the ending -us in the nominative singular. Ager is like puer except that e before r occurs only in the nominative singular. 98. Nouns of the Second Declension in -ius and Aum. Nouns of the second declension ending in -ius and -ium contract the genitive ending -ii to -I. The accent remains on the same syllable as in the nominative : auxi'lium, gen. auxi'li. Learn the declension of filius and proelium (637). 99. Gender of Nouns of the Second Declension. Nouns of the second declension ending in -um are neuter ; most others are masculine. 48 THE SECOND DECLENSION 49 100. VOCABULARY a'ger, agri, m., field (agriculture) * prae'mium, praemi, »., reward auxi'lium, auxi'H, /z., aid, help (premium) (auxiliary) proe'lium, proeli, n., battle fi'lius, fill, m., son (filial) pu'er, pueri, w., boy (puerile) gla'dius, gladi, w., sword (gladia- so'cius, soci, m., comrade, ally tor) (associate) nun'tius, ntinti, m., messenger vir, viri, m., man (virile) (pronunciation) EXERCISES 101. i. Filii virorum in Britannia sunt. 2. Viri erant socii. 3. Nuntius sociorum sum. 4. Pueros parvos, fllios tribuni, exspectamus. 5. Pueri gladium et pilum Marcl habent. 6. Quis viro viam demonstrat ? 7. Proelium est longum et socii auxi- lium exspectant. 8. In agro laborant vir et filii nunti. 9. Cur viris praemia nunc datis ? 102. 1. The son of the messenger is a small boy. 2. We see your sword, but we have not your javelin. 3. They frighten the little boys and the woman. 4. The men are putting the allies to flight. 5. Where do the messengers live? 6. I have my son's sword. 7. Wars and battles delight the Romans. 1 The spelling of the English derivatives agriculture, puerile, and virile will help you to recall the spelling of the genitives of ager, puer, and vir. LESSON XIII ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS ENDING IN -ER 103. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions in -er. Some adjectives of the first and second declensions end in -er in the nominative singular masculine. Their inflection resem- bles that of puer and of ager. a. Learn the declension of liber and noster (643). b. Observe that liber retains the e in all forms, as puer does, while noster, like ager, has no e after the nominative. c. Decline miser, wretched, like liber. The other adjectives in this book that end in -er are declined like noster. d. Decline together vir liber, free man ; femina misera, poor woman ; bellum miserum, wretched war ; poeta liber, free poet ; ami- cus noster, our friend. 104. H'ber, li'bera, li'berum, free (lib- eral} mi'ser, mi'sera, mi'serum, poor, unhappy, wretched (miserable) mul'tus, mul'ta, mul'tum, much (multitude) mul'ti,. mul'tae, mul'ta, many VOCABULARY nos'ter. nos'tra, nos'trum, our (nostrum) su'pero, superare, surpass, defeat, overcome, conquer (insuperable) ves'ter, ves'tra, ves'trum, your (of more than one owner)- vo'co, vocare, call (vocation) EXERCISES 105. 1. Equos in agro Marci amici video. 2. Nuntius miser fabulam miseram de fuga sociorum narrat. 3. Vestrls amicls praemia dant. 4. Pecunia, donum Corneliae, f Ilium nostrum delectat. 5. Sumus viri liberi in oppido libero. 6. Deae Grae- ciae multae erant. 7. Socius noster est miser, quod gladium 50 ADJECTIVES ENDING IN -ER Si non habet. 8. Romanos in proelio superant. 9. Vocatne filius tuus ? 10. Domino servus miser cibum parat. 106. 1. Our friends, Marcus and Galba, are wretched. 2. There are many carts in the streets of our town. 3. She calls together the unhappy sons of the messengers. 4. Where do you see your horse ? 5 . The winds do not frighten the sailors. 6. We are sons of free men. 7. I have a javelin, the gift of a friend. DE GRAECIA 107. Graecia, terra parva, provincia Romanorum erat. Athe- nae, Sparta, Thebae, Corinthus clara oppida Graeciae erant. In oppidls erant templa multa deorum et dearum. In vils oppi- dorum statuae (statues) multae virorum clarorum erant. Incolae n5n erant miseri. Quis incolas Graeciae non laudat ? A RESTORATION OF THE ROMAN FORUM LESSON XIV THE IMPERFECT AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF SUM • THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES 108. The Imperfect Indicative of Sum. The imperfect indic- ative of sum is inflected as follows : Singular Plural i. e'ram, I was era'mus, we were 2. e'ras, you were era 'tis, you were 3. e'rat, he, she, it was e'rant, they were 109. The Future Indicative of Sum. The future indicative of sum is inflected as follows : Singular Plural 1. e'ro, / shall be e'rimus, we shall be 2. e'ris, you will be e'ritis, you will be 3. e'rit, he, she, it will be e'runt, they will be 110. The Dative with Adjectives. Donum puero erit gratum, the gift will be pleasing to the boy. a. Observe that puero is translated with the adjective gratum, pleasing to the boy. Certain Latin adjectives, particularly those mean- ing near, Jit, friendly, pleasing, like, and their opposites, are thus fol- lowed by the case expressing to or for, exactly as they are followed in English by a phrase beginning with to or for: as, fit for war, un- friendly to us. This usage is known as the Dative with Adjectives. 111. Rule for the Dative with Adjectives. Certain adjectives meaning near, fit, friendly, pleasing, like, and their opposites y may be accompanied by a dative to show the person or the thing toward which the quality of the adjective is directed. S 2 THE IMPERFECT AND FUTURE OF SUM S3 112. VOCABULARY in'terim, adv., meanwhile (in- li'ber, libri, m., book {library) propin/quus, -a, -um, near (pro- pinquity) pro'ximus, -a, -um, nearest, next, very near (proximity) ami'cus, -a, -um, friendly cer'te, adv., certainly fini'timus, -a, -um, neighboring, near (affinity) ido'neus, -a, -um, fit, suitable inimi'cus, -a, -um, unfriendly, hostile (inimical) iniu'ria, -ae, /., injustice, wrong (injury) EXERCISES 113. i. Est, erat, erit. 2. Sunt, erant, erunt. 3. Sumus, eramus, erimus. 4. Sum, eram, ero. 5. Es, eras, eris. 6. Estis, eratis, eritis. 7. Certe eramus, inimici Marco, vestro filio. 8. Pro ximi oppido erant multi agri. 9. Iniuriae sociorum multae erunt. 10. Insulam terrae propinquam video. 11. Venti nautls non erunt grati. 12. Agricolae bello longo idonel non erant. 13. Interim vestris filiis erimus amici. 14. Gladii atque pila proelio idonea 1 sunt. 114. 1. I am, we are. 2. Where were we? I was in the town. 3. I shall be, we shall be. 4. Is he a tribune? They are allies. 5. Meanwhile you will be a free man. 6. Our towns are near Greece. 7. In our towns the men are unfriendly to Rome. 8. There will be 2 a great battle in Britain. 9. The books will certainly be welcome to my friend Marcus. 1 The predicate adjective idonea is neuter because the two subjects are things without life. 2 Express there zvill be by erit, and place erit at the beginning of the sen- tence. How do you say there are ? there is ?* there were ? GLADIUS 54 FIRST YEAR LATIN SECOND REVIEW LESSON LESSONS VIII-XIV 115. Give the English meanings of the following words : ager deus interim nuntius remus amicus, iiou?i dominus latus oceanus servus amicus, adj. donum liber oppidum socius atque equus liber paro supero auxilium fllius longus parvus templum- bellum fmitimus magnus patria tribunus bonus frumentum meus pllum tuus carrus gladius miser praemium ubi certe gratus multus probo validus cibus hortus multi proelium ventus clarus idoneus non propinquus vester de inimicus noster proximus vir dea iniuria novus puer voco L6. Give the Latin meanings of the following words : garden from, concerning strong, robust many where ? native land, country oar son great, large man war your (sing.) call comrade, ally slave god meanwhile aid, help long horse near sword wind nearest, next goddess boy javelin food good , kind unfriendly much not new grain messenger battle approve, approve of famous get ready injustice, wrong friendly certainly SECOND REVIEW LESSON 55 friend field book tribune small, little fit, suitable your (plur.) gift free temple pleasing, welcome our my, mine surpass, defeat, overcome, conquer town master wide, broad reward cart neighboring, near ocean and also poor, unhappy, wretched 117. Decline each noun and adjective in 1 1 5 . Conjugate each verb in the present indicative active. Give the genitive singular of each noun ; give the other cases, in the singular and the plural. Conjugate sum in the imperfect and future indicative. 118. Following the suggestions in 634, give English words derived from the Latin words in 115. Define these derivatives, and illustrate each by an English sentence. 119. Give the rule for the following constructions, and illustrate each by a sentence in Latin : 1. Agreement of adjectives 4. Apposition 2. Predicate noun 5. Dative with adjectives 3. Predicate adjective A ROMAN BOY A ROMAN GIRL LESSON XV THE IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE, FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS • THE ABLATIVE OF MEANS 120. The Imperfect Indicative Active, First and Second Conjugations. The imperfect indicative active of the first and second conjugations is inflected as follows : Singular Plural i. ama'bam, I was loving amaba'mus, we were loving 2. ama'bas, you were loving amaba'tis, you were loving 3. ama'bat, he was loving ama'bant, they were loving Singular Plural 1. mone'bam, I was advising moneba 1 'mus, we were advising 2. mone'bas, you were advising moneba'tis, you were advising 3. mone'bat, he was advising mone'bant, they were advising a. Observe that in this tense the personal ending of the first person singular is -m, not -6. b. Observe that amabam is formed by adding to the stem ama- the tense sign -ba-, and to that tense sign the personal endings : ama-ba-m etc. Divide monebam into three parts in the same way. * c. Inflect the imperfect of the verbs in 68 and 115. d. The imperfect tense expresses action going on in past time. 121. The Ablative of Means. Roman! gladiis et pills pugnabant, the Romans were fighting with swords and javelins. a. Observe that gladiis and pilis are in the ablative, since they ex- press the relations of with and by. They answer the questions with what ? by means of what ? The ablative so used is called the Ablative of Means. It is limited to nouns that denote things, and is translated by a phrase beginning with by, with, or by means of 56 THE IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 57 122. Rule for the Ablative of Means. The means by which an action is accomplished is expressed by the ablative without a preposition (xxiv, b). 123. VOCABULARY ar'mo, armare, arm, equip (armor) lega'tus, -1, m., lieutenant, ambas- com'pleo, complere, fill (complete) sador (legation) defes'sus, -a, -um, tired out, weary pug'no, pugnare, fight (pugilist) Helve'tii, -orum, m. plur, Helve- scu'tum, -1, #., shield (escutcheon) tians vi'cus, -1, m., village (vicinity) EXERCISES 124. 1. Demonstrabant, parabat, complebatis. 2. Narra- bam, videbas, habitabamus. 3. Superabas, habebatis, probabat. 4. Cantabas, liberabam, manebatis. 5. Terrebam, vocabat, de- lectabatis. 6. Legatos convocabam. 7. Agricolae fr Omentum et cibum cams parvis portabant. 8. Interim gladiis in silvis pugnabant. 9. Scutis amicos nostros armabamus. 10. Lega- tum, amicum meum, vocabam. 11. Pills tribunum et legatum in pugna superabant. 12. Deis dona vestra erunt grata. 13. Vi- cus proximus oceano erat. 125. i. I was walking, but you (sing) were waiting in the field. 2. We were arming, they were remaining. 3. You (plur.) were approaching, and they were fighting. 4. He was working in the village. 5. We were teaching by means of stories and books. 6. With your swords you were liberating your friends. 7. Food was welcome to the tired Helvetians. 8. The men were fighting with long javelins. 9. The lieutenant was filling the village with food and grain. LESSON XVI THE FUTURE INDICATIVE ACTIVE, FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS • THE ABLATIVE OF MANNER 126. The Future Indicative Active, First and Second Con- jugations. The future indicative active of the first and second conjugations is inflected as follows : Singular Plural ama'bo, I shall love ama'bis, you will love ama'bit, he will love ama'bimus, we shall love ama'bitis, you will love ama'bunt, they will love Singular i. mone'bo, I shall advise 2. mone'bi s, you will advise 3. mone'bit, he will advise Plural mone'bimus, we shall advise mone'bitis, you will advise mone'bunt, they will advise a. Observe that the future of amo is formed by adding to the stem ama- the tense sign -bi-, and to the tense sign the personal endings ; but the i is dropped in the first person, and in the third person plural is changed to u. 1. How is the future of moneo formed ? b. Inflect the future of the verbs in 68 and 115. 127. VOCABULARY aedi'fico, aedificare, build (edifice) ae'ger, ae'gra, ae'grum, sick cum, prep, with ad/., with cu'ra, -ae, /., care, anxiety (cura- tor) in., prep, with ace, into, to 58 navi'gium, navi'gi, ;/., boat pro'pero, properare, hasten quo, adv., whither? stu'diuin, studi, n., zeal, eager- ness (study) te'neo, tenere, hold, keep (tenant) THE FUTURE INDICATIVE ACTIVE • 59 128. The Ablative of Manner. 1. Marcus cum studio laborat, Marcus works with zeal (zealously). 2. Marcus magno cum studio laborat, Marcus works with great zeal. 3. Marcus magno studio laborat, Marcus works with great zeal. a. Observe that manner is expressed in these sentences by the . use of the ablative case. Observe that 2 and 3 are translated in the same way, and that cum may be omitted when there is an adjective in the phrase. The ablative thus used answers the questions how ? in what way ? in what manner ? and is called the Ablative of Manner. The ablative of manner may often be translated by an adverb : cum studio, zealoicsly. 129. Rule for the Ablative of Manner. The ablative with cum is used with abstract nouns (1, f) to denote the manner of an action ; but cum may be omitted if an adjective modifies the noun of the phrase. EXERCISES ( 130. 1. Vocabunt, complebunt, properabunt. 2. Armabitne ? superabit, tenebimus. 3. Manebuntne ? demonstrabimus, ter- rebo. 4. Laborabis, docebitis, habebo. 5. Quo properabit agricola validus ? 6. In agros properabunt agricola et pueri. 7. In agris laborabunt magno cum studi5. 8. Cum cura fru- mentum in vlcum portabunt. 9. Magna diligentia navigium aedificabitis. 10. Servi aegri parvo studio laborant. 131. 1. You (sing.) will build. 2. He will hasten. 3. Who will not remain ? 4. You (pltir.) will hold. 5. We shall carry the sick men with great care. - 6. Whither will the lieutenant hasten ? 7. He will hasten into Greece and also will arm the inhabitants. 8. Where will our friends fight zealously ? 9. The men were diligently filling the boats. LESSON XVII PRINCIPAL PARTS • THE PERFECT STEM • THE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE, FIRST CONJUGATION The principal parts of the verb amo Perf. Pass. Part. amatus 132. Principal Parts are as follows : Pres. Ind. Act. Pres. Inf. Act. Perf. Ind. Act. amo amare amavi a. The principal parts of the verb are so called because all forms of the verb can be made from them, or from the three stems shown in the principal parts. These three stems are as follows : i. Present stem : ama-, found by dropping the -re of the present infinitive active. 2 . Perfect stem : amav-, found by dropping the personal ending -I of the first person singular of the perfect indicative active. 3. Participial stem : amat-, found by dropping the nominative ending -us of the perfect passive participle. 133. The Perfect Stem. By the use of the present stem you have conjugated the present, imperfect, and future tenses. By the use of the perfect stem amav- the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect tenses are conjugated. 134. The Perfect Indicative Active of the First Conjugation. The perfect indicative active of amo is inflected as follows : Personal Endings of Singular Perfect Tense I, ama'vi, I have loved, I loved -i 2. amavis'tl, you have loved, etc. -isti 3- ama V it, he has loved, etc. Plural -it 1. ama'vimus, we have loved, etc. -imus 2. amavis'tis, you have loved, etc. -istis 3- amave'runt, they have loved, etc. 60 -erunt PERFECT INDICATIVE, FIRST CONJUGATION 61 a. Observe that the perfect tense has two meanings : / have loved and / loved. Both express completed action. / have loved indicates that the action is completed at the present time ; and the perfect tense so used is known as the perfect definite. I loved indicates merely that the action was completed at some indefinite time in the past; and the perfect tense so used is known as the perfect indefinite. The imperfect tense, in contrast with the perfect, expresses an action going on in the past (120, d). b. Give the principal parts of each verb of the first conjugation in 68 and 115; they are formed in the same way as those of amo (except do, dare, dedi, datus). Inflect the perfect tense of each. EXERCISES 135. 1. Vocavitne? convocavit, superavit. 2. Pugnaverunt, exspectaverunt, laboraverunt. 3. Properavimus, aedificavimus, armavimus. 4. Laudavine ? vocavisti, properavistis. 5. Porta- vit, delectavit, dedit. 136. 1. You have praised, you showed, you related. 2. I have given, I brought, I set free. 3. They approved, they have sung, they swam. 4. We gave, we dwelt, we showed. 137. VOCABULARY ar'ma, -orum, n. plur., arms Ro'mulus, -I, m., Romulus di'u, adv., for a long time, long Sabi'ni, -orum, m.plur., the Sabines pro, prep, with abl., before, for, vul'nero, vulnerare, vulneravi, vul- in defense of (proceed) neratus, wound (vulnerable) DE SABINIS 138. Romulus Romam, clarum oppidum Italiae, aedificavit. Valid! viri erant Roman! et patriam amabant. Saepe pro patria pugnabant et saepe Sabinos armls in bello superabant. Sabini bona arma habebant et magno cum studio pills longls diu pugnaverunt. Sed Roman! Sabinos fugaverunt et multos viros gladiis vulneraverunt. LESSON XVIII THE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE, SECOND CONJUGATION THE ABLATIVE OF ACCOMPANIMENT 139. Principal Parts of Verbs of the Second Conjugation. The principal parts of verbs of the second conjugation are not so regular as those of the first conjugation. You have already had some verbs of the second conjugation. Their principal parts are as follows : Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind. Perf. Part. compleo complere complevl completus doceo docere docui doctus habeo habere habul habitus maneo manere mans! mansurus moneo monere monul monitus teneo terreo tenere terrefe tenui terrui territus video videre vidi visus a. Learn the principal parts of these verbs. What is the perfect stem of each ? b. Learn the inflection of the perfect tense of moneo (659), and practice the inflection of the perfect tense of the other verbs. EXERCISES 140. 1. Monuit, monuerunt, docuit. 2. Docuerunt, habuit, habuerunt. 3. Terruisti, terruistis, tenuistine ? 4. Vidi ? vlde- runtne ? mansimus. 5. Tenuit, tenuerunt, terruerunt. 141. 1. I have filled, you have seen, we have held. 2. He frightened, it had, they have filled. 3. She has remained, I have taught, you (plur.) have warned. 62 PERFECT INDICATIVE, SECOND CONJUGATION 63 142. The Ablative of Accompaniment. Cum filio me5 ambulabat, he was walking with my son. . a. Observe that the phrase cum filio answers the questions with whom ? in whose company ? This use of the ablative with the preposi- tion cum is called the Ablative of Accompaniment. 143. Rule for the Ablative of Accompaniment. The ablative with cum is used to show accompaniment. 144. VOCABULARY capti'vus, -1, w., captive {captivate) lo'cus, -1, m. (plur. loca, n.), place cau'sa, -ae,yi, cause, reason (location) hi'emo, hiemare, hiemavi, hiema- peri'culum, -i, ;/., peril, danger turns, 1 spend the winter (peril) EXERCISES 145. 1. Pueri carrum nostrum frumento compleverunt. 2. Cum cura puellam aegram certe portaverunt. 3. Scuta et gladios captivorum pro portis vldi. 4. Locus proelio idoneus non . erat. 5 . Legatus cum multis viris in Germaniam prope- ravit. 6. Causam belli demonstrabit. 7. In Graecia cum amicis vestrls hiemavi. 8. Magn5 cum perlculo manserunt. 146. 1. The swords and the javelins frightened the cap- tives. 2. They fought with the tribune in the long war. 3. The women were spending the winter in Italy. 4. Who will tell the lieutenant the cause of the war ? 5 . They have filled the place with arms. 6. The Romans have fought with the allies in defense of Rome. 1 Future active participle (441,0). This form, if it occurs, is given in the principal parts where the perfect passive participle is not in use. LESSON XIX THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS • THE PERFECT INDICATIVE OF SUM 147. The Demonstrative 7s. The demonstrative is, this, that, plur. these, those, is declined as follows : SINGULAR PLURAL Masc. FEM. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. Nom. is e'a id ii(e'i) e'ae e'a Gen. e'ius e'ius e'ius .eo'rum ea'rum eo'rum Dat. e'i e'i e'i iis (e'is) iis (e'is) iis (e'is) Ace. e'um e'am id e'os e'as e'a Abl e'o e'a e'o iis (e'is) iis (e'is) iis (e'is) a. II and iis are pronotinced as monosyllables, I and Is. 148. The Uses of Is. There is no word in English like is. Although it is a demonstrative pronoun (u,f) and means this and that, it does not point emphatically to what is near, as does hie, or to what is remote, as does ille (228). Generally it refers to somebody or to something that has just been mentioned. Sometimes it approaches in meaning the English definite article the. It is translated by this or that as the meaning of the sentence may require. 1. Is agricolas convocavit, this (or thai) man called the farmers together. , 2. Is servus cum diligentia laborat, this (or that) slave works dilige?itly. a. Observe that is is used in the first sentence as a pronoun, and in the second sentence as an adjective (in, e). Is, when an adjective, usually precedes its noun. b. Decline together id donum ; is nuntius ; ea patria. 64 THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS 65 149. The Perfect Indicative of Sum. The perfect indicative of sum is conjugated as follows : # Singular i. fu'i, I have been, was 2. fuis'ti, you have been, were 3. fu'it, he has bee?i, was Plural fu'imus, we have been, were fuis'tis, you have been, were fue'runt, they have been, were EXERCISES 150. 1. Id scutum vidi. 2. Is gladius est meus. 3. Ea pugna erit longa. 4. Eo gladio pugnabo. 5. Ei captivo cibum dedit. 6. Id erat tuum. 7. Periculum eorum legatorum demonstrabat. 8. In Germania et in terra Helvetiorum fuimus. 9. Fuitne tua filia aegra ? 10. Dominus eius servi fuit defessus. 11. Ea victoria Romanos delectavit. 12. Cum eo amico in Britanniam properabam. 13. Ubi fuistis ? 151. 1. By means of these arms we shall overcome the pirates on the ocean. 2. That help is pleasing to the Romans. 3. I have often been in those woods. 4. I have taught the sons of these farmers. 5. You have seen and praised these allies because they fought with zeal. 6. Whither were you hastening with this boy ? 7. The causes of this war have been many. LESSON XX THE INTERROGATIVE QUIS 152. The Uses of the Interrogative Quis. The interrogative quis (qui), zvho ? which ? what ? may be used as a pronoun or as an adjective (n, e ; in, e) : quis vocat ? who calls ? quod donum habes ? zvhat gift have you ? 153. The Declension of the Interrogative Pronoun, interrogative pronoun quis is declined as follows : The SINGULAR Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. Nom. quis quid qui Ge?i. cu'ius cu'ius quo 'rum Dat. cui cui qui'bus Ace. quern quid quos Abl. quo quo qui'bus a. Which forms have you already learned ? PLURAL Fem. quae qua'rum qui'bus quas qui'bus Neut. quae quo 'rum qui'bus quae qui'bus 154. The Declension of the Interrogative Adjective. The interrogative adjective qui is declined as follows in the singular (the plural is the same as that of quis) : SINGULAR Masc. Fem. Neut. Nom. qui quae quod Gen. cu'ius cu'ius cu'ius Dat. cui cui cui Ace. quern quam quod Abl quo qua quo a. Decline together qui captivus ; quae causa ; quod periculum. 66 THE INTERROGATIVE QUIS 6 7 2. Qui legati eos 4. Cui dat Marcus EXERCISES 155. I. Qui id templum aedificaverunt? viros armaverunt ? 3. Quid in eo agro est ? id praemium ? 5 . Quibus terris est Britannia proxima ? 6. Quern lau- datis ? 7. Quern librum laudavit Cornelia? 8. Quo gladio captlvum vulneraverunt ? 9. Quod periculurn narras ? 156. 1. Who was the messenger of the gods? 2. What gift did he give to this boy ? 3. Whose shield did that slave have ? 4. To whom have they shown the causes of this war ? 5 . Whom have you overcome ? 6: With what arms have they overcome the Helvetians ? 7. In which village did they live ? 157. VOCABULARY adoro, adorare, adoravi, adoratus, pray to, worship (adoration) animus," -I, m., feeling, mind (ani- mus) imperium, impe'ri, n., command, power {imperial) i'taque, conj., and so, therefore DE DEIS ROMANORUM 158. Mars, proavus (the ancestor) Romanorum, arma et proelia et bella amabat. Romulus et Remus, filii del armorum, Romam aedificaverunt. Itaque proelia et bella animos Romanorum delectaverunt. Mercurium et Neptunum et Vestam RomanI adorabant. Mercurius, nuntius deorum, imperia deorum incolis terrarum (the earth) narrabat. Neptunum, deum aquarum et 5ceani, nautae adorabant. Feminae Vestam, deam foci (hearth) y idorabant et el deae multa ddna parabant. LESSON XXI THE PRESENT, IMPERFECT, FUTURE, AND PERFECT INDICA- TIVE ACTIVE OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION 159. The Present, Imperfect, Future, and Perfect Indicative Active of the Third Conjugation. Learn the present, imperfect, future, and perfect indicative active of the verb rego (660). What are the present and perfect stems ? a. Observe that the personal endings, except in the first person sin- gular of the future, are the same as in the first and second conjugations. b. Observe that the differences between this conjugation and the first and second conjugations are in the present and future tenses. c. Observe that in the present tense the e of the present stem rege- disappears before 6 in the first person, just as happened in ama-o and that it becomes u in the third person plural, while in the other persons it is i. The inflection is like that of ero, future of sum. d. Observe that the future does not use -bi- as a tense sign, but has -a- in the first person singular, and -e- in the other persons. e. Give heed to the quantities and the accents. Inflect like rego the verbs in the following vocabulary. 160. VOCABULARY bene, adv., well {benevolent) emo, emere, emi, emptus, buy hodie, adv., to-day {preemption) olim, adv., once, formerly mitto, mittere, misi, missus, send turn, adv., then (remit) diico, ducere, dtixi, ductus, lead rego, regere, rexi, rectus, rule, (conduct) manage (regent) EXERCISES 161. 1. Regit, regebat, reget. 2. Emo, emebam, emam. 3. Ducunt, ducent, ducebat. 4. Rexit, rexerunt, duxit. 5. Duxe- runt, emisti, emistis. 6. Misi, misimus, misit. 7. Mittimus, 68 THE THIRD CONJUGATION 69 mittunt, mittent. 8. Is agricola mult5s agros habet. 9. Fru- mentum in oppidum magnum navigils mittet. 10. Frumentum in vlcum equis validls mittet. 1 1 . Quis eos equos in via ducet ? 12. Filil agricolae, Marcus et Galba, equos duxerunt et hodie ducent. 13. Turn arma nova ement. 14. Olim Roman! Italiam bene rexerunt. 162. 1. They rule, they were ruling, they will rule. 2. He leads, he was leading, he will lead. 3. I have bought, we bought, they bought. 4. I am sending, I shall send, I have sent. 5. You send, you will send, you have sent. 6. The Romans once had many lands. 7. Often they did not rule these lands well. 8. Then the allies sent assistance. 9. What girls spent the winter in Italy? 10. I shall send a lieutenant with these captives into Italy. GLADIATORS ENTERING THE ARENA 7o FIRST YEAR LATIN THIRD REVIEW LESSON LESSONS XV-XXI 163. Give the English meanings of'the following words : adoro causa hiemo mittc ► rego aedifico compleo hodie navigium scutum aeger cum imperium olim studium animus cura in perlculum teneo arma defessus is pro turn armo diu itaque propero vicus bene duco legatus pugno vulnero captlvus emo locus quo 164. Give the Latin meanings of the following words : lead rule zeal, eagerness once, formerly place care, anxiety peril equip, arm arms with sick pray to, worship before, for, in defense of shield hold, keep then spend the winter hasten whither ? this, that captive village into, to to-day tired out, weary send cause, reason feeling, mind well buy fight wound lieutenant, envoy command, power fill and so, therefore for a long time, long build boat 165. Decline each noun and each adjective in 163. Con- jugate each verb in the present, imperfect, and future indica- tive active. Give the principal parts of each verb in 68, 115, and 163. Conjugate each verb in 163 in the perfect indica- tive active. Decline is and quis. THIRD REVIEW LESSON 7* 166. Following the suggestions in 634, give English words derived from the Latin-words in 163. Define these derivatives, and illustrate each by an English sentence. 167. Give the rule for the following constructions, and illustrate each by a sentence in Latin : 1. Ablative of means 3. Ablative of accompaniment 2. Ablative of manner A RACE IN THE CIRCUS MAXIMUS LESSON XXII 168. READING LESSON VOCABULARY ala, -ae,/"., wing cera, -ae,/., wax Creta, -ae,/, Crete Daedalus, -I, m., Daedalus, father of Icarus iam, adv., now, already Icarus, -I, m., Icarus -que, conj., enclitic (22), and quoque, adv., also, too apto, aptare, aptavi, aptatus, fit, fit to, adjust (adapt) confirmo, confirmare, confirmavi, confirmatus, strengthen, en- courage (confirmation) decido, decidere, decidi, , fall off, fall down (deciduous) fingo, fingere, finxi, fictus, fash- ion, devise {fiction) postulo, postulare, postulavi, pos- tulatus, demand (postulate) aolvo, solvere, solvi, solutus, loose (solve) volo, volare, volavi, volaturus, fly (volatile) 169. DE ICARO Marcus. Fabulam bonam amicus meus hodie narravit. Iulia. De quo narravit amicus tuus ? Marcus. De Icar5, Daedall filio, puero misero. Iulia. Ubi habitabat Icarus ? In Britannia ? Marcus. Non in Britannia habitabat, sed in Creta,' insula magna et clara. Daedalus filio alas finxit et paravit. Eas alas Icaro magna cum cura cera aptavit. Alae Icaro gratae erant. Turn Daedalus puerum volare (to fly) docuit, sed altius (too high) volavit Icarus. Itaque sol (the sim) ceram solvit, et alae deciderunt. Iulia. Sed quid de Icaro ? Marcus. Icarus quoque decidit in oceanum. Iulia. Eheu (alas), miserum Tcarum ! 72 READING LESSON 73 ROMANI PRO SOCIIS PUGNANT 170. Quod iniuriae multae fuerunt, socii nostrl auxilium postu- lant. Itaque RomanI legatum cum viris in terram Helvetiorum mittent. Is legatus iam viros convocavit in oppidum. Cibum et carros emit et viros gladiis scutisque armavit. Socii interim frumentum paraverunt. Hodie legatus animos virorum con- firmabit. Turn in agros finitimos viros ducet et proelium exspectabit. Locus eius proell propinquus Helvetiis est. Nostrl viri magn5 cum studio pro socils pugnabunt et Helvetios superabunt. Multos captivos in oppidum ducent. El captivi in vicis nostris hiemabunt. ICARUS IN OCEANUM DECIDIT LESSON XXIII THE THIRD DECLENSION 171. The Third Declension. Nouns of the third declension end variously in the nominative singular. They are of mascu- line, feminine, or neuter gender. Their inflection is illustrated by the following words : rex, m. miles, m. virtus, f. caput, n. king soldier valor head CASE ENDINGS Singular M. AND F. N. Nom. rex mi'les vir'tus ca'put -s or — — Gen; re'gis ml 'lit is virtu 'tis ca'pitis -is -is Dat. re'gi mi 'lit! virtu 'ti ca'piti -I -I Ace. re 'gem mi 'lit em virtu 'tern ca'put -em — Abl. re'ge mi 'lite virtu 'te Plural ca'pite -e -e Nom. re'ges mi'lites virtu 'tes ca'pita -es -a Gen. re 'gum ml'litum virtu 'turn ca'pitum -um -um Dat. re 'gibus mili'tibus virtu 'tibus capi 'tibus -ibus -ibuj Ace. re'ges mi'lites virtu 'tes ca'pita -es -a Abl. re 'gibus mili'tibus virtu 'tibus capi 'tibus -ibus -ibuf a. To decline a noun of the third declension it is necessary tc know the gender, and the spelling of the nominative and the geni tive singular. These things, therefore, must be learned about even noun of this declension. Often an English derivative will suggest th( spelling of the genitive singular : as, capital, capitis ; military, militis b. No adequate rule for the gender of nouns of the third declensioi can be given. But Nouns ending in -tor are masculine. Nouns ending in -tas, -tus, or -tiido, and most nouns ending in -ii are feminine. Nouns ending in -e, -al, or -ar are neuter. 74 THE THIRD DECLENSION 75 c. Learn the case endings. Then practice the declension of the nouns above and of those in the vocabulary. Observe that masculines and feminines are declined alike. d. Decline together miles bonus, good soldier ; virtus nostra, our valor ; and caput parvum, small head. 172. VOCABULARY caput, capitis, n., head {capital) lapis, lapidis, w., stone {dilapidate) dux, ducis, m. y leader, general miles, mllitis, #z., soldier {military) {conductor) pedes, peditis, m., foot soldier eques, equitis, m. , horseman {eques- {pedestrian) trian) rex, regis, m., king {regal) iet . . . et, conj., both . . . and virtus, virtutis, f., valor, courage fortiter, adv., bravely {virtue) EXERCISES 173. 1. Regem et ducem hodie vidi. 2. Capita multorum peditum vidimus. 3. Et reges et duces milites nostr5s duxe- runt. 4. Etiam equites pro rege et duce fortiter pugnabant. 5. Virtute et studio 1 socios superaverunt. 6. Lapidibus et pills multos agricolas vulneraverunt. 7. Virtus equitum atque stu- dium peditum legatum certe delectabit. 2 8. Quis iis equitibus scuta emet ? 9. Nostros milites in silvas quoque misimus. 174. 1. The commands of the king have been many. 2. We shall approve of the commands of the kings. 3. By the valor of these soldiers we shall overcome the Helvetians. 4. I shall spend the winter with the general. 5. In a town I saw a king. This king was a good general and ruled well. 7. He bought food for the wretched foot soldiers. 8. He sent both arms and grain into that town. 1 Observe that the ablative of an abstract noun may express means. 2 Observe that a singular verb may be used with two subjects, if the*sub- jects are abstract nouns and considered as a single whole. LESSON XXIV THE THIRD CONJUGATION: VERBS IN -10 • THE ABLATIVE OF PLACE FROM WHICH • THE ACCUSATIVE OF PLACE TO WHICH 175. The Third Conjugation : Verbs in -id. Certain verbs of the third conjugation differ in inflection from the regular verbs of that conjugation. Learn the present, imperfect, future, and perfect indicative active of capio, take (66 1). a. Wherein does the inflection of capio differ from that of rego in the present ? in the imperfect ? in the future ? b. Verbs in -io, with the infinitive in -Sre, are conjugated like capio. Like capio inflect in the same tenses fugio and iacio (176). 176. VOCABULARY a (ah), prep, with at?/., away from, pes, pedis, m., foot (pedal) from, by (avert) capio, capere, cepi, captus, take, ad, prep, with ace., to, toward capture, receive (captive) (adhere) dimitto, dimittere, dimisi, dimis- conloquium, conlo'qul, n., confer- sus, send away (dismiss) ence, interview (colloquial) fugio, fugere, fugi, fugiturus, flee, e (ex), prep, with abl., out of, . run away (fugitive) from (exit) * iacio, iacere, ieci, iactus, throw, murus, -i, m., wall (mural) hurl, cast, fling (reject) a. Ab and ex are used instead of a and e before words beginning with a vowel or h ; before consonants either a or ab, e or ex may be used.; 177. The Ablative of Place from Which. 1. Milites ab vico properant, the soldiers are hastening away fro m\ the village. 2. Milites ex vico properant, the soldiers are hastening out of the village. . 3. Milites de vico properant, the soldiers are hastening from (down from) the village. 76 VERBS IN -10 .77 a. Observe that the phrases ab vico, ex vico, and de vico denote the place from which the motion is directed. This usage is known as the Ablative of Place from Which. Ab vico (i) indicates that the soldiers started from the vicinity of the village ; while ex vico (2) indicates that they started from some point or place within the village. 178. Rule for the Ablative of Place from Which. Place from which is expressed by the ablative zvith a (ab), de, e (ex). 179. The Accusative of Place to Which. 1. Legatos in oppidum miserunt, they sent ambassadors into the tow?i. 2. Legatos ad oppidum miserunt, they sent ambassadors to the town. a. Observe that the phrases in oppidum and ad oppidum denote the place to which the motion is directed. This usage is known as the Accusative of Place to Which. 180. Rule for the Accusative of Place to Which. Place to which is expressed by the accusative zvith ad or in. EXERCISES 181. I. Capiet, capit, capiunt. 2. Iacio, iaciam, iaciebam. 3. Ceperunt, iecit, iecimus. 4. Fugimus, fugimus, dimisimus. 5. Ex conloquio fugiunt. 6. Ab vico in agros fugient. 7. De oppido ad oceanum fugit. 8. Qui litteras ad regem miserunt? 9. De murls eius oppidl pila iecerunt. 10. Defessos milites ex proelio dlmisit. II. Cur ab eo loco fugis ? 12. Carros nostros capient. 182. 1. He will hurl, they will hurl, they hurl. 2. You throw, you will throw, you have thrown. 3. They wounded the feet of the horsemen. 4. I shall hasten from Italy into the province. 5. Both women and girls were fleeing from the fields. 6. They have hastened from Germany into Italy. 7. He led the tribune to the conference. LESSON XXV THE ABLATIVE OF CAUSE • PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES EXPRESSING CAUSE 183. VOCABULARY inopia, -ae,/, want, lack oh, prep, with ace, on account of pater, patris, m., father {paternal) propter, prep, with ace, on account of soror, sororis,/!, sister {sorority) vulnus, vulneris, ;/., wound (vul- nerable) magnum, homo defessus, id vulnus. centurio, centurionis, m., centurion corpus, corporis, //., body {cor- poral) x doleo, dolere, dolui, dolitiirus, grieve {doleful) explorator, exploratoris, m., scout {explore) homo, hominis, m., man {homicide) a. Decline centurio miser, corpus 184. The Ablative of Cause. 1. Legatus militem virtute laudavit, the lieutenant praised the soldier for {because of o?i account of) his valor. 2. Pedites via longa sunt defessi, the foot soldiers are tired out with {front, because of) the long march. a. Observe that the ablatives virtute and via denote cause or rea- son. Observe the various prepositions used in translating these abla- tives : for, with, from, because of on account of . This ablative answers the question why ? and is known as the Ablative of Cause. 185. Rule for the Ablative of Cause. a preposition is used to express cause. The ablative without 186. Prepositional Phrases expressing Cause. Cause may also be expressed by a prepositional phrase consisting of ob or propter with the accusative, or of de or ex with the ablative : 1 See 171, a. 78 THE ABLATIVE OF CAUSE 79 1. Legatus militem ob (propter) virtutem laudavit, the lieutenant praised the soldier on account of his courage. 2. Multis de causis in Italiam properabunt, for many reasons they will hurry into Italy. a. Observe the translation of de in the phrase de causis. EXERCISES 187. i. Multis de causis Roman! auxilium non mlserunt. 2. Lapidibus plllsque eos homines vulneraverunt. 3. Multa vulnera in capitibus et in corporibus ha- bent. 4. Hodie patres vulneribus filiorum dolebunt. 5. Dux noster magna victoria centuriones laudabit. 6. Perlculum explo- ratorum milites terruit. 7. Turn in muros oppidl ob iniurias non fugiebatis. 8. Prop- ter inopiam cibi 1 magno in perlculo fuimus. 9. Legatus equites et pedites ad conlo- quium duxit. 188. 1 . We have often been tired because of wounds. 2.1 shall praise our soldiers because of their courage and zeal. 3. Our fathers will fight for a long time and will capture much booty. 4. Which centurion was throwing javelins down from the wall ? 5. On account of a lack of food and water Marcus and Galba, the centurions, did not fight with courage. 6. My sister is now grieving because the women of Britain are wretched. 7. In the meantime the scouts related the commands of the general. 1 This is a new usage of the genitive case. As used here, the genitive denotes that of which something consists or is made. It is called the Genitive of Material. CENTURIO LESSON XXVI THE THIRD DECLENSION: /-STEMS 189. The Third Declension: /-Stems. Certain nouns of the third declension have i-stems. These include : 1. Nouns which end in -is or -es in the nominative singular and have no more syllables in the genitive singular than in the nominative. 2. Neuters ending in -e, -al, or -ar. 3. Nouns ending in -ns or -rs. 4. Monosyllables ending in -s or -x, with a consonant pre- ceding the -s or -x. These nouns show the following peculiarities of declension : 1. The genitive plural ends in -ium. 2 . The accusative plural of masculines and of f eminines ends in -Is or -6s. 3. The nominative and the accusative plural of neuters end in -ia. 4. The ablative singular of neuters and of a few other words ends in -I. The declension of nouns having i-stems is illustrated by the following paradigms : hostis, m., enemy mare, n., sea cohors, f., cohort mons, m., mountain stem hosti- stem mari- stem cohorti- stem monti- SlNGULAR Nom. hos'tis ma're co'hors mons Gen. hos'tis ma'ris cohor'tis mon'tis Dat. hos'ti ma'ri cohor'tl mon'ti Ace. hos'tem ma're cohor'tem mon'tem Abl. hos'te ma'ri 80 cohor'te mon'te /-STEMS 81 Plural Norn. hos'tes ma'ria cohor'tes mon'tes Gen. hos'tium ma'rium cohor'tium mon'tium Dat. hos'tibus ma'ribus cohor'tibus mon'tibus Ace. hos'tis (-6s) ma'ria cohor'tis (-6s) mon'tis (-6s) Abl. hos'tibus ma'ribus cohor'tibus mon'tibus a. For the guidance of the learner, in the succeeding vocabularies nouns having i-stems will be followed by the stem. b. Decline each noun in 190. 190. VOCABULARY civis, civis (civi-), ni., citizen (civil) mare, maris (mari-), n., sea (mari- cohors, cohortis (cohorti-),/], cohort time) collis, collis (colli-), m., hill mons, montis (monti-), m., moun- finis, finis (fini-), m., end ; fllur., tain (mount) territories (finish) navis, navis (navi-),/, ship (navi- hostis, hostis (hosti-), m., enemy gate) (hostile) urbs, urbis (urbi-),/], city (urban) ignis, ignis (igni-), m., fire (ignite) EXERCISES 191. 1. Victoria hostium civis urbis Romae terruit. 2. Collis et montis Italiae non vidl. 3. Exploratores et centuriones ex finibus Sabmorum fugerunt. 4. Roman! multas navis et navigia in marl habuerunt. 5. Magno perlculd elves cibum frumentumque in urbem portant. 6. Cohortes quoque mittemus et hostis superabimus. 7. Propinquum monti erat oppidum. 8. Virtus clvium grata duel fuit. 192. 1. Have we many ships to-day? 2. Formerly they lived on the hills and mountains. 3. The territories of the Romans were wide. 4. These citizens are not fit for war. 5. Our soldiers have captured many cities of Greece. 6. Who are throwing javelins down from the walls of the cities ? 7. Boys see great fires in the city. LESSON XXVII THE ACCUSATIVE AND THE ABLATIVE WITH PREPOSITIONS ADJECTIVES USED AS NOUNS 193. Prepositions with the Accusative. The following prep- ositions are used with the accusative : ad, to, toward, against {adverse) among (of more than two ob- ante, before, in front of (anteced- jects) {intervene) ent) ob, on account of, because of apud, near, with, among per, through {perennial) contra, against {contradict) post, after, behind {postpone) in, into, against {inspire) propter, on account of, because of inter, between (of two objects), trans, across {transatlantic) 194. Prepositions with the Ablative. The following prep- ositions are used with the ablative : a, ab, away from, from, by {abla- in, in, at, on {insist) tive) pro, in front of, in behalf of {pro- cum, with {compete) ted) de, down from, concerning {depose) sine, without {sinecure) e, ex, out of, from {expose) a. Which preposition is used with both cases ? With what differ- ce in meaning ? b. Learn the meanings of all these prepositions. 195. Methods of saying "to," "on account of," "because of," and " with " in Latin : a. To : If the phrase expresses the indirect object, use the dative. If the phrase occurs with a verb of motio?i (as mitto), use ad or in i with the accusative. b. On account of, because of: Use either ob or propter with the; accusative, or use the ablative. PREPOSITIONS 83 Remember that the preposition de or ex is used in certain phrases (as, multis de causis, for many reasons). c. With : If the phrase expresses means, use the ablative. If the phrase expresses ma?mer, use the ablative with cum ; omit cum, if you wish, when there is an adjective in the phrase. If the phrase expresses accom- paniment, use the ablative with cum. If the phrase expresses cause, use either ob or propter with the accusa- tive, or use the ablative of cause. X ZS^^^S^y xf WeWb. r W^dA nm mJmmM ^fflhwi^ mfri Wm gSsw/j 'tuSj?//' Tffll vw ml ^•£>jl|Vw- -.— ML EQUES ROMANUS 196. Adjectives used as Nouns. Adjectives are often used as nouns (m,f) ; as, amicus, -1, m., a friend, from amicus, a, -um, friendly ; multa, -drum, n., many things, from multi, -ae, -a, many. So also finitimi, neighbors, and nostri, our men. EXERCISES 197. 1. Nostri centurionem inter captlvos viderunt. 2. Fini- timi propter earn victoriam Romanorum dolent. 3. Cur cohortes per silvas ad oppidum fugiebant ? 4. Cum cura vestras filias libris docuistis. 5. Equites et pedites^nte portam sunt. 6. Sine perlculo in urbe manebimus. 7. Atque multa ex ea urbe portaverunt. 8. Trans agrum latum exploratores ducit. 9. In provincia cum multis militibus fuit. 198. 1. After this battle he will send our men into Germany. 2. They captured the town without help. 3. The neighbors were fighting bravely against the enemy. 4. In front of the town was a hill. 5. Near the lieutenant a messenger was waiting. 6. We shall hurry through Italy and shall spend the winter among those mountains. LESSON XXVIII READING LESSON 199. VOCABULARY exemplum, -I, n., example factum, -I, n., act, deed {fact) Horatius, Horati, m., Horatius, a Roman nam, conj., for pauci, -ae, -a, plur., few, only a few {paucity) pons, pontis (ponti-), ;;/., bridge (po?itoon) Porsena, -ae, m., Porsena, a king of Etruria Sublicius, -a, -um, Sublician (rest- ing on piles) tandem, adv., at last, finally tergum, -I, n., back ; a tergo, in the rear terror, terroris, m., terror, fear ' Tiberis, -is (ace. -im), m., Tiber, a river timidus, -a, -um, fearful {timid) defendo, defendere, defendl, defen- sus, defend {defense) obsideo, obsidere, obsedi, obsessus, besiege servo, servare, servavi, servatus, save, protect (preserve) sustineo, sustinere, sustinui, sus- tentus, hold up, sustain, hold in check HORATIUS PONTEM DEFENDIT 200. Porsena, Roman5rum hostis, rex fuit clarus. Olim urbem Romam obsidebat. Magnus erat terror Romanorum, quod Por- sena multos milites habebat. Timidae feminae. in templis deos adorabant. Sed virtus valid! viri Romam defendit. Nam paucis cum sociis pro ponte Sublicio Horatius hostis sustinuit. Cives interim a terg5 pontem solvunt et rescindunt (break dowii).\ Turn socios Horatius dimittit et pontem contra hostis defendit. Tandem decidit pons, et inter pila hostium Horatius in Tiberim* desilit ( jumps down) et ad socios natat. Id exemplum virtu tis Romam servavit. Hodie facta Horati laudamus. 8 4 READING LESSON 85 201. VOCABULARY contends, contendere, contend!, con- tentus, struggle {contend) cotidianus, -a, -urn, daily fere, adv., almost Gallia, -ae,/, Gaul (Gallic) Gallus, -I, m. f a Gaul (inhabitant of Gaul) German!, -orum, m.plur., Germans Hispani, -orum, m.plur., Spaniards Hispania, -ae,/, Spain incolo, incolere, incolui, , dwell in, inhabit magnopere, adv., greatly natio, nationis, /., race, people, tribe (national) non solum . . . sed etiam, not only . . . but also Rhenus, -I, m., Rhine {Rhenish) timed, timere, timui, , fear, dread DE NATIONIBUS EUROPAE 202. Hispania et Gallia et Germania erant nationes Europae. Proxima 5ceano erat Hispania. Galli inter Hispaniam et Ger- maniam, GermanI trans Rhenum incolebant. German! paucos vlcos etiam in Gallia habebant. Quod eae nationes hostes erant, Roman! cum Hispanls et Gallis et Germanis saepe pugnaverunt. Inter Galliam et mare erat nova provincia Romae. Incolae eius provinciae iniurias Gallorum diu sustinuerunt. Tandem ab Romanis auxilium postulaverunt ; nam Helvetios finitimos mag- nopere timebant. Helvetii non solum provinciae sed etiam Ger- manis inimici erant et cum Germanis cotidianis fere proeliis contendebant. HORATIUS PONTEM DEFENDIT 86 FIRST YEAR LATIN FOURTH REVIEW LESSON LESSONS XXII-XXVIII 203. Give the English meanings of the following words : a, ab decido homo navis rex ad defendo hostis non solum . . . servo ante dteiitto do^o iacio sed etiam sine apud iam ob solvo capio dux ignis obsideo soror caput e, ex incolo pater sustineo centurio eques inopia pauci tandem civis et . . . et inter pedes tergum cohors exemplum lapis per terror collis explorator magnopere pes timeo confirmo factum mare pons timidus conloquium fere miles post ' trans contendo flngo mons postulo urb.s contra finis murus propter virtus corpus fortiter nam -que volo cotldianus fugio natio quoque vulnus 204. Give the Latin meanings of the following words : sister back after on account of, because of few, only a few wall and near, with, among fly without father conference, interview both . . . and bridge head to, toward, against across enemy daily from, away from hill now defend not only ... but also foot soldier horseman stone throw, hurl, casl ship at last before valor, courage grieve soldier centurion leader, general fear, dread bravely for fashion, devise mountain citizen fall down dwell in, inhabit city terror loose between, among FOURTH REVIEW LESSON 87 take, capture king sea race, people, tribe fire greatly foot end, territories struggle scout flee strengthen, encourage man against body hold up, sustain, hold in check wound lack, want besiege act, deed send away demand cohort example out of, from through almost save, protect fearful 205. Decline each noun in 203. Give the principal parts of each verb. Conjugate each verb of the third conjugation in the present, imperfect, future, and perfect indicative active. Use each preposition in a Latin phrase. Which nouns have i-stems ? 206. Following the suggestions in 634, give English words derived from the Latin words in 203. Define these derivatives, and illustrate each by an English sentence. 207. Give the rule, if there is one, for each of the follow- ing constructions, and illustrate each by a sentence in Latin : 1. Ablative of place from which b 2. Accusative of place to which 3. Ablative of cause 4. Prepositional phrases express- ing cause 5. Prepositions with the accusa- tive 6. Prepositions with the ablative 7. Adjectives used as nouns LESSON XXIX ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION • 208. Adjectives of the Third Declension. Besides the ad- jectives of the first and second declensions there are also adjectives of the third declension. They use the endings of the third declension of nouns. a. Some of these adjectives have the same form for the nomina- tive singular of all three genders : as, audax, bold. Others have the same form for the masculine and feminine nominative singular, but a different form for the neuter nominative singular : as, brevis, breve, short. Still others have a different form in the nominative singular for each gender : as, acer, acris, acre, keen, eager. b. Learn the declension of audax, brevis, and acer (644). c. Observe that the adjectives having two or three endings in the nominative singular have only -i in the ablative singular. Adjectives of one ending more often have -1 than -e in the ablative. Compare the endings of these adjectives with the endings of nouns having i-stems (189). What differences are there ? d. Decline proelium acre, keen battle ; corpus breve, short body; hostis audax, bold enemy ; vir acer, bold man. 209. VOCABULARY acer, acris, acre, keen, eager, sharp (acrid) audax, audacis, bold (audacious) brevis, -e, short, brief (brevity) Caesar, Caesaris, m., Caesar communis, -e, common (commu- nity) fortis, -e, brave, strong (fortitude) gravis, -e, heavy, severe (gravity) labor, laboris, ;;/., toil, hardship (laborious) omnis, -e, all, every, the whole (omnipresent) potestas, potestatis,/, power Note. In the vocabularies the genitive singular will be given of adjectives of one ending ; but in the case of adjectives of two or of three endings all the forms of the nominative singular will be given. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 89 EXERCISES 210. 1. Caesar dux audax Romanorum erat. 2. Magna fuit potestas eius ducis. 3. Omnes mllites Caesarem magnopere amabant, quod hostis saepe superavit. 4. Labores mllitum in bello saepe erant graves. 5. Hostes multl et acres erant et multa plla contra Romanos iaciebant. 6. Sed nostrae cohortes propter commune periculum non fugerunt. 7. Pro Roma fortiter pugnaverunt. 8. Breve erat id bellum. 211. 1. The sword of the Romans was both short and heavy. 2. The foot soldier had a bold comrade. 3. Our men were carrying many heavy things. 4. To all my friends I shall give gifts. 5. The leader of the eager horsemen was ^grieving because of many hardships. 6. He dismissed all the tribunes from the conference. CAESAR LESSON XXX THE FOURTH CONJUGATION 212. The Fourth Conjugation. Learn the present, imperfect, future, and perfect indicative active of audio (662). a. Compare the inflection of audio with that of capio. Observe that three forms of audio in the present differ in quantity from the corresponding forms of capio : audis, audimus, auditis. In other respects the inflection is identical with that of capio. b. Inflect like audio in the same tenses reperio,^;^, and venio, come. 213. VOCABULARY flumen, fluminis, n., river (fluent) oppugno, oppugnare, oppugnavi, nobilis, -e, noble, of high birth oppugnatus, attack (impugn) (iiobility) reperio, reperire, repperi, repertus, audio, audire, audivi, auditus, hear find {repertory) (audible) venio, venire, veni, venturus, come (invent) EXERCISES 214. 1. Audio, audiebam, audiam. 2. Auditne ? audiebat, audiet. 3. Audiunt, audiebant, audient. 4. Audimus, audlvi- mus, audietis. 5. Audivi, audis, audlverunt. 6. Venls, venit, venistl. 7. Venit, venimus, Venimus. 8. Reperlsne ? reppe- ristis, reperltis. 9. Repperi, reperit, repperit. 215. 1. He has found, they have found, they came. 2. You are hearing, you did come, he heard. 3. We have heard, we were finding, we came. 4. You are coming, they were finding, we shall come. 5. I shall hear, we hear, they heard. 6. He came, he has come, they hear. 7. They will defend, they have attacked, he has defended. 90 THE FOURTH CONJUGATION 91 216. CONLOQUIUM » Marcus. Hodie fabulam de Porsena et Horatio audlvi. IuLiAj, Quis fuit Porsena ? Romanusne erat ? MXfcus. Porsena, rex nobilis, Romanorum hostis olim fuit. Cum Slilitibus audacious in finis R5man5rum venit, et urbem Romam oppugnabat. Iulia. Fugeruntne RomanI ob perlculum ? Marcus. Magnum erat perlculum urbis et clvium, quod hostes erant fortes et acres, sed RomanI non fugerunt. Iulia. Cepitne Porsena Romam ? Marcus. Urbem non- cepit, quod virtus validl virl clvls defen- debat. Paucls cum socils Horatius pro urbe fortiter pugnabat. Iulia. Diune ho'stes sustinuit Horatius ? Marcus. Non diu, quod hostes erant multl, et multa plla iaciebant. Tandem trans flu men ad socios natavit. RomanI Horatium oB earn virtutem laudaverunt. SOLDIERS MARCHING LESSON XXXI 217. THE ABLATIVE OF TIME VOCABULARY aestas, aestatis,^, summer annus, -I, m., year (annua/) decern, adj., indecl., ten (decimal) hiems, hiemis,/., winter hora, -ae,/., hour {horoscope) lux, lucis,/, light (translucent) nox, noctis (nocti-), f., night (noc- turnal) primus, -a, -um, first (primary) 218. The Ablative of Time. secundus, -a, -um, second (second- ary) tempus, temporis, n., time (tem- poral) gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, manage, carry on (vicegerent) prima luce, at dawn bellum gerere, carry on war, wage war 1. Homines aestate et hieme laborant, men toil in summer and in wi?iter. 2. Decern annis Caesar multa bella gessit, within ten years Ccesar carried on many wars. a. Observe that these ablatives are expressions of time. They answer the questions whe?i ? in or within what time ? This usage of the ablative is known as the Ablative of Time. It may be translated by a phrase beginning with in, at, within, or during. 219. Rule for the Ablative of Time. The time at which or within which a thing happeiis is expressed by the ablative without a preposition. J EXERCISES 220. i. Hieme venti in marl sunt graves. 2. Aestate agri- colae in agris laborabant. 3. Prima luce ad Caesarem venient. 4. Caesar bellum fortibus cum hostibus gessit. 5. Omnes 92 THE ABLATIVE OF TIME 93 provincias paucls annis superavit. 6. Quo tempore noctis in urbem venisti ? 7. Secunda hora proeli decern exploratores capiunt. 8. Nuntius eo tempore legato litteras demonstravit. 221. 1. Welcome summer will come in a short time. 2. At the second hour of the night we heard these commands. 3. He found ten wounds on the body of the foot soldier. 4. At dawn Caesar sent this cohort between the hill and the mountain. 5. They all fled from the province in the first year of the war. 6. Why did they not carry on war with the Romans in the winter ? LACONIC SPEECHES 1 222. 1. Amicus olim Spartanum rogavit : " Cur muros non habet Sparta ? " Spartanus respondit : " Nostra urbs muros optimos (the very best) habet, yirtutem incolarum fortium." 2. Rex Spartanus olim dixit : "Mel elves numquam roga- verunt, f Quot sunt hostes ? ' sed / Ubi sunt ? ' " 3. Hostis ante pugnam Spartano dixit : " Solem propter pl- lorum multitudinem et sagittarum non videbitis." " In umbra igitur pugnabimus," respondit Spartanus. 1 The meanings of words that are not given in the vocabularies of the lessons may be found in the general vocabulary. AESTATE AGRICOLA IN AGRIS LABORAT LESSON XXXII THE PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF ALL CONJUGATIONS 223. The Formation of the Pluperfect and Future Perfect Tenses. The pluperfect (xxxiii, b) and the future perfect (xxxiii, b) indicative active of amo are inflected as follows : Pluperfect i. ama'veram, I had loved amavera'mus, we had loved 2. ama'veras, you had loved amavera'tis, you had loved 3. ama'verat, he had loved ama'verant, they had loved Future Perfect 1 . ama'vero, / shall have loved amav e'rimus, we shall have loved 2. ama'veris,jw/ will have loved amave'ritis, you will have loved 3 . ama'v erit , he will have loved ama V erint, they will have loved ' a. Observe that the pluperfect is formed by adding the imperfect of sum (108) to the perfect stem; and the future perfect by adding the future of sum to the perfect stem. One form, however, is not spelled as it is in the inflection of sum. Which form ? b. The tense sign of the pluperfect is -era- ; of the future perfect, -eri-. c. What are the perfect stems of moneo, rego, capio, audio, and sum ? Inflect the pluperfect and future perfect tenses of these verbs, and of the verbs in 203. d. What auxiliary verbs (iv,/*) are to be used in translating these tenses ? What English tense is the same as the pluperfect ? • e. The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect use the perfect stem, . and so belong to the perfect system of the verb. Make synopses (671) in this system of the model verbs. 94 THE PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE , PERFECT 95 224. VOCABULARY civitas, civitatis,/, state, clan princeps, prlncipis, w., chief (prin- Labienus, -1, m. y Labienus, a Ro- cipal) man officer Romanus, -a, -urn, Roman populus, -1, m., people (popula- telum, -1, n., weapon tioti) EXERCISES 225. 1. Emerint, gesseram, hiemaveratis. 2. Demonstrave- rant, audlveris, superaveramus. 3. Tenuer5, compleveram, arma- veras. 4. Habitaveris, vocaverat, man- sero. 5. Narraveratis, miseras, fugerimus. 6. Exspectaveram, doluero, conflrmaverit. 7. Sustinuerat, rexeram, progeraveris. 8. Labienus prmcipem virtute laudave- rat. 9. Fortis homo amlcos multos et acris habuerit. 10. Caesar bella non solum in Gallia sed etiam in Britannia gesserat. 1 1 . Quo tempore noctis arma ceperis ? 12. Galll oppida magna cum virtute defen- derant. 13. Populus Romanus elves eius clvitatis liberaverat. A GALLIC CHIEFTAIN 226. 1. We shall have frightened, you (sing.) had come, you (plnr) will have dismissed. 2. He will have fought, he had captured, they had defended. 3. We had led, they will 'have wounded, he will have thrown. 4. You (sing.) will have built, we had found, they will have carried. 5. The Roman people had long held the Gauls in check. 6. The chiefs had called together all the clans. 7. Labienus will have found many weapons in that place. 8. The Gauls had waited for aid. 9. At last we had attacked that hill. LESSON XXXIII THE DEMONSTRATIVES HIC AND ILLE • PLACE FROM WHICH AND TO WHICH, IN NAMES OF TOWNS 227. The Demonstratives Hie and Ille. Review the declen- sion of is (654), and learn the declension of hie and ille (654). a. Decline hie princeps, haec civitas, hoc telum, ille Gallus, ilia nox, and illud tempus. 228. The Distinction between Is, Hie, and Ille. Is is used indifferently for this or that without emphasis (148). Hie means this, and ille that, with a certain emphasis. Hie is applied to what is near the speaker in place, time, or thought. Ille is applied to what is not near the speaker in place, time, or thought. Hie and ille, like is, are used both as demonstra- tive adjectives and as demonstrative pronouns : as, hoc donum meum, illud tuum est, this gift is mine, that is yours. Demon- stratives, when used as adjectives, regularly precede their nouns. 229. Place from Which and to Which, in Names of Towns. You have already learned that place from which is expressed by the ablative with a (ab), de, e (ex) (178); and that place to which is expressed by the accusative with ad or in (180). If, however, the place from which or to which is the name of a town, the prepositions are omitted : as, Roma venit, he came from Rome ; Romam venit, he came to Rome. Domus, home, also omits the preposition : domum venit, he came home (homeward). 230. Complete Rules for Place from Which and to Which. a. Place from which is usually expressed by the ablative with a (ab), de, e (ex) ; but with the names of towns, and with domus, the preposition is omitted. 96 HIC AND ILLE 97 b. Place to which is usually expressed by the accusative with ad or in ; but with the names of towns y and with domus, the preposition is omitted. 231. VOCABULARY Athenae, -arum, f. plur., Athens f rater, fratris, m., brother (fra- Capua, -ae,/., Capua ternal) Carthago, -inis,/, Carthage hie, haec, hoc, dem. pron. or adj., Corinthus, -1,/., Corinth 1 this Delphi, -orum, m. plur., Delphi ille, ilia, illud, dem. pron. or adj., domum, uzee, home, homeward that domo, abl., from home EXERCISES 232. 1. Dux illos equites peditesque Capuam misit. 2. Tan- dem ex Italia Carthaginem propter commune perlculum pro- peravit. 3. HI milites Athenis venerant et in Gallia pugnabant. 4. Secunda illius noctis hora nuntium Corinthum misit. 5. 111! legati praedam Romam portaverant. 6. Populus audax in hac insula habitaverat. 7. Huic centurionl amicus fueram. 8. Ex his finibus omnes principes Delphos fugerant, quod illo tempore hostes bellum parabant. 233. 1. From Delphi they had come to Athens. 2. From home my brother hastened to Corinth. 3. Caesar had sent messengers through those states. 4. In these years the Gauls had been friendly to the Roman people. 5. These enemies will have fought with Caesar with great courage. 6. This is a javelin, that is a sword. 1 Most names of towns are feminine. LESSON XXXIV READING LESSON VICTORIA CAESARIS 234. In Gallia multae et fortes civitates erant. Principes harum civitatum potestatem imperiaque Romanorum timuerunt. Multos milites igitur convocaverant et inter montis et collls Romanos exspectabant. Prlmo anno belli populus Romanus Caesarem contra Gallos misit. Is dux, cum Labien5 et peditibus et paucls equitibus, MILITES ROMANI ex Italia aestate properavit et sine periculo in finis Gallorum venit. His in locis exploratores Caesaris hostes reppererunt. Prima luce milites Roman! Gallos oppugnaverunt. Acre erat proelium. Galli lapidibus et tells gravibus locum defendebant Nostri pila iaciebant et gladiis hostis sustinebant. Tandem Galli defessi ob inopiam telorum et vulnera trans flumen fugerunt. Decern annis Caesar multa bella in Gallia gessit et mult5s captivos Romam misit. 98 READING LESSON 99 235. VOCABULARY Britanni, -orum, m. plur., the navigo, navigare, navigavi, navi- Britons gatus, sail {navigation) Cassivellaunus, -I, m., Cassivel- occupo, occupare, occupavi, occu- . launus patus, seize, take possession of obses, obsidis, m. y hostage (occupy) tamen, adv., yet, but, neverthe- vasto, vastare, vastavi, vastatus, less lay waste {devastate) DE CAESARE ET BRITANNIS 236. Quod Britanni ad Gallos auxilium saepe miserant, Caesar in Insulam Britanniam navigavit. Territi (although frightened) magno numero navium et virorum, Britanni fortes magna cum virtute pro patria pugnaverunt. Tandem tamen ab litore fugerunt. Post hoc proelium Roman! agros hostium vastaverunt et oppida occupaverunt et multam praedam ceperunt. Cassivellaunus, prmceps Britannorum, legatos ad Caesarem misit. Caesar obsides postulavit. Cum his obsidibus et captivis multis ex Britannia in Galliam venit. Propter hanc victoriam magna erat potestas Romanorum in Britannia. IN BRITANNIAM CAESAR NAVIGAT LESSON XXXV THE PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF THE FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS THE ABLATIVE OF AGENT 237. The Passive Voice. In the active voice the subject o1 the verb is acting; in the passive voice it is acted on (xxviii) : as The general praises the soldier (active). . The soldier is praised by the general (passive). 238. The Present Indicative Passive of the First Conjugation, The present indicative passive of amo is inflected as follows : Pers. Pers. Singular Endings Plural Ending; i. a'mor, I am loved {I am -r ama'mur, we are loved -mur being loved) 2. ama'ris, you are loved -ris ama'mini, you are loved -mini 3. ama'tur, he, she, it is loved -tur aman'tur, they are loved -ntur a. Observe that these passive forms differ from the active only ir the' personal endings. The endings are added to the present sten ama- exactly as they were in the active voice. 239. The Imperfect and Future Indicative Passive of the First Conjugation. Compare the imperfect and the future active and passive of amo (658). Observe that the passive endings are added to the tense stems amaba- and amabi-, exactly as in the active voice, except in the second person singular of the future, where -bi- is changed to -be-. Learn these tenses of moneo (659) EXERCISES 240. 1 . Amat, amatur. 2. Amabat, amabatur. 3. Amabit, ama- bitur. 4. Amant, amantur. 5. Amabant, amabantur. 6. Ama- buntne ? amabunturne ? 7. Amamus, amamur. 8. Moneo THE PASSIVE VOICE IQI moneor. 9. Monebam, monebar. 10. Monebo, monebor. 11. Monebitis, monebimini. 12. Monetis, monemini. 241. 1. You praise, you are praised. 2. They were praising, they were being praised. 3. You will praise, you will be praised. 4. I teach, I am taught. 5. We teach, we are taught. 6. We shall teach, we shall be taught. 7. They teach, they are taught. 242. The Ablative of Agent. 1. Labienus militem laudat, Labienus praises the soldier. 2. Miles ab Labieno laudatur, the soldier is being praised by Labienus. a. Observe the changes made in turning the active sentence into the passive: (1) the object in the active becomes the subject in the passive ; (2) the subject of the active is expressed in the passive by the ablative with ab. This ablative is known as the Ablative of Agent. b. The agent is the person doing something. The ablative of agent should not be confused with the ablative of means (122), which has no preposition : as, miles lapide vulneratur, the soldier is wounded by a stone ; miles a Gallo vulneratur, the soldier is wounded by a Gaul. 243. Rule for the Ablative of Agent. The personal agent zvith a passive verb is expressed by the ablative with a or ab. EXERCISES 244. 1. Hie puer a fratre meo laudabatur. 2. Haec praeda Romam a Caesare portabitur. 3. A quo non amatur potestas? Fabulae multae de Britannia ab lis nuntils narrabuntur. 5. Oppidum ab militibus oppugnatur. 6. In hac pugna decern homines a Gallis vulnerantur. 7. Navibus frumentum portabitur. 245. 1. All these Gauls will be held in check by those horse- men. 2. My brothers were praised by that boy. 3. Aid is being awaited by the enemy. 4. A few cohorts were seen by the chief. 5. Rome was loved by all the Romans. LESSON XXXVI Plural qui quae quae quorum quarum quorum quibus quibus quibus quos quas quae quibus quibus quibus THE RELATIVE QUI 246. The Relative Qui. The relative qui, who, which, that, is declined as follows : Singular Nom. qui quae quod Gen. cuius cuius cuius Dat. cui cui cui Ace. quern quam quod Abl. quo qua quo a. Compare the declension of the relative qui with that of the interrogative qui (154). 247. Agreement of the Relative with its Antecedent. 1. Puellae quas laudavimus bonae erant, the girls whom we praised were good. 2. Praeinium quod ille homo portat laudatur, the reward which that man is bringing is praised. 3. Homo cuius gladium habeo est nauta, the man whose sword i have is a sailor. a. ObserVe that the relative (11, d) in each sentence refers to a certain word. This word is called its antecedent (11, b). Observe that; the relative has the same gender and number as its antecedent, but that its case is different. Thus, in sentences 1 and 2 it is accusative because it is the object of laudavimus or of portat ; in sentence 3 it is genitive because it indicates the possessor of gladium. b. A relative clause modifies its antecedent as an adjective modifies its noun. 248. Rule for the Agreement of the Relative. A relativt pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender and number but its case depends on the way it is used in its own clause 249. THE RELATIVE QUI VOCABULARY 103 consilium, consi'li, ;z., advice, mercator, mercatoris, *#., trader, plan (counsel) merchant (merchandise) frustra, adv., in vain (frustrate) qui, quae, quod, rel. pron.,, who, legio, legionis,y], legion (legionary) which, that, as mater, matris, /., mother (mater- turris, turris (turri-), /., tower nal) (turret) EXERCISES 250. 1. Ilia femina quam vides est mater Corneliae. 2. Mer- catores multa in Germaniam portant. 3. Hostes acres, a quibus nostra patria vastatur, sunt Ro- man!. 4. Ii homines, quorum virtute et consiliis urbs tene- batur, domum e bello venient. 5. Turres, quae cum cura aedi- ficabantur, ab hostibus vasta- buntur. 6. Obsides qui a Romanis liberantur Athenas properabunt. 7. Dux legionis quam Caesar trans flu men misit erat Labienus. 251. 1. The weapons which we have brought are not good. 2. This summer you will fight with Caesar, who is defending the province. 3. I shall praise the plan by which that town is being laid waste. 4. Caesar had ten legions in the wars which he carried on with the Gauls. 5. The woman to whom I showed the way is the mother of this unhappy hostage, MATER CUM PUERIS 104 FIRST YEAR LATIN FIFTH REVIEW LESSON LESSONS XXIX-XXXVI 252. Give the English meanings of the following words : acer decern hora nox qui aestas flumen Die obses reperio annus fortis labor occupo secundus audax frater legio omnis tamen audio* frustra lux oppugno telum brevis gero mater populus tempus clvitas gravis mercator potestas turris communis hie navigo primus vasto consilium hiems nobilis princeps venio 253. Give the Latin meanings of the following words : legion this find come brother toil, hardship that who, which that, as sail ten all advice, plan summer mother in vain hostage second short, brief time brave, strong trader year hour power river night chief winter bold tower first manage, carry on, wage yet, nevertheless common state, clan heavy light noble, of high birth people weapon attack seize, take possession of hear keen, eager , sharp lay waste 254. Decline each noun and each adjective in 252. Give the principal parts of each verb. Conjugate each verb of the fourth FIFTH REVIEW LESSON 105 conjugation throughout the indicative mood. Make synopses (671) of each verb in the third person singular and plural. Decline hie, ille, and qui. 255. Following the suggestions in 634, give English words derived from the -Latin words in 252. Define these* derivatives, and illustrate each by an English sentence. 256. Give the rule for the following constructions, and illustrate each by a sentence in Latin : 1. Ablative of time 2: Place from which, in names of towns 3. Place to which, in names of towns 4. Ablative of agent 5. Agreement of the relative HOSTES CONTRA ROMANOS OPPIDUM DEFENDUNT LESSON XXXVII I THE PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF REGO AND CAPIO 257. The Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Passive of Rego and Capio, Review the present, imperfect, and future indicative active of rego and capio, and learn the passive of the same tenses (660, 661). a. Observe that to form the passive you have only to substitute the passive personal endings for the active, except in one form. Which one is that, and what is the change ? b. Like rego inflect in both voices the same tenses of duco, mitto, and gero ; inflect iacio and recipio like capio. EXERCISES 258. 1. Regit, regitur. 2. Regebat, regebatur. 3. Reget, regetur. 4. Regunt, reguntur. 5. Regent, regentur. 6. Regis, regeris. 7. Regebas, regebaris. 8. Reges, regeris. 9. Regimus, regimur. 10. Regitis, regimini. 1 1. Regam, regar. 12. Ca- piunt, capiuntur. 13. Capiebat, capiebatur. 14. Capiet, capie- tur. 15. Capient, capientur. 16. Capies, capieris. 17. Capis, caperis. 18. Capiebas, capiebaris. 259. 1. He leads, he is led. 2. They will lead, they will be led. 3. They lead, they are led. 4. You lead, you are led. 5. We shall lead, we shall be led. 6. We send, we are sent. 7. Is he sent? are they sent? 8. He will send, he will be- sent. 9. You are sent, you will be sent. 10. They were waging, I was waging. 11. We wage, we shall wage. 12. We throw, we are thrown. 13. We threw, we were being thrown. 14. Who receives ? who was being received ? 106 260. PASSIVE OF REGO AND CAPIO VOCABULARY IO7 castra, -drum, n. plur., camp {Lancaster) consul, consulis, m., consul (con- sular) non iam, adv., no longer pax, pads,/!, peace (pacify') recipio, recipere, recepi, receptus, receive, welcome (recipient) vinco, vincere, vicl, victus, defeat, conquer (invincible) EXERCISES 261. 1. LegatI de pace in castra consulis venerunt. 2. Iam ad consulem ducuntur hi legatl. t 3. Bene a consule recipientur. 4. N5n iam urbs hostium defenditur. 5. Tela quae de muris iaciebantur multos vulnerabant. 6. Mllites consulis non saepe a Gallis vincuntur. 7. Pax populo Romano grata erit. 262. 1. Labienus with only a few cohorts will be sent from Rome into Gaul. / 2. Those towns of Gaul will be defended bravely. 3. The legion is being led out of the camp. 4. Many states of Gaul are being conquered to-day. 5. The new plans of our allies were being announced to the neighbors. 6. They will* be received by Caesar, who has conquered the Helvetians. CASTRA ROMANA LESSON XXXVIII THE PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 263. The Personal Pronouns. The personal pronouns (n, c) are ego, /; tu, you] is, he\ ea, she ; id, it. In reality there is no pronoun of the third person in Latin. The demonstrative is (148, 228) is so often used as a personal pronoun that it may be classed as the pronoun of the third person. Sometimes the demonstratives hie and ille are similarly used. Learn the declension of the personal pronouns (652). 264. The Personal Pronouns as Subjects of Verbs. The personal pronouns are expressed as subjects only for empha- sis, especially the emphasis of contrast: as, ego te laudo, tu me non laudas, I praise you, you do not praise me. 265. The Reflexive Pronouns. A reflexive pronoun refers to the subject of its clause (11, //). Learn the declension of the reflexive pronouns (653). 266. The Use of the Reflexive Pronouns. The use of the reflexive pronouns is illustrated by the following sentences : 1. Tu te amas, you love yourself. 2. Omnes homines se amant, all men love themselves. a. Observe that te and se refer to the subjects of their sentences. b. Remember that is, he\ ea, she; and id, it, are used as personal pronouns, but not as reflexive pronouns ; and that sui is always; a reflexive pronoun, and not a personal pronoun. 267. Relative Clauses referring to Personal Pronouns. Tu, qui venis, es amicus meus, you, who are coming, are my friend. I a. Observe that the verb of the relative clause is in the same per- ( son as the antecedent. 108 PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 109 268. VOCABULARY cotldie, adv., daily reliqui, -orum, ni.plur., the rest e S°> pers.pron., I (egotistic) sui, reflex, pt on., of himself, her- interficio, interficere, interfecl, in- self, itself, themselves terfectus, kill tempestas, tempestatis,/, weather, is, ea, id, pers. pro n., he, she, it storm (tempest) reliquus, -a, -um, rest of, remain- tu, pers. pron., you ing (relic) EXERCISES 269. 1. Scutum eius erat grave. 2. AmicI eorum fuerant mllites. 3. Studium earum laudatur. 4."Vobiscum 1 propter tempestatem manebo. 5. Contra eos bellum geritur. 6. Estne Marcus tecum ? 7. Cum ea ambulabat. 8. Sine vobis Athenas properabunt. 9. Nos sumus miseri, vos aegrl et defessl estis. 10. Omnia vestra consilia nobis sunt grata. 11. Pater et mater eius ab vobis bene recipiebantur. 12. Reliqui principes, qui se armabant, ad conloquium non venerunt. 13. Itaque ad se centurionem vocat et el consilium narrat. 14. Cotldie Caesar pedites e castris ducebat. 270. 1. His mother and my father saw you. 2. They are now with me. 3. To him, to her, to them I shall give rewards. 4. Their camp is being attacked. 5. / shall hurry into town with you. 6. We shall free ourselves with severe hardship. 7. She has wounded herself with her father's sword. 8. The rest will kill themselves. 9. Their towns are being laid waste by the Gauls this summer. 1 The preposition cum is appended to the ablative of personal and reflexive pronouns in the manner of an enclitic (22) ; so usually to relative and" inter- rogative pronouns. I LESSON XXXIX THE PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION 271. The Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Passive of Audio. Review the active voice of audio in the present, imperfect, and future indicative, and learn the passive of the same tenses (662) a. Like audio inflect impedio, hinder, and reperio, Ji7id, in the present, imperfect, and future tenses. EXERCISES 272. 1. Audit, audltur. 2. Audiebat, audiebatur. .3. Audiet, audietur. 4. Audlmus, audlmur. 5. Audiemus, audiemur. 6. Audiam, audiar. 7. Audltis, audiminl. 8. Audietis, audie- minl. 9. Audis, audiris. 10. Audiebam, audiebar. 1 1. Audiunt^ audiuntur. 12. Audiebant, audiebantur. 273. 1. I hinder, I am hindered. 2. I was hindering, I was being hindered. 3. I shall hinder, I shall be hindered. 4. They hinder, they are hindered. 5. They will hinder, they will be hindered. 6. He finds, he is found. 7. He found, he was found. 8. He will find, he will be found. 274. VOCABULARY aedificium, aedifi'ci, n., building dico, dicere, dixi, dictus, say (did (edifice) Hon) Coriolanus, -1, m., Coriolanus impedio, impedire, impedivl, im- maxime, adv., greatly, very much peditus, hinder (impede) (maximum) incito, incitare, incitavi, incitatus, statim, adv., at once arouse, impel (incite) Veturia, -ae,/i, Veturia praebeo, praebere, praebui, prae- Volsci, -orum, m., Volscians bitus, cause, furnish, show PASSIVE OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION in EXERCISES VETURIA, MATER CORIOLANI 275. Urbl Romae olim magnum periculum a Volscis, qui erant popull Roman! hostes audaces, praebebatur. Volsci a Coriolano, Romano, incitabantur et ducebantur. lam aedificia multa in agris ab hostibus vastabantur. Cives se armabant. Urbs cibo complebatur a consule. Frustra hostes impedie- bantur. Turn periculo magno Roman! matrem Coriolani de pace ad eum miserunt, quod ea ab filio maxime amabatur. Veturia, mater Coriolani, in castra ad fllium venit. In castrls eum repperit. Coriolanus earn vidit et dixit, " Mea patria me et socios meos vicit. ,> Statim ab urbe fugit cum hostibus. 276. VOCABULARY autem, postpositive 1 conj., but, how- perturbatus, disturb, throw into ever, besides confusion (perturbation) enim, postpositive co?ij., for pono, ponere, posui, positus, put, perturbo, perturbare, perturbavi, place (postpone) DE PERSEO 277. De Perseo multae fabulae narrantur a poetls. Perseus filius fuit Iovis (642), regis deorum. Avus eius Acrisius fuit. Ille Perseum interficere volebat 2 ; nam propter imperia deorum puerum timebat. Cepit igitur eum adhuc infantem, et cum matre in area posuit. Turn in mare arcam iecit. Danae, Persel mater, maxime timebat, tempestas enim magna mare perturbabat. Perseus autem in sinu (in the arms) matris dormiebat. 1 Never the first word in the sentence or clause. 2 interficere volebat, wished to kill. The infinitive used in this way is called a complementary infinitive (394). LESSON XL THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES • THE ABLATIVE OF SEPARATION 278. The Possessive Adjectives. The possessive adjectives are as follows : meus, -a, -urn, my tuus, -a, -um, your (sing.) noster, -tra, -trum, our vester, -tra, -trum, your (plur.) suus, -a, -urn, /lis, her, its, their (own), used reflexively a. To show possession the possessive adjectives are used instead of the genitives mei, tui, nostrum, vestrum, and sui. They may also be used as possessive pronouns ; as, mea, mine ; nostrl, our men. 279. The Distinction between Suus and the Possessive Geni- tive of Is. 1 . Miles scutum eius habet, the soldier has his shield (i. e. some- body else's shield). 2. Miles suum scutum habet, the soldier has his own shield. a. Eius (sentence i) does not refer to the subject; suum (sen- tence 2) does refer to the subject. Suus is always reflexive, but the genitives of is, ea, id are never reflexive. 280. When Possessive Adjectives are used in Latin. When the meaning is. clear, a possessive adjective is omitted unless emphatic : as, 1. Caesar milites in castra reduxit, Ccesar led his soldiers back into camp. 2. Caesar suos milites in castra reduxit, Ccesar led his (own) soldiers back i?ito camp (but the others he left outside). 281. The Ablative of Separation. 1. Hie homo cibo caret, this man lacks (is separated from) food. 2. German! Romanos a finibus suis prohibebant, the Germans were keeping the Romans away from their lands. THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 113 a. Observe that the ablative is here used to denote that from which there is freedom, removal, or separation, or that which is lacking. The ablative so used answers the questions from what ? of what t and is called the Ablative of Separation. It is of the same nature as the ablative of place whence. 282. Rule for the Ablative of Separation. Words signifying privation, removal, or separation are follozved by the ablative with- out a preposition, or with the prepositions a (ab), de, e (ex). 283. VOCABULARY postea, adv., afterwards interclusus, cut off, shut off suus, -a, -um, his (own), her (own), {conclude) its (own), their (own) privo, privare, privavi, privatum, cared, carere, carui, cariturus, lack, keep from, deprive of (priva- want (caret) Hon) desisto, desistere, destiti, destitu- prohibeo, prohibere, prohibui, pro- ms, leave off, cease (desist) hibitus, keep away (from), re- intercludo, intercludere, interclusi, strain (prohibit) EXERCISES 284. 1. Caesar autem suos milites trans flumen misit. 2. Caesar eius fratrem in castris reperiet. 3. Ille vir aeger aqua privabatur. 4. Posted ea ci vitas cibo et frumento carebat. i. Ab aedificiis et pecunia huius populi milites diu prohibuit. 6. Ob inopiam armorum proelio German! destiterunt. 7. Nostrl, qui in castra Germanorum properaverant, eos tells privave- runt. 8. Flumen nostros via intercludebat. 9. Apud flumen navigia ab hostibus eo tempore aedificabantur. 285. 1. Our friends lacked money. 2. The enemy will de- fend their own buildings. 3. You will free us from care. 4. Caesar announced to his (men) his plans concerning peace. 5. They will afterwards deprive the Germans of all power. 6. The rest of the chiefs were being shut off from their towns, LESSON XLI THE PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF ALL CONJUGATIONS 286. The Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect of AH Conjugations. a. Review the principal parts of amo, and notice especially the perfect passive participle. Examine the formation of the perfect indicative passive (658). Observe that it is formed by using the present tense of sum with the perfect passive participle amatus. Those tenses which are formed with the help of the perfect passive participle belong to the participial system of the verb (671). b. Examine the pluperfect and the future perfect indicative passive. Observe that they are formed by using the. imperfect and the future of sum with the perfect passive participle. €. The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative passive of all verbs are formed in the same way. d. The participle amatus is declined like bonus; and so in the nominative singular and plural it is changed to agree with the subject of the verb in number and gender. These changes are made because a participle is an adjective in its nature. Observe these changes asj illustrated in 287. e. Recall the principal parts of moneo, rego, capio, and audio, and in fleet the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect passive of these verbs and of those in 252. EXERCISES 287. i.Vir amatus est, femina amata est, bellum amaturr- est. 2. Viri amati sunt, feminae amatae sunt, bella amata sunt 3. Mllites moniti erant, puer monitus erit, oppidum monitun erat. 4. Agricola captus est, urbs recta est, provincia recta erat 5. Captus sum, captus eram, captus er5. 6. Auditus es, auditu eras, auditus eris. 7. Audit! sumus, audit! eramus, auditl erimus 114 THE PERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE 115 288. 1. The Gaul was warned, had been warned, will have been warned. 2. The buildings have been taken, had been taken, will have been taken. 3. The territories had been ruled by the Germans. 4. The cities will have been defended. 5. And so we {fern) shall have been heard. 289. VOCABULARY concilium, conci'H, n., meeting imperator, imperatoris, m., gen- (council) eral, commander (emperor) ibi, adv., there mora, -ae,/, delay (moratorium) impedimentum, -I, n., hindrance; verbum, -i, n., word (verbal) plur., baggage (impediment) EXERCISES 290. 1. Multa in Italia oppida a Romanis aedificata sunt. PaucI German! ibi tells nostrorum interfecti sunt. 3. Tua verba a me audita erunt. 4. E5 tempore imperator ab impedi- ments carrlsque interclusus erat. 5. Bellum, quod a Caesare gestum est, longum fuit. 6. Milites, qui ab eo in Galliam missi sunt, frumento caruerunt. 7. Praeda, quae ab imperatore nostro capta erat, sine mora Romam portata est. 8. In concilio suis Caesar dixit, " Consilia mea ab hostibus non impedita sunt." IUPPITER PERSEUM SERVAT (continued from 277) 291. Iuppiter tamen haec omnia vldit, et f Ilium suum ser- vare constituit (determined to save). Tranquillum igitur fecit mare, et arcam ad insulam Serlphum duxit. Huius Insulae Polydectes turn rex erat. Postquam x area ad litus ducta est, Danae in harena dormiebat. Post breve tempus a viro reperta est, et ad regem adducta est. Ille matrem et puerum bene recepit, et els sedem tutam in finibus suis praebuit. 1 Postquam introduces a subordinate clause of time (xx, e). LESSON XLII THE FOURTH DECLENSION 292. The Fourth Declension. Nouns of the fourth declension end in the nominative singular in -us or -u. Those ending in -us are masculine, with a few exceptions ; those ending in -u are neuter. These nouns are inflected as follows : exercitus, m. eornu, n. army horn, whig CASE ENDINGS Singular Masc. Neut. Nom. exer'citus cor'nu -us -u Gen. exer'citus cor 'n us -us -us Dat. exerci'tui (-u) cor'nu -Ui (-U) -u , Ace. exer'citum cor'nu -um -u Abl. exer'citu Plural cor'nu -u -u Nom. exer'citus cor'nua -us -ua' Gen. exerci'tuum cor'nuum -uum & | -uum Dat. exerci'tibus cor'nibus -ibus (-ubus) -ibus Ace. exer'citus cor'nua -us -ua Abl exerci'tibus cor'nibus -ibus (-ubus) -ibus a. A few nouns of this declension may have the dative and the ablative plural in -ubus ; such nouns in this book are lacus, lake, and; portus, harbor. b. Domus, house, and manus, hand, are the only feminine nouns of this declension used in this book ; and cornu is the only neutei so used. Learn the declension of domus, which has forms of the second declension as well as those of the fourth (642). c. Decline exercitus magnus, mea manus, and cornu longum. 116 • 293. THE FOURTH DECLENSION VOCABULARY II 7 adventus, -us, m., coming (advent) commeatus, -us, m. y supplies cormi, -us, ;/., horn, wing (of an army) {cornucopia) domus, -us,y], house, home (domi- cile) exercitus, -us, m., army (exercise) lacus, -us, m., lake (lake) manus, -us,/, hand, handful, band (of men) (manufacture) palus, paludis,/, marsh, swamp portus, -us, m., harbor (port) mtinio, munire, munivl, munltus, fortify (munitions) EXERCISES 294. 1. Adventus legionum nos delectat. 2. Noster exercitus tamen Germanos commeatibus interclusit. 3. Inter nostros et hostis erat lacus. 4. Consules erant exercituum Romanorum im- peratores. 5. In cornibus diu et fortiter pugnaverant. 6. Castra Labieni palude et lacu muniebantur. 7. Graeciae in portubus naves multas hieme vidimus. 8. Manus hostium spectavimus. 295. 1. They fight both with feet and with horns. 2. Many lakes are seen by them among the mountains. 3. We had been delighted by the coming of the traders. 4. This house is mine, that is yours. 5. However, at daybreak they carried the supplies from the camp to the harbor. 6. Rome was at once fortified by the hands of the citizens. 7. Why are you hurrying home? Vestibulwn Fauces -Onpluvium Tablinum & ■HB—BBBa Pevistylium Posiicum PLAN OF A ROMAN HOUSE LESSON XLIII THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 296. Degrees of Comparison. Latin adjectives have three degrees of comparison, the positive, the comparative, and the superlative. But in Latin, as in English, there are certain adjectives which are not compared. Positive Comparative latus, -a, -urn, wide (base lat-) latior, lathis, wider brevis, -e, short (base brev-) brevior, brevius, shorter audax, bold (base audac-) audacior, audacius, bolder Superlative latissimus, -a, -um, widest brevissimus, -a, -um, shortest audacissimus, -a, -um, boldest a. Observe that the comparative is formed by adding to the base of the positive the endings -ior for the masculine and the feminine, and -ius for the neuter ; the superlative by adding to the base of the positive -issimus, -issima, -issimum. b. Compare cams, gratus, longus, fortis, and gravis. c. The comparative may be translated wider, more wide, rather wide, too wide ; the superlative widest, most wide, very wide. 7. The Declension of the Comparative. The comparative alined as follows SINGULAR PLURAL M. AND F. N. M. AND F. N. Nom. la'tior la'tius latio'res latio'ra Ge?i. latio'ris latio'ris latio'rum latio'rum Dat. latio'rl latio'rl latio'ribus latio'ribus Ace. latio'rem la'tius latio'res (-Is) latio'ra Abl. latio're latio're latio'ribus latio'ribus 118 THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 119 a. The superlative is declined like bonus (643). b. Decline the positive, the comparative, and the superlative of the adjectives in 296, b. 298. VOCABULARY amicitia, -ae,/!, friendship equitatus, -us, m., cavalry impetus, -us, m., attack (impetu- ous) iter, itineris, n., way, march, jour- ney (642) (itinerary) senatus, -us, m., senate (senator) facio, facere, feci, factus, make ; impetum facere, to make an at- tack-; iter facere, to march, travel peto, petere, petivi (petii), petitus, seek, ask (petition) EXERCISES 299. 1. Quod iter brevius est? 2. Quod iter brevissimum ? 3. Equitatus autem iter per vic5s propinquds fecerat. . GermanI de senatu Romano pacem petlverunt. 5. Amicitia ;iorum popul5 Romano gratissima erit. 6. Noster exercitus ipetum in (against, upon) hostes faciet. 7. Hoc flumen est im, sed mare latius est. 8. Galli in bello certe fortissimi int. 9. Ubi civis fortiores vidisti ? 300. 1. Your house is very new. 2. The general sent the cavalry by a longer way. 3. The summer in Britain is not very short. 4. This javelin is too heavy. 5. Peace, however, will be sought by all the clans of Gaul. 6. They are making an attack against the turret with little zeal. 7. The army was marching through the woods and swamps. ROMAN SHOES 120 FIRST YEAR LATIN SIXTH REVIEW LESSON LESSONS XXXVII-XLIII 301. Give the I English meanings of the followi ng words : adventus ego iter praebeo aedificium enim lacus prlvo amlcitia equitatus manus prohibeo autem exercitus maxime recipio • careo facio mora reliqui castra ibi munio reliquus commeatus impedlmentum non iam senatus concilium impedio palus statim consul imperator pax sul cornu impetus perturbo suus cotidie incito peto tempestas i desisto intercludo pono tu . •dlco interficio portus verbum domus is postea vinco 302. Give the Latin meanings of the following words : daily horn, wing but, however, besides senate put, place cause, furnish, show say . ' I seek, ask army camp greatly, very much lack, want lake keep from, deprive of no longer kill he, she, it, they for hinder disturb, throw into confusion peace make leave off, cease hand, band meeting harbor cut off, shut off delay his (own), her (own), its (own you the rest rest of, remaining at once fortify arouse, impel house, home afterwards keep away, restrain SIXTH REVIEW LESSON 121 marsh, swamp word cavalry weather, storm consul hindrance, baggage receive, welcome coming general, commander supplies building way, march, journey there attack of himself, of herself, etc. defeat, conquer friendship - 303. Decline each noun in 301. Give the principal parts of each verb. Inflect those tenses of dico, impedio, pono, and privo which are formed from the present stem. Make synopses of each verb in 301 in the third person singular and plural. Decline ego, is, and tu. 304. Following the suggestions in 634, give English words derived from the Latin words in 301. Define these derivatives, and illustrate each by an English sentence. 305. Give the rule, if there is one, for each of the following constructions, and illustrate each by a sentence in Latin : 1. A personal pronoun of each person as the object of a verb 2. A personal pronoun of each person as the subject of a verb 3. A reflexive pronoun of the third person as the object of a verb 4. Ablative, of separation MILITES CASTRA MUNIUNT LESSON XLIV THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES ENDING IN -ER OR -LIS THE PARTITIVE GENITIVE 306. The Comparison of Adjectives in -er. Adjectives ending in -er are compared as follows : miser, misera, mise- rum, wretched acer, acris, acre, keen misenor, miserms acnor, acnus misernmus, -a, -urn acernmus, -a, -um a. Observe that the comparative of these adjectives is regular ; but the superlative is formed by adding -rimus, -rima, -rimum to the nominative masculine of the positive. Compare similarly aeger. 307. The Comparison of Adjectives in -lis. The comparative of the following adjectives ending in -lis is regular ; but the superlative is formed by adding -limus, -lima, -limum to the base of the positive. Learn their meaning and comparison. facilior, -ius facillimus, -a, -um difficilior, -ius difficillimus, -a, -um similior, -ius simillimus, -a, -um dissimilior, -ius dissimillimus, -a, -um Most other adjectives in -lis are compared regularly : as, nobilis, nobilior, nQbilissimus. facilis, -e, easy difficilis, -e, hard similis, -e, like dissimilis, -e, unlike 308. The Partitive Genitive. 1 . Ille amicus copiam pecuniae habet, that friend has plenty of money. 2. Multi militum vulnerati sunt, many of the soldiers were wounded, a. Observe that each genitive denotes a whole, and the word on which it depends denotes a. part of that whole. Such a genitive, of which a part is taken, is called a Partitive Genitive. THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 123 309. Rule for the Partitive Genitive. Words denoting a part may have with them a genitive of the whole from which the part is taken. a. Numerals and a few other words have the ablative with e (ex) or de instead of the partitive genitive : as, decern ex militibus, ten of the soldiers. 310. VOCABULARY angustus, -a, -urn, narrow (an- litus, Htoris, //., shore (littoral) guisli) pars, partis (parti-),/, part (par- celer, -eris, -ere, swift, quick (celer- tition) ity) quinque, adj., indecl., five (oui/j- copia, -ae,/, plenty, supply ; plur., quennial) troops (copious) EXERCISES 311. 1 . Magna pars itineris est angusta sed facillima. .2. Prima luce partem hostium hrmonte vidimus. 3. Ilia omnium urbis viarum brevissima fuit. 4. Homines Britanniae hominibus Italiae dissimillimi sunt. 5. Statim decern ex militibus proelio desistunt. 6. In lltore feminae dolebant quod iter erat difficile. 7. Omnium Gallorum acerrimi atque celerriml erant hostes. 8. Difficillima saepe facillima sunt. 9. Cum clvitatibus proximls amlcitiam confirmabunt. 312. 1. Have we plenty of arms? 2. The march through the mountains will not be easy. 3. Five of my friends will be sent by me by an easier way to the shore. 4. Part of the soldiers were cut off from the rest of the army. 5. Your hand is like mine. 6. This is the easiest of all the ways through the territories of the Gauls. LESSON XLV READING LESSON 313. VOCABULARY adulescens,adulescentis,//z., young expugno, expugnare, expugnavi man {adolescent') expugnatus, take by storm vita, -ae,/, life (vital) capture appello, appellare, appellavi, ap- iQro, hirare, iuravi, iuraturus pellatus, call, name (appeal) swear, take oath (abjure) SCIPIO ET HANNIBAL 314. Scipio et Hannibal erant clarissimi imperatores. Ilk (the former) erat Rdmanus, qui victorias magnas reportavit hie (the latter) Poenus, qui Romanos multis pugnis vicit. Han nibal puer 1 ad aras a patre adductus est. Ibi odium iuravit in : Romanos. Adulescens oppida multa in Hispania expugnavit turn Alpis montis superavit 3 Romanosque saepe vicit in Italia Scipio ad 4 Ticinum flumen vltam patris virtute servavit postea que ad 4 Cannas contra Hannibalem se fortem praebuit. Bel lum in Africam transportatum est ibique Scipio Hannibalerr ad 4 Zamam superavit. A Romanls appellatus est Africanus. 315. VOCABULARY natura, -ae, /., nature, character discedo, discedere, discessi, disces- (natural) sums, withdraw omnino, adv., wholly, altogether, pervenio, pervenire, perveni, per- entirely venturus, come through, reach prlmum, adv., first, at first arrive accipio, accipere, accepi, acceptus, quaero, quaerere, quaesivi, quae- receive (accept) situs, seek, ask (inquire) 1 puer, when a boy. 2 in, against. 3 superavit, passed over. 4 ad, near 124 READING LESSON 125 PERSEUS MEDUSAM QUAERIT (continued from 291) 316. Perseus adulescens ex insula Seripho discessit, et, post- quam ad continentem venit, Medusam quaeslvit. Diu frustra earn quaerebat, nam naturam loci ignorabat. Tandem Mercurius et Minerva el viam demonstraverunt. Primum ad Graeas, sorores Medusae, pervenit. Harum auxilio talaria et galeam magicam accepit. Mercurius et Minerva el falcem et speculum dederunt. Turn, postquam talaria pedibus induit, 1 in aera 2 ascendit. Diu per aera volabat ; tandem tamen ad eum locum venit ubi Medusa cum reliquls Gorgonibus incolebat. Gorgones monstra erant quarum capita anguibus omnino contecta 3 erant. Manus autem ex aere 4 erant factae. 1 pedibus induit,//^ on his feet. 2 aera, ace. of aer. 3 contecta, from contego. 4 aere, from aes. SCIPIO AND HANNIBAL 1 LESSON XLVI IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES • THE ABLATIVE OF DEGREE OF DIFFERENCE 317. Adjectives Compared Irregularly. Both the compara- tive and the superlative of several common adjectives are irregular. Commit to memory the following : bonus, -a, -um, good melior, melius, better optimus, -a, -um, best magnus, -a, -um, large maior, maius, la?ger maximus, -a, -um, largest malus, -a, -um, bad peior, peius, worse pessimus, -a, -um, worst multus, -a, -um, much , plus, more plurimus, -a, -um, most - multi, -ae, -a, many plures, plura, more plurimi, -ae, -a, most parvus, -a, -um, little, minor, minus, less, •minimus, -a, -um, least, small smaller smallest 318. The Declension of Plus. In the singular plus, more, is used only as a neuter noun. Learn the declension of plus (648). 319. Other Adjectives Compared Irregularly. There are other adjectives that are compared irregularly, some of which have no positive, but form their comparative and superlative from prepositions or adverbs, and others of which have two forms in the superlative. See 649. These should be learned as they occur in the vocabularies. 320. The Ablative of Degree of Difference. 1. Pater pede altior est quam filius, the father is afoot taller than his son. 2. Pax multo gratior erit quam bellum, peace will be much more welcome than war. a. Observe that the ablatives pede and multo answer the question (by) how much ? They denote the degree of difference between the objects compared. This usage is called the Ablative of Degree of Difference. 126 IRREGULAR COMPARISON 1 27 321 . Rule for the Ablative of Degree of Difference. The degree of difference is expressed by the ablative. 322. VOCABULARY centum, adj., indecl., a hundred opera, -ae,/., work, activity (opera) {century) quam, conj., than Inferus, -a, -um, low, below (649) sex, adj., indecl., six (sextant) (inferior) superus, -a, -um, high, above (649) interdum, adv., sometimes (superior) malus, -a, -um, bad (malice) EXERCISES 323. 1. In mferiorem partem provinciae sex legi5nes a Cae- sare ducuntur. 2. Viae urbis nostrae pedibus multis angustiores sunt. 3. Maximae manus hostium convocatae erant et Romanos itinere prohibebant. 4. De locls superioribus plurima tela iece- runt. 5. Ilia turris decern pedibus altior quam mums est. 6. Minora castra a centum militibus defendebantur. 7. Tua operae pars est maior quam mea. 8. Interdum amici nobis consilium malum dant. 9. Summum montem x video. 10. Italiae pars inferior propter multas Graecorum urbes Magna Graecia appellabatur ; superior pars Italiae, quod ibi Galli incolebant, Gallia Cisalplna vel (or) Gallia Citerior appellabatur. 324. 1. The best men sometimes do not have the most friends. 2. On the journey a great many men were killed ; the rest fled into a very large forest. 3. Cornelia was a foot taller than Julia. 4. The Gauls had more horsemen than the Romans. 5. Part of the army was waiting in higher places. 6. A better plan was shown to the senate. 7. The largest towns sent a hundred hostages to Caesar. 1 summum montem, top of the mountain. LESSON XLVII THE FORMATION AND THE COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 325.. The Formation of Adverbs. Many adverbs are formed from adjectives. From adjectives of the first and second de- clensions adverbs are formed by the addition of -e to the base of the positive ; from adjectives of the third declension they may be formed by the addition of -iter to the base : as, care, dearly \ from carus, dear) misere, wretchedly, from miser, wretched) acriter, eagerly, from acer, eager) but most adjec- tives of one ending add -ter to the base : as, audacter, from audax. a. Form adverbs from gratus, latus, longus, liber, aeger, brevis, fortis, gravis. 326. The Irregular Formation of Adverbs. Some adverbs are the accusative or ablative singular neuter of the adjective : as, multum, much, from multus ; multo, much, from multus ; facile, easily, from facilis. 327. The Comparison of Adverbs. Positive Comparative Superlative care carius carissime misere miserius miserrime acriter acrius acerrime facile facilius facillime bene melius optime male peius pessime multum plus plurimum a. Observe that the comparative of the adverb is the same as the neuter singular comparative of the adjective; and that the superlative, with one exception, is formed from the superlative of the adjective by changing.final -us to -e. 128 FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 129 328. VOCABULARY amplus, -a, -um, large, spacious multitudo, -inis,/, great number {ample) {multitude) arbor, arboris,/!, tree {arboreal) subito, adv., suddenly diligenter, adv., diligently (dili- praemitto, praemittere, praemisi, gent) praemissus, send ahead (pre- diu (diutius, diutissime), adv. , long mise) hinc, adv., hence, from here, from relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relic- this place tus, leave behind, leave {relin- liberi, -orum, m. plur., children quisti) {liberty) EXERCISES 329. 1. Patres et matres suos liberos maxime amant. 2. Els consilia optima dant et pro els diligentissime laborant. 3. Turn in illam silvam amplam, quam hinc videmus, multitudinem peditum praemittemus. 4. Ex hoc summo monte facile video sex urbes centumque vias. 5. In Imis terrae partibus sunt flu- mina minima. 6. Diutius lacu quam montibus impedltae sunt copiae nostrae. 7. Plurimi milites apud portum relict! erant ; reliqui impetum in hostls subito fecerunt. 8. Arboribus et lapidibus muros facient. 9. Hoc flumen centum pedibus latius est quam illud. 330. 1 . Sometimes Caesar's enemies fought much more bravely than the Roman soldiers. 2. But his soldiers fought very eagerly and boldly. 3. He carried on wars with the Gauls for a very long time. 4. Often he gave ample rewards to his centurions because they had captured much booty. 5. He was killed in the city of Rome by his personal enemies (inimicus). GALLIC SWORD LESSON XLVIII THE FIFTH DECLENSION • THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT 331. The Fifth Declension. Nouns of the fifth declension end in -es. They are feminine, with the exception of dies, day, which is usually masculine. They are inflected as follows : Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Case E NDINGS Nom. di'es di'es res res -es -es Gen. die'i die'rum re'i re'rum -ei -erum Dat. die'I die'bus re'i re' bus -ei -ebus Ace. di'em di'es rem res -em -es Abl. di'e die'bus re re'bus -e -ebus a. The vowel e of the case endings is regularly long. It is short- ened, however, in the ending -ei after a consonant, and in the ending -em : as, rgi and rem. b. Only dies and res are complete in the plural. A few other nounsj have the nominative and the accusative plural. Decline acies, fides, and spes. 332. The Accusative of Extent. 1. Decern annos urbs oppugnabatur, the city was besieged for ten years. 2. Tunis est centum pedes alta, the tower is a hundred feet high. % a. The accusative decern annos denotes extent of time ; the accusa; tive centum pedes denotes extent of space. Such accusatives answei the questions how long? how far? in time or in space. This usage is called the Accusative of Extent. 333. Rule for the Accusative of Extent. Extent of time or oj space is expressed by the accusative. 130 THE FIFTH DECLENSION 131 334. VOCABULARY acies, -el,/, line of battle altus, -a, -um, high, deep (alto) dies, -el, #z., day (diary) fides, -el, f., trust, confidence (fidelity) planities, -ei,/, plain {plane) res, -ei, /., thing, event, fact (reality) spes, -el,/, hope Instruo, Instruere, Instruxi, In- structus, draw up, marshal (instruct) posterus, -a, -um, next (649) castra ponere, to pitch camp EXERCISES 335. 1. Caesar castra summo in monte primum posuit. 2. Castra summo in monte a Caesare posita sunt. 3. Hinc hostes magna in planitie visi sunt. 4. Inter hunc montem et illam planitiem erat flumen, quod centum pedes latum et quin- que pedes altum erat. 5. Caesar autem aciem Instruxit et impetum hostium exspectabat. 6. Eius equites maiorem partem diel in cornibus manebant. 7. Sed hostes impetum non fece- runt, quod parvam victoriae spem habuerunt. 8. Turn adules- centes frument5 pluris dies caruerunt. 9. Colles post castra nostra multis pedibus altiores sunt. 336. 1.. Caesar heard about this fact from v^ry many mes- sengers. 2. The confidence of the Gauls was very slight on that day. 3. The river was ten feet deep at this place ; and so they left all the baggage on the shore. 4. This fact deprived our soldiers of all hope. 5. We shall remain six days in Italy. AN OFFERING TO THE GODS LESSON. XLIX READING LESSON • A LETTER FROM POMPEII 337. Si tu vales, bene est ; ego quoque vale5. Has litteras ad te laetus x scribo. Medici consilio cum parentibus in Italia hiemavl. Apud 2 vos nives {snow) omnia complent, sed noe hie nives raro videmus. Aer est lenissimus ; caelum rldet Interdum in litore ambulo vel in hortis amplis erro, nam gra men arbor esque iam virent. Hinc video Vesuvium montem hinc totam fere urbem, hinc pulchras Insulas in marl sitas: Linguae Latinae cotldie multum operae do. Earn linguarr mult5 facilius quam Graecam disco. Sed iam flnem faciarr epistulae ; mox coram omnia tibi narrabo. Vale, 4 mi amice. 5 1 laetus, gladly. 2 apud, with. 3 sitas, situated. 4 vale, farewell. Thijj form is the imperative singular of valeo. Seexxxi, a. 5 mi amice, my friend] These words are in the vocative case (xxiv, b). When a person is addressee irf Latin, a special case, called the vocative, is used. Generally it is the same in spelling as the nominative. A VIEW IN POMPEII I 3 2 READING LESSON 133 338. VOCABULARY conspectus, -us, m., look, view, sight (conspectus) modus, -1, #z., way, manner (mood) saxum, -1, /z., stone, rock excedo, excedere, excess!, excessu- rus, go out, withdraw procedo, procedere, process!, pro- cessurus, go forward, advance (proceed) verto, vertere, verti, versus, turn, change (convert) PERSEUS MEDUSAM INTERFICIT (continued from 316) 339. Res difficillima erat caput Gorgonis abscidere, 1 eius enim conspectQ homines in saxum vertebantur. Propter hanc causam Minerva speculum Perseo dederat. Ille igitur tergum vertit, et in speculum Inspiciebat ; hoc modo ad locum processit ubi Medusa dormiebat. Turn falce sua caput eius uno ictu abscldit. Reliquae Gorgones statim e somno excitatae sunt, et, ubi 2 rem vlderunt, perturbatae sunt. Arma rapuerunt, et Per- seum interficere volebant. 3 Ille autem dum fugit, 4 galeam magi- cam induit ; et, ubi hoc fecit, statim e conspectu earum excessit. 1 abscidere, to cut off. The infinitive is here used as the subject of erat (393). 2 What two meanings has ubi in this paragraph ? What kind of clause does it introduce here ? 3 interficere volebant, wished to kill. 4 dum fugit, while he was fleeing. The present tense with dum is translated as if it were the imperfect tense. HEAD OF MEDUSA LESSON L THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD • THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE PURPOSE CLAUSES WITH UT AND NE 340. The Subjunctive Mood. The Latin subjunctive is used in both independent and dependent clauses, but the kinds of dependent clauses in which the subjunctive is used are far more numerous than the independent. In this book only some uses in dependent clauses will be studied. 341. The Tenses of the Subjunctive. There are four tenses of the subjunctive: present, imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect. No meanings are given for the tenses of the subjunctive, be- cause the translation varies with the use of the mood (cf. 343. 357, 372). 342. The Present Subjunctive. The present subjunctive o\ the several conjugations and of sum is inflected as follows : Active 1. a'mem ame'mus 2. a'mes ame'tis 3. a'met a'ment Passive a'mer ame'mur 5' ame ris ame'tur ame' mini amen'tur (-■am, -as, -at \-ar, -aris, -atur -amus, -atis, -ant -amur, -ami-ni, -antur simus, sltis, sint ■ Vtfl mone reg capi audi sim, si's, sit a. Observe that the mood sign of the present subjunctive of the regular verbs is -e- in the first conjugation, and -a- in the others. b. Learn the present subjunctive of the verbs above. Then inflec? the ^present subjunctive active and passive of duco, mitto, recipio reperio, and video. The present subjunctive belongs in the present system (671). i34 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD • PURPOSE CLAUSES 135 343. Purpose Clauses. 1. Gives se armant ut pugnent, the citizens arm themselves that they may fight (or, in order that they may fight, in order to figh(,for the purpose of fighting, to fight). 2. Cives se armant ne superentur, the citizens arm themselves that they may not be overcome (or, in order not to be overcome, so that they may not be overcome, lest they be overcome). a. Observe that the dependent clauses express the purpose of the action of the principal clause, ut, that, introducing the affirmative clause, and ne, that not, the negative clause. b. Observe the various ways of translating ut and ne and the sub- junctive in these clauses. In English, purpose is most often expressed by the infinitive. In the best Latin prose, however, the purpose of an action is not expressed by the infinitive. 344. Rule for Purpose Clauses. The subjunctive is used with ut or ne in a dependent clause to express the purpose of the action stated in the independent clause. EXERCISES 345. 1. Nuntium mittit ut elves moneat. 2. Adulescens mit- titur ut elves moneantur. 3. Legio mittitur ne oppidum ab hostibus capiatur. 4. Legiones fortiter pugnant ut oppidum capiant. 5. Puer venit ut fabulam audiat. 6. Pueri veniunt ut verba tua audiant. 7. Eos mittimus ut provinciam regant. 8. Eos mittimus ut provincia ab els regatur. 9. In Galliam properatis ut bellum geratis. 10. Centum milites praemittimus ut castra muniant. 346. 1. He is sent to fight. 2. We send them to find the way. 3. You are sent that the enemy may not make an attack on the city. 4. The soldiers are led out of the camp that a line of battle may be drawn up. 5. I am coming to see you and your mother. 6. He fights to defend himself. LESSON LI THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE • SEQUENCE OF TENSES 347. The Imperfect Subjunctive. The imperfect subjunctive may be formed by adding the personal endings to the present infinitive active ; but the final -e of the infinitive is lengthened in certain forms. a. Learn the imperfect subjunctive of the model verbs and of sum (658-663). The imperfect subjunctive belongs in the present system (671). 348. Sequence of Tenses. Examine the following English sentences : 1. He comes (is coming) that he may fight. 2. He will come that he may fight. 3. He came that he might fight. a. Observe that in sentences 1 and 2 the verbs in the independent clauses are present and future, and that in sentence 3 the verb in the independent clause is past. Observe the change from may (presenf to might (past) when a past tense takes the place of a present 01; a future in the verb of the independent clause. This following of one tense by another of the same kind is called Sequence of Tenses. 349. Primary and Secondary Tenses. Those tenses of the indicative which refer to present or to future time (present future, and future perfect) are called Primary Tenses. Those tenses of the indicative which refer to past time (imperfect perfect, and pluperfect) are called Secondary Tenses. 350. Rule for Primary Sequence. When the verb of the in dependent clause of a sentence is in a primary tense, a verb h the dependent clause is in the present tense if its action L incomplete, but in the perfect tense if its action is completed. 136 A GLIMPSE INTO A ROMAN THEATER SEQUENCE OF TENSES 137 351. Rule for Secondary Sequence. When the verb of the in- dependent clause of a sentence is in a secondary tense, a verb in the depende7it clause is in the imperfect tense if its action is ■ incomplete, but i?i the pluperfect if its action is completed. a. Observe that all the verbs in the independent clauses in 345 are in the present tense, and that all the verbs in the dependent clauses are in the present subjunctive. If the verbs in the independent clauses should be changed to the future or the future perfect tense, what would be the tense of the subjunctive in the dependent clauses ? 352. Rule for the Tense of the Subjunctive in Purpose Clauses. Since a purpose clause expresses an incomplete action, its verb zvill be in the present subjimctive if the verb in the independent clause is in a primary tense, and in the imperfect stibjtmctive if the verb of the independent clause is in a secondary tense. EXERCISES 353. 1. Veniunt ut pacem petant. 2. Veniebant tit pacem peterent. 3. Venient ut pacem petant. 4. Venerant ut pacem peterent. 5. Fortiter pugnabant ne a Gallls vincerentur. 6. Trans flumen properaverant ut oppidum oppugnarent. 7. Legiones mittentur ut hostes commeatibus intercludantur. 8. Ut portum defenderent nostrl praemissi sunt. 9. Consul audacissime dicet ut populum Romanum incitet. 354. 1. They labor that they may be praised. 2. They were laboring that they might be praised. 3. They will labor that they may be praised. 4. They had labored that they might be praised. 5. They threw weapons from the higher places in order to hinder the Romans. 6. He had called together the chiefs to hear the new plan. 7. They will desist from battle that they may not be killed. LESSON LII SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE • RESULT CLAUSES 355. Substantive Clauses of Purpose. A substantive clause is a clause used like a noun (xx, d) ; it may be the subject or the object of a verb. Purpose clauses with ut and ne are often used in Latin as the objects of certain verbs : as, Petit ut obsides dent, he asks them to give hostages (that they give hostages). a. Observe that the clause ut obsides dent is the object of petit. This is, therefore, a noun clause. The purpose clauses in the preceding lessons were adverbial in nature (xx, c). 356. Rule for Substantive Clauses of Purpose. V r erbs meaning ask, command, persuade, and urge may have for their object a clans e of purpose with its verb in the sitbjimctive. a. In English an infinitive is generally used in the object clause. 357. Result Clauses. 1. Iter tarn longum est ut puer sit defessus, the journey is so long that the boy is tired out. 2. Puer tarn malus fuit ut a patre non laudaretur, the boy was so bad that he was not praised by his father. a. Observe that the dependent clauses beginning with ut express the result of the statements in the independent clauses, and that the subjunctive is translated by an English indicative. b. Observe that the sequence is the same as in purpose clauses,; but that the negative clause contains ut non (not ne). 358. Rule for Result Clauses. The subjunctive is nsed with ut or ut non in a dependent elates e to express the residt of the action stated in the independent clause. The sequence of tenses is generally the same as in purpose clauses. 138 SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES- OF PURPOSE • RESULT 139 359. VOCABULARY ita, adv., so, in such a way tarn, adv., so tantus, -a, -um, so great ago, agere, egi, actus, act, do (agent) circumvenio, circumvenire, circum- veni, circumventus, surround (circumvent) impero, imperare, imperavl, impe- ratus, command, order (imper- ative) EXERCISES 360. ($. Puer ita egit ut ab omnibus fcmaretur. 2. Urbs vas- tata est ne ab hostibus caperetur. 3. Eum monemus ne miles sit. 4. Imperavit ne per nostram provinciam iter facerent. 0. Tanta est inopia cibi ut plurimi aegri sint. 'Q. Urbs tarn fortiter defensa est ut decern diebus non caperetur. 7. Hostes in silvas fugerunt ne a nostris circumvenlrentur. 8. Caesar primum postulavit ut nostris auxilium daretur. , 361. £) They were so few that they fled. (3>. They were so brave that they did not flee. 3. I advise him to be more bold. 4. The lieutenant led the soldiers out of the camp in order to draw up a line of battle. 5. He demands that they pitch camp in this place. (^1 The marsh is so great that our men are hindered. A ROMAN CUP 140 FIRST YEAR LATIN SEVENTH REVIEW LESSON LESSONS XLIV-LII 362. Give the English meanings of the following words : accipio copia 1 instruo opera res acies dies interdftm pars saxum adulescens difficilis ita • pervenio sex ago diligenter iuro planities similis altus < disceest. 5. We ought to be brave and good. 6. Some have begun p fight, others to flee. LESSON LVIII THE INFINITIVE AS OBJECT • THE ACCUSATIVE AS SUBJECT OF THE INFINITIVE • INDIRECT STATEMENTS 398. The Infinitive as Object. Me venire iussit, he ordered me to come. a. Observe that in the English sentence the object of ordered is me to come ; and that me is in the objective case and subject of the infinitive to come. The Latin sentertce is like the English ; me is ir the accusative case. Verbs meaning order and wish are the com monest verbs having an infinitive as their object ; but impero, order takes a substantive clause of purpose (356). The objective infinitive is also used in indirect statements (400-402). 399. Rule for the Accusative as Subject of the Infinitive. Tht sitbject of the infinitive is in the acatsative. 400. Indirect Statements. A direct statement gives the exac words used by a speaker or writer : as, He says (or said) "Soldiers are coming!' In an indirect statement the words o a speaker or writer are made to depend on a verb of saying thinking, etc., and in English may or may not be the same a they were in the original statement or thought : as, He say- that soldiers are coming, he said that soldiers were coming Observe the same sentences in Latin: 1. Milites veniunt, soldiers are coming. 2. Dicit milites venire, he says that soldiers are coming. 3. Dixit milites venire, he said that soldiers were coming. a. Observe that in turning a direct statement into an indirec statement in Latin the nominative is changed to the accusative (399 and the indicative to the infinitive. 152 INFINITIVE AS OBJECT . INDIRECT STATEMENTS 153 401. Rule for Indirect Statements. Indirect statements , with verb in the infinitive and subject in the accusative, are found in dependence on verbs of saying, thinking, knowing, perceiving, and the like. 402. The Use of the Tenses of the Infinitive in Indirect Statements. The present infinitive is used when the action of the indirect statement is going on at the same time as the action indicated by the verb of saying, thinking, etc. : as, 1 . Dicit milites venire, he says that soldiers are coming. 2. Dixit milites venire, he said that soldiers were coming. 3. Dicet milites venire, he will say that soldiers are coming. The perfect infinitive is used when the action of the indirect statement occurred before that of the verb of saying, thinking, etc.: as, 1 . Dicit milites venisse, he says that soldiers came (or have come). 2. Dixit milites venisse, he said that soldiers came (or had come). 3. Dicet milites venisse, he will say that soldiers came (or have come). The future infinitive is used when the action of the indirect statement occurs after that of the verb of saying, thinking, etc.: as, 1 . Dicit milites venturos esse, he says that soldiers will come. 2. Dixit milites venturos esse, he said that soldiers woidd come. 3. Dicet milites venturos esse, he will say that soldiers will come. 403. VOCABULARY cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cog- iubeo, iubere, iussi, iussus, bid, nitus, learn, know, understand order, command {jussive) (recognize) responded, respondere, respondi, nipio, cupere, cupivi (cupii), cupi- responsus, answer, reply (re- tus, desire, wish {cupidity) spond) 154 FIRST YEAR LATIN EXERCISES 404. i. Caesar per^ duos exploratores cognovit hostes sex milia passuum iter fecisse. 2. Socil respondent se sine mora auxilium ad Caesarem missuros esse. 3. Imperator dixit se suis praemia ampla daturum esse. 4. Omnes cupiunt esse liberL 5. Omnes cupiunt Italiam esse liberam. 6. Omnes vident oppi- dum fortiter defendl. 7. Statim tertiam aciem Instrui Caesar iussit. 8. Sciebat Gall5s venire ut impetum facerent. 405. 1. That lieutenant will order his men to build towers. 2. I know that two legions have been sent ahead. 3. From the captives he learned that the enemy lacked food. 4. He ordered (iubeo) them to spend the winter in that state. 5. The traders replied that there was no grain in the territory of the Germans. A ROMAN AND HIS WIFE < o fa 52; 3 o w X H !55 LESSON LIX READING LESSON CAESAR IN CONCILIO DICIT 406. Post hoc proelium Caesar militibus in concili5 ita dixit: Eos fortiter pugnavisse ; itaqu'e hostis omnibus in partibus victos esse et in montis et paludes f ugere ; praedam els se daturum esse ; se scire eos longo bello esse defessos et statim eos in Italiam missurum esse ; se velle x in Gallia manere per hiemem, sed proxima aestate suos in German5s ducturum esse ; multos captlvos Romam missos esse, et populum Romanum victoria eorum delectari. 407. VOCABULARY paene, adv., nearly, almost (penin- sula) regio, regionis,/, place (region) undique, adv., from all sides, everywhere depono, deponere, deposui, deposi- tus, put down, lay aside (deposit) ostendo, ostendere, ostendi, osten- tus, show, display (oste?isible) reddo, reddere, reddidi, redditus, give back, return (render) sentio, sentire, sensi, sensus, feel, know, perceive (sentiment) PERSEUS CEPHEO ANDROMEDAM REDDIT (CONTINUED FROM 391) 408. At Perseus ubi haec vldit, gladium suum ediixit, et postquam talaria induit, per aera volavit. ' Turn desuper in monstrum impetum subito fecit, et gladio suo collum eius graviter vulneravit. Monstrum ubi sensit vulnus, fremitum horribilem edidit et sine mora totum corpus in aquam mersit. Perseus dum circum litus volat, reditum eius exspectabat. Marej 1 velle, infin. of volo, ivisk. 156 READING LESSON 157 autem interim undique sanguine Inficitur. Post breve tempus belua rursus caput ostendit ; mox tamen a Perseo ictu graviore vulnerata est. Turn iterum se in undas mersit, neque postea visa est. Perseus postquam ad lltus descendit, primum talaria exuit ; turn ad rupem venit ubi Andromeda vlncta erat. Ea autem omnem spem salutis deposuerat, et ubi Perseus pervenit, ter- rore paene exanimata erat. I lie vincula statim solvit, et puellam patri reddidit. Cepheus ob hanc rem maximo gaudio adfectus est. Itaque Andromedam Perseo in matrimonium dedit. Paucos annos Perseus cum ux5re in ea regione habitabat, et in magnd honore erat apud omnls Aethiopes. IMPERATOR ET CAPTIVI LESSON LX THE DEMONSTRATIVES IDEM, IPSE, ISTE • THE IRREGULAR VERB POSSUM 409. The Demonstratives Idem, Ipse, and Iste. Review the declension of is, hie, and ille (654), and'learn the declension of idem, same, ipse, -self, and iste, this of yours, that of yours (654). a. Observe that Idem is declined like is with -dem added, except that in the accusative singular and the genitive plural m is changed to n, and in the nominative and accusative singular is is changed to 1, id to i. b. Decline together Idem dies, res ipsa, and istud consilium. res er- 410. The Distinction between Idem, Ipse, and Iste. a. Idem and iste may be used both as demonstrative adjective: and as demonstrative pronouns. * b. Iste is used of that which has some relation to the second per- son, and is translated this of yours, that of yours, your-, as, istam dlligentiam laudo, I praise that diligence of yours (your diligence). c. Ipse means -self (himself herself itself themselves). It is an in- tensive word, used to emphasize a noun or pronoun, expressed or understood, with which it agrees as an adjective : as, amicus ipse ad me venit, my friend himself came to me. It must be distinguished from se, -self which is reflexive, not emphatic (266). Sometimes ipse may be translated even or very : as, in flumine ipso pugnant, they are fighting in the very river. 411. The Irregular Verb Possum. The irregular verb possum, I can, is a compound of potis, able, and sum, / am ; pot-sum changed to possum. Wherever, in the inflection of this verb, t comes before s, it is changed to s, and wherever it comes before f, f is dropped. Learn the principal parts and the complete inflection (664). 158 IDEM, IPSE, ISTE 159 412. VOCABULARY difficultas, difficultatis, /., diffi- riirsus, adv., again culty , nuntio, nuntiare, nuntiavi, nun- Idem, eadem, idem, same (identity) tiatus, report, announce (an- Idem . . . qui, same ... as nunciator) ipse, ipsa, ipsum, intensive, -self possum, posse, potui, , be iste, ista, istud, this of yours, able, can (po'tent) that of yours puto, putare, putavi, putatus, nihil, n., indecL, nothing (annihi- think, believe, reckon {compute) late) spero, sperare, speravi, speratus, oratio, orationis, /., speech, plea hope {prosperous) (oration) EXERCISES 413. 1. Potest, poterat, poterit. • 2. Potuimus, potuerant, po- terant. 3. Scisne cur ista verba audiri non possint ? 4. Eaedgm erant difficultates belli quas vobis nuntiare potui. 5. Labienus ipse sclvit causas belli plurimas esse. 6. Puto me hodie nihil empturum esse. 7. Non iam postulant ut populus Romanus naves praebeat. 8. Centurio, qui cum octo exploratoribus mis- sus erat ut viam cognosceret, nuntiavit se viam cognoscere non potuisse. 9. Omnes sperabant Caesarem ea aestate Gallos victurum esse. 10. Virl ipsi dicunt tela iaci non posse. 414. 1. They have been able, he will be able, I could. 2. He had been able, they will have been able, we could. . 3. The very children no longer desired peace. 4. They say that our allies are in the same danger to-day. 5. I think that I can stay two days with that friend of yours. 6. The traders re- ported that many bands of horsemen had been sent into the mountains. 7. I think that you can fight. 8. You thought that I could not come. i6o FIRST YEAR LATIN EIGHTH REVIEW LESSON LESSONS LIII-LX 415. Give the English meanings of the follow ring words : alius difficultas • nee puto solus alter dolor •neque quartus spero cedo duo neuter quattuor tertius celeritas educo nihil ►quot timor coepl fremitus nullus •reddo totus cognosco Idem »num regio trado conloco ipse nuntio respond* 20 tres constituo iste octo rogo ullus consulo iubeo o ratio rursus unde cupio » iuvo ostendo scio undique debeo lacrima paene sentio unus decimus memoria passus simul uter depono mille possum sinister uterque dexter mille passuum 416. Give the Latin meanings of the following words : two » answer, reply \ memory give way, retire one i nearly, almost - the other think, believe, reckon left and not, nor know * put down, lay aside tear give back, return began « from all sides, everywhere speed other, another three no, no one , none eight how many « whence lead out, lead forth again be able, can i help, aid • at the same time four • show, display hope bid, order, command mile which (of two) difficulty this of yours, that of yours ask speech, plea place establish, determine third place, station noise alone, sole i only neither desire, wish thousand learn, know, understand pace report, announce right ought, be obliged to nothing whole, all -self give over, surrender EIGHTH REVIEW LESSON 161 same each, both whether feel, know, perceive fourth any (at all) fear plan, deliberate, consult tenth grief, pain 417. Decline each noun, adjective, and pronoun in 415. Conjugate each verb in all tenses of the subjunctive mood. Make synopses. Give the infinitives of each verb. 418. Following the suggestions of 634, give English words derived from the Latin words in 415. Define these derivatives, and illustrate each by an English sentence. 419. Give the rule for the following constructions, and illus- trate each by a sentence in Latin : 1. Indirect questions 5. Infinitive as object 2. Objective genitive 6. Indirect statements 3. Infinitive as subject 7, Accusative as subject of the 4. Infinitive as complement infinitive INTERIOR OF A ROMAN HOUSE LESSON LXI i THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 420. The Indefinite Pronouns. The indefinite pronouns (il 9 A are compounds of quis and of qui. The following indefinite pronouns will be used in this book : aliquis, aliqua, aliquid, aliquod, some, some one, any, any o?ie quidam, quaedam, quiddam, quoddam, a certain one, a certain quisquam, , quidquam (no plural), any one (at alt) quisque, quaeque, quidque, quodque, each, each one, every, every one a. Learn the meanings and the declension of these pronouns (657). b. The meanings of the neuters (something, anything, etc.) are easily inferred. c. Observe how aliqua, which is both the feminine nominative singular and the neuter nominative and accusative plural of aliquis, differs from the corresponding forms of quis. d. Observe that quidam (qui + dam) is declined like qui, except that in the accusative singular and genitive plural m is changed to n; also that the neuter has quiddam and quoddam in the nominative and accusative singular. e. In the neuter of all indefinites the quid forms are used as pro- 1 nouns, and the quod forms as adjectives. EXERCISES 421. 1. Duo nova flumina a quibusdam virls audacibus re- perta sunt. 2. Non iam quemquam ante domum videre possum. 3. Ut elves timore liberaret, arma statim tradi iussit. 4. Quidam captivus idem rursus nuntiavit. 5. Quisque aliquid respondere potuerit. 6. Aliquae feminae non solum perturbatae erant, sed etiam fugerant. "/. Legatus quemque ex finibus frumentum 162 THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 163 portare iubebit. 8. Quaedam legio spe victoriae Delphos pro- perabat. 9. Insulae similis est ista terra. 422. 1. Each says that the Gauls are approaching. 2. He does not demand anything at all. 3. That girl has something in her right hand. 4. A part of each summer we live among the mountains and hills. 5. To-day a story was told to us by somebody. 6. At the same time certain (men) came to Caesar to demand help. 7. I know what each is able to do. THE NATIONS OF GAUL 423. Gallia est omnis divlsa {divided) in partis tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aqultani, tertiam el qui Galll appellantur. Horum omnium fortissiml sunt Belgae, quod provinciae Romanae propin- qui non sunt neque mercato- res ad eos saepe perveniunt ; proximlque sunt Germanls qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibuscum bellum gerunt. Qua de causa {for this reason, 186) Helvetii quo- que fortiores quam reliqui Galll sunt. Cotidianls fere proelils cum Germanls con- tendunt, cum {when) aut {either) suis flnibus eos pro- hibent aut {or) ipsl in eorum flnibus bellum gerunt. Ea pars quam Galll obtinent Initium capit a flumine Rhodan5 ; con- tinetur Garumna {Garonne) flumine, oceano, flnibus Belgarum. TABLE, VASE, AND LAMP STANDS LESSON LXII THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS • THE DATIVES OF PURPOSE AND REFERENCE 424. The Dative with Compounds. 1. Quis equitibus praefuit ? who commanded the horsemen ? 2. Huic legion! legatum praefecit, he put a lieutenant i?i charge of this legion, a. Observe that praefuit, which is a compound of sum, is intransi- tive. It does not admit a direct object, but does admit the indirect object equitibus. There are a number of Latin verbs which in their simple form take neither a direct nor an indirect object ; when these verbs are compounded with a preposition, they have a meaning which may take an indirect object. Some compound verbs take both a direct and an indirect object: as, praefecit in sentence 2. 425. Rule for the Dative with Compounds. Some verbs com- pounded with ad, ante, con, de, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super, take a dative of the indirect object. Transitive com- pounds may take both an accusative and a dative. 426. The Datives of Purpose and Reference. 1 . Milites ibi erant praesidio, soldiers were there as (for) a defense. 2. Milites auxilio eis mittuntur, soldiers are sent as (for) a help to them, a. Observe that the datives praesidio and auxilio are used to ex-, press the purpose for which something serves. This usage is called the Dative of Purpose. Often the dative of purpose is accompanied by another dative, called the Dative of Reference, denoting the person or thing served : as, eis in sentence 2. This combination is known as the Double Dative. 427. Rule for the Dative of Purpose. The dative is used to deiiote the p7irpose for which a thing serves. 164 THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS 165 428. Rule for the Dative of Reference. The dative is used to denote the person (or, rarely, the thing) affected by the action or situation expressed by the verb. 429. VOCABULARY munltio, munitionis, f, fortifica- praeficio, praeficere, praefecl, prae- tion, defense -{ammunition) fectus, place in command of praesidium, praesi'di, n., defense, {prefect) protection, guard praesto, praestare, praestiti, prae- subsidium, subsi'di, //., help, aid stitus, surpass, be superior to usus, -us, m., use, benefit, advan- praesum, praeesse, praefui, prae- I tage (itsefid) futurus, be at the head of, desum, deesse, defui, defuturus, be command lacking, be wanting, fail supersum, superesse, superfui, su- occurro, occurrere, occurri, occur- perfuturus, be left over, survive sums, run toward, meet {occur) EXERCISES 430. 1. Unum oppidum sociorum ab hostibus diu oppug- natum erat, et munition es cotldie yastabantur. 2. Quod cibus et arma civibus deesse coeperunt, socii rogaverunt ut Caesar c5pias auxilio mitteret. 3. Itaque Caesar Labienum uni legion! praefecit et eum subsidio civibus misit. 4. In itinere Labienus hostibus occurrit, qui omnibus ex partibus venerant ut oppidum caperent. 5. Pila impedlmento nostris, sed magno usui gladil erant. 6. Nostrl hostibus praestiterunt et eos superaverunt. 7. Labienus dixit se civibus praesidio futurum esse. 8. Scisne quis el oppido praefuerit ? 431. 1. Courage did not often fail Caesar. 2. He commanded brave men. 3. He was a protection to his country. 4. He did not survive his last (proximus) wars many years. 5. He was superior to the chiefs of the Gauls and the Germans. 6. He placed lieutenants in charge over the nations which had been I conquered. 7. The sea is many feet deeper than this lake. I LESSON LXIII THE DATIVE WITH SPECIAL INTRANSITIVE VERBS • THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO, NOLO, MALO 432. The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs. 1. Legion! imperat, he commands a legion. 2. Amico meo persuadet, he persuades my friend. a. Observe that legion! and amico are in the dative case, while the English equivalents are in the objective case. It is obvious, therefore, that the Latin verbs impero and persuadeo are intransitive, and that they admit an indirect object. ^^ ^ ^ y U ^ jfo j^^ 433. Rule for the Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs. Most verbs meaning believe, favor, help, please, trust, and their opposites, also command, obey, pardon, persuade, resist, serve, spare, and the like, take a dative of the indirect object. a. Such verbs used in this book are credo, believe-, faveo, favor \ impero, comma?id ; noceo, harm ; persuadeo, persuade ; placeo, please ; resisto, resist ; and studeo, desire, be eager for. b. Observe that impero has an indirect object, while iubeo takes a direct object. 434. The Irregular Verbs Void, Nolo, and Maid. Learn the principal parts and the conjugation of volo, wish, nolo (ne-f-volo), be unwilling, and maid (magis volo), be more willing, prefer, in the indicative, subjunctive, and infinitive (665). 435. VOCABULARY mulier, mulieris,/, woman credo, credere, credidi, creditus, neque . . . neque, neither . . . nor believe, trust (creditor) occasus, -us, m., setting (occasion) faveo, favere, favi, fauturus, favor sol, solis, m., sun (solstice) (favor) 166 THE DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS 167 malo, malle, malui, , be more willing, prefer noceo, nocere, nocui, nociturus, harm, injure (obnoxious) nolo, nolle, nolui, , be un- willing placeo, placere, placui, placiturus, please, be pleasing to (placidly) resists, resistere, restiti, , resist, oppose (resistance) studeo, studere, studui, — persuadeo, persuadere, persuasi, persuasu^ persuade (persua- sive) ' W * EXERCISES -, be eager for, desire (student) volo, velle, volui, , be willing, wish (volition) 436. 1. Vultis, nolumus, mavis. 2. Mercatoribus non cre- didit. 3. Nolle, maluisse. 4. Vobis persuadere volunt. 5. Vult mihi favere. 6. Neque nolunt tibi nocere. 7. Tibi auxilio esse malumus. 8. Cur non vis matrl tuae esse praesidio ? 9. Puta- mus eum voluisse equitatul praeesse. 10. Solis occasu mllites castra hostium capient. 1 1. Paucae enim ex his nationibus bello student. 12. Militibus imperavit ut fortiter Gallis resis- terent. 13. Neque mulieres neque liberl timebant. 437. 1. They were wishing, I shall be unwilling, she will prefer. 2. They were not willing to help our men. 3. They were not able to please your friends. 4. And they did not persuade the general. 5. He will command them not to harm the women. 6. Neither the Gauls nor the Germans desired war at that time. WALL DECORATION OF A ROMAN HOUSE LESSON LXIV READING LESSON BELLING THE CAT 438. Quidam mures aliquando concilium habebant, nam felem maxime timebant. Consilia quae proposita sunt omni- bus non ptfacebant. Tandem unus ex muribus ita dixit : " Tin- tinnabulum caudae felis adnectere debemus. Sic enim sonitu eius monebimur et fugere poterimus. Quis vestrum hoc facere vult ? " Sed null! ex socils persuadere potuit ut tintinnabulum fell adnecteret, et ipse n5luit. Ea fabula docet plurimos in suadendo 1 esse audaces sed in ipso perlculo timidos. NASICA AND ENNIUS 439. Naslca aliquand5 ad poetam 2 Ennium venit et de ec quaeslvit. Ancilla respondit Ennium doml 3 non esse. Naslcc autem sensit illam domini iussu hoc dixisse et Ennium domi 5 esse. Paucis post diebus 4 Ennius ad Naslcam venit. El excla mat Naslca se doml non esse. Turn Ennius dixit, " Quid i Ego non cognosco vocem tuam ? " Hie 5 Naslca : tl Homo esi impudens. Ego ancillae tuae credidi ; tu mihi ipsl non credis ? ' ORGETORIX AND THE HELVETIANS 440. Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus erat Orgetorix. Is; regni cupiditate inductus est et coniurationem nobilitatis fecit Turn clvitati persuasit ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiiJ properarent. Facilius els persuasit quod undique loci naturi 1 suadendo, offering advice. 2 ad poetam, to the house of the poet. 3 doml at home. 4 paucis post diebus, a few days later. 6 hie, adv., hereupon. 1 68 READING LESSON 169 elvetil continentur : una ex parte (on one side) flumine Rheno, :issimo atque altissimo, qui agrum Helvetiorum a Germanis ddit ; altera ex parte monte Iura altissimo, qui est inter [uanos et Helvetios ; tertia (ex parte) lacu Lerhanno et flu- tine Rhodano, qui provinciam nostram ab Helvetils dividit. 'opter multitudinem hominum et gloriam belli angustos se ines habere putabant, qui in longitudinem mllia passuum ccxl (ducenta quadraginta), in latitudinem clxxx (centum octoginta) patebant. +Castetla murus Jbssaque ripael^hodani intercisae cum. tnurojbssaque MAP OF HELVETIA — n LESSON LXV PARTICIPLES 441. Participles. Learn the participles of the model verbs (658-662), and their meanings. a. Observe that the present active and the future passive participles are formed from the present stem by the addition of -ns and -ndus, with certain changes in quantity ; and the future active and the perfect passive from the participial stem by the addition of -urus and -us. But observe that in verbs of the fourth conjugation and of the third conjugation ending in -io the present active participle has -iens and the future passive participle has -iendus. Form the participles of gero, video, iacio, vasto, and munio. 442. The Declension of Participles. Participles in -ns are declined like amans (645). The ablative singular ending is -e ; but the ending is -i when the word is used as an adjective. The other participles are declined like bonus (643). Decline the participles of gero. 443. The Agreement of Participles. Since participles are verbal adjectives (xxxiv), they agree with nouns or pronouns in gender, number, and case. 444. The Tenses of Participles. The present active participle is used of an action going on at the same time as the action of the main verb : as, te laborantem video, / see you working ; te laborantem vidi, / saw you working. The perfect passive participle is used of an action that is com- pleted at the time of the action of the main verb : as, miles vulne- ratus domum venit, the soldier, having been wounded, came home. The future active and passive participles are used of actions which are to occur after the time of the action of the main 170 3 : Caesare duce, Ccesar (being) leader. 175 176 FIRST YEAR LATIN a. An ablative absolute containing a perfect passive participle expresses an action that occurred before the action expressed by the main verb of the sentence ; one containing a present participle ex- presses an action occurring at the same time as that of the main verb. b. The Latin perfect participle is not found in the active voice. Accordingly such a sentence as Ccesar, having defeated the Gauls, re- turned to Rome has to be recast into the form Ccesar, the Gauls having been defeated, returned to Rome, Caesar, Gallis victis, Romam rediit. c. The noun of the ablative absolute is always a different person or thing from the subject or object of the sentence. 455. Rule for the Ablative Absolute. The ablative of a noun or pronoun, with a participle, a noun, or an adjective in agreement, is used to express time, cause, concession, con- dition, or other relations. 456. VOCABULARY deditio, deditionis,/*., surrender medius, -a, -um, middle of eruptio, eruptionis,/, sally, sortie (medium) {eruption) ripa, -ae,/!, bank {riparian) EXERCISES 457. 1. Hostibus victis, per mediam provinciam iter facere constituit. 2. Caesare consule, cum Gallis longum erat bellum. 3. Oppido quodam expugnato, castra in rlpls ipsis huius fluminis posuerunt. 4. Helvetil omnium rerum inopia adductl legatos de deditione ad Caesarem mlserunt. 5. His rebus repertls,! omnes bello studebant. 6. Hoc oppidum, paucls defendentibus, RomanI capere non potuerunt. 7. Captlvls in deditionem ac- ceptls, dux subsidio castrls tres cohortes reliquit. 8. Hi captlvi eldem fortissime pugnantes captl erant. 9. Quis praefuit equi- tibus qui imperatdrl auxilio missl sunt? 10. Urbe munita, elves non iam terrebantur. THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 177 458. 1. When he had heard these words, he was much dis- turbed. 2. When the city had been taken, the soldiers set the prisoners free. 3. The t enemy resisted our men all day. 4. If Labienus is leader, our army will be able to injure the enemy. 5. Labienus, having captured the mountain, was wait- ing for our men. 6. Although a sortie was made, they were [not able to approach our first line. A COUNTRY VILLA LESSON LXVIII THE GERUND • THE IRREGULAR VERB EO 459. The Gerund. The gerund (xxxn, c) is a verbal noui used in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular It is formed by adding -ndi, -ndo, -ndum, -ndo to the presen stem, with certain changes in quantity and spelling. Lean the gerunds of the model verbs (658-662). 460. What the Gerund is. The gerund is like the Englisl verbal noun in -ing y as, loving ; but it lacks a nominative case For the nominative the infinitive is used. Nom. amare, to love, loving Gen: amandi, of loving Dat. amando, for loving Ace. amandum, loving Abl. amando, by loving 461. The Uses of the Gerund. The gerund is used in th« various constructions of nouns. Since it is a verbal noun, i may have a direct or an indirect object : as, vincendo hostes by overcoming the enemy ; resistendo hostibus, by resisting tk> enemy. Also observe the following: 1. Ad pugnandum venerunt, they came for fighting, for the put pose of fighting, to fight. 2. Pugnandl causa venerunt, they came for the sake of fighth to fight. a. Observe that the accusative of the gerund with ad, or the geni tive of the gerund with causa, is used to express purpose. Causj when so used follows its genitive. This method of expressin) purpose is used in brief statements. 178 THE GERUND 179 462. The Irregular Verb Ed. Learn the principal parts and conjugation of the irregular verb eo (667). a. Observe where 1 (the root of eo) is changed to e in the present indicative and subjunctive, in the present participle, and in the gerund. In the perfect system -v- is regularly dropped. For the declension of the present participle see 645. 463. VOCABULARY causa, abl. of causa, for the sake accedo, accedere, access!, accessu- of, to rus, come near, approach (ac- nomen, nominis, n., name (nomi- cession) nate) conicio, conicere, conieci, coniectus, spatium, spati, n., room, space, throw, hurl {conjecture) time, opportunity {spacious) eo, Ire, ii (rvi), iturus, go {initial) vallum, -1, ?z., rampart, earth- oro, orare, oravi, oratus, speak, works {interval) plead, beg {orator) EXERCISES 464. 1. It, Imus, Ibant. 2. Ire, Isse, Ibunt. 3. Eunt, ierant, iit. 4. Difficultatem navigandl nuntiavit. 5. Haec est causa mit- :endi. 6. Litteras mittendi causa venit. 7. Diligentia in agendo quas quae A bl. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus 657. INDEFINITE SINGULAR Masc. Fem. Neut. JVom. aliquis (aliqui) aliqua aliquid (aliquod) Gen. alicuius alicuius alicuius Dat. alicui alicui alicui Ace. aliquem aliquam aliquid (aliquod) AM. aliquo aliqua PLURAL aliquo Nom. aliqui aliquae aliqua Gen. aliquorum aliquarum aliquorum Dat. aliquibus 'aliquibus aliquibus Ace. aliquos aliquas aliqua Abl. aliquibus aliquibus SINGULAR aliquibus A r om. quidam quaedam quiddam (quoddam) Gen. cuiusdam cuiusdam cuiusdam Dat. cuidam cuidam cuidam Ace. quendam quandam quiddam (quoddam) Abl quodam quadam quodam 266 FIRST YEAR LATIN Masc. Nom. quldam Gen. quorundam Dat. quibusdam Ace. quosdam Abl. quibusdam Masc. Fem. A T om. quisque quaeque Gen. cuiusque cuiusque Dat. cuique cuique Ace. quemque quamque Abl. quoque quaque Plural rare PLURAL Fem. Neut. quaedam quaedam quarundam quorundam quibusdam quibusdam quasdam quaedam quibusdam quibusdam SINGULAR Neut. 1 Masc and Fem. Neut. quidque quisquam quicquam (quodque) (quidquam) cuiusque cuiusquam cuiusquam cuique cuiquam cuiquam quidque quemquam quicquam (quodque) (quidquam) quoque quoquam quoquam Plural missing REGULAR VERBS 658. FIRST CONJUGATION— A-Verbs amo, love Principal Parts : a'mo, ama/re, ama'vi, ama'tus Pres. Stem ama- Per/. Stem amav- Part. Stem amat- INDICATIVE Active Voice / love, am loving, do love, etc. a'mo ama'mus a'mas ama'tis a'mat a'mant Present Passive Voice / am loved, etc. a'mor ama'mur ama'ris ama'mini ama'tur aman'tur Imperfect (Past) / loved, was loving, did love, etc. I was loved, etc. ama'bam amaba'mus ama'bar amaba'mur ama'bas amaba'tis amaba'ris amaba'mini ama'bat ama'bant amaba'tur amaban'tur *v APPENDIX II 267 / shall love, etc. ama'bo ama'bimus ama'bis ama'bitis ama'bit , ama'bunt Future / shall be loved, etc. ama'bor ama'bimur ama/beris amabi'minl ama/bitur amabun'tur Perfect / have loved, loved, did love, etc. I have been {was) loved, etc. ama'vi ama'vimus fsum fsumus amavis'ti amavis'tis ama'tus^i es ama'tiJ estis ama'vit amave'runt est [sunt Pluperfect (Past Perfect) I had loved, etc. ama/veram amavera'mus ama/veras amavera/tis ama'verat ama'verant / had been loved, etc. f eram f eramus ama'tusJ eras ama'tH eratis [erat [ erant Future Perfect / shall have loved, etc. / shall have been loved, etc. ama/vero amave'rimus fero ferimus ama'veris amave'ritis ama'tusJ eris ama'ti^ eritis ama'verit ama'verint [erit [erunt a mem a'mes a'met ama rem ama'res ama'ret ama venm • ama'veris ama/verit ame mus ame'tis a'ment SUBJUNCTIVE Present a'mer ame'ris ame'tur Imperfect (Past) amare'mus ama'rer amare'tis amare'ris ama'reht amare'tur Perfect amaveri'mus r sim amaveri'tis ama'tus^! sis ama'verint [ sit ame mur ame'mini amen'tur amare mur amare'mini amaren'tur r simus ama'tH sitis Lsint 268 FIRST YEAR LATIN Pluperfect (Past Perfect) amavis'sem amavisse'mus r essem amavis'ses amavisse'tis ama'tusJ esses amavis'set amavis'sent [ esset f essemus amaTw essetis [ essent a'ma, love thou ama'te, love ye amato, thou shall love amato, he shall love amatote, you shall love amanto, they shall love IMPERATIVE Present ama're, be thou loved ama'mini, be ye loved Future amator, thou shall be loved amator, he shall be loved amantor, they shall be loved INFINITIVE Pres. ama're, to love ama'ri, to be loved Perf. amavis'se, to have loved ama'tus esse, to have been loved Fut. amatu'rus esse, to be about to [ama'tum in, to be about to be love loved'] PARTICIPLES Pres. a'mans, -antis, loving Fut. amatu'rus, -a, -um, about to love Perf. GERUND Nom. Gen. aman'di, of loving Dat. aman'do, for loving Ace. aman'dum, loving Abl. aman'do, by lovi?ig SUPINE Ace. [amatum, to love] AM. famatu, to love, in t Pres. — Ger.i aman'dus, -a, -um, to be loved Perf. ama'tus, -a, -um, having been loved ■ loved 1 Gerundive, sometimes called future passive participle. APPENDIX II 659. SECOND CONJUGATION — E-Verbs moneo, advise Principal Parts: mo'neo, mone're, mo'nui, monitus 269 Pres. Stem mone- Perf. Stem monu- Part. Stem moni Active Voice / advise, etc. INDICATIVE Passive Voice Present / am advised, etc. mo'neS mone'mus • mo'neor mone'mur mo'nes mone'tis mone'ris mone'mini mo'net mo'nent mone'tur monen'tur Imperfect (Past) I was advising, etc. / was advised, etc. mone'bam moneba'mus mone'bar * moneba'mur mone'bas moneba'tis moneba'ris moneba'mini mone'bat mone'bant moneba'tur moneban'tur / shall advise, etc. mone'bo mone'bimus mone'bis mone'bitis mone'bit mone'bunt Future I shall be advised, etc. mone'bor mone'bimur mone'beris monebi'mini mone'bitur monebun'tur Perfect / have advised, I advised, etc. / have been {was) advised, etc. mo'nui monu'imus fsum fsumus monuis'ti monuis'tis mo'nitus^ es mo'nitiJ estis mo'nuit monue'runt [est I sunt Pluperfect (Past Perfect) I had advised, etc. monueram mom/eras monu'erat monuera mus monuera/tis monu'erant / had been advised, etc. ieram f eramus eras mo'nitiJ eratis erat [erant 270 FIRST YEAR LATIN Future Perfect / shall have advised, etc. / shall have been advised, etc. monu'erS monue'rimus fero ferimus monu'eris monue'ritis mo'nitus^j eris mo'niti*' eritis monu'erit monu'erint [erit [erunt SUBJUNCTIVE Present monea'mus mo'near monea'tis monea'ris mo'neant monea'tur mo neam mo'neas mo'neat Imperfect (Past) monea mur monea/mini monean'tur mone rem monere mus mone rer monere mur mone'res monere'tis monere'ris monere'mini mone'ret mone'rerit monere'tur Perfect moneren'tur monu'erim monuerTmus f sim f simus monu'eris 'monueri'tis mo'nitus«{ sis mo'niti<< sitis monu'erit monu'erint sit sint Pluperfect (Past Perfect) monuis'sem monuisse'mus fessem fessemus monuis'ses monuisse'tis mo'nitus^j esses mo'nitH essetis monuis'set monuis'sent [esset [essent mo'ne, advise thou mone'te, advise ye monetS, thou shall advise moneto, he shall advise monetote, you shall advise monento, they shall advise IMPERATIVE Present mone're, be thou advised mone'mini, be ye advised Future monetor, thou shall be advised monetor, he shall be advised monentor, they shall be advised APPENDIX II 271 INFINITIVE Pres. mone're, to advise mone'ri, to be advised Perf. monuis'se, to have advised mo'nitus esse, to have been advised Fut. monitu'rus esse, to be about [mo'nitum in, to be about to be' to advise advised] PARTICIPLES Pres. mo'nens, -entis, advismg Pres. Fut. monitu'rus, -a, -um, about to Ger. monen'dus, -a, -um, to be advise advised Perf. Perf. mo'nitus, -a, -um, having been advised, advised GERUND JVom. Gen. monen'di, of advising Dat. monen'do, for advising Ace. monen'dum, advising Abl. monen'do, by advising SUPINE Ace. ' [monitum, to advise] Abl. [monitii, to advise, in the advising] 660. THIRD CONJUGATION — E-Verbs rego, rule Principal Parts : re'go, re'gere, re'xi, rectus Pres. Stem rege- Perf. Stem rex- Part. Stem rect- INDICATIVE Active Voice Passive Voice Present / rule, etc. / a7n ruled, etc. re'g5 re'gimus re'gor re'gimur re'gis re'gitis re'geris regi'mini re'git re'gunt re'gitur regun'tur 272 FIRST YEAR LATIN Imperfect (Past) / was ruling, etc. rege'bam regeba'mus rege'bas regeba'tis rege'bat rege'bant / shall rule, etc. re gam rege mus re'ges rege'tis re'get re'gent / have ruled, etc. re'xi re'ximus rexis'ti rexis'tis re'xit rexe'runt I was ruled, etc. rege'bar regeba'mur regeba'ris regeba'mini regeba'tur regeban'tur Future / shall be ruled, etc. re'gar rege'mur rege'ris . rege'mini rege'tur regen'tur Perfect / have been ruled, etc.* r sum f sumus rec tus -i es [est rec'tl < estis ^sunt • Pluperfect (Pa*st Perfect) / had ruled, etc. • / had been ruled, etc. re'xeram rexera'mus r eram re xeras re'xerat rexera mus rexera'tis re'xerant rec tus *> eras ^erat r eramus tl-j eratis iterant Future Perfect / shall have ruled, etc. re'xero rexe'rimus re'xeris rexe'ritis re'xerit re'xerint / shall have bee?i ruled, etc. f ero r erimus rectus \ eris rec'tl^ eritis [ erit [ erunt SUBJUNCTIVE Present re'gam rega'mus re'gar rega'mur re'gas rega'tis rega'ris rega'mini re'gat r-e'gant rega'tur regan'tur Imperfect (Past) re'gerem regere'mus } re'gerer regere'mur re'geres regere'tis regere'ris regere'mini re'geret re'gerent regere'tur regeren'tur APPENDIX II 273 Perfect re'xerim rexerfmus r sim r simus rec'tiU sitis re'xeris rexeri'tis rec'tus -< sis rexerit re'xerint [sit [sint Pluperfect (Past Perfect) rexis'sem rexisse'mus r essem rec'tus*' esses r essemus rec'ti-' essetis rexis'ses rexisse'tis rexis'set rexis'sent [esset IMPERATIVE Present [ essent re'ge, rule thou re'gere, be thou ruled recite, rule ye regi'mim, be ye Future ruled regito, thou shall rule regitor, thou shall be ruled ■ regito, he shall rule rep-itote. ve shall rule. regitor, he shall be ruled regunto, they shall rule reguntor, they shall be ruled INFINITIVE re'gi, to be ruled rectus esse, to have been ruled [rectum in, to be about to be ruled} PARTICIPLES Pres. re'gens, -entis, ruling Pres. Fut. rectu'rus, -a, -urn, about to Ger. regen'dus, -a, -um, to be ruled Pres. revere, to rule Perf. rexis'se, to have ruled Fut. rectu'rus esse, to be about to rule rule Perf. GERUND T*Jom. Gen. regen'di, of ruling Dat. regents, for ruling Ace. regen'dum, ruling AM. regen'do, by ruling SUPINE Ace. [rectum, to rule] Abl. [rectu, to rule, in the ruling] 274 FIRST YEAR LATIN 661. THIRD CONJUGATION — Verbs in -i5 capi5, take Principal Parts: ca'pio, ca'pere, ce'pi, cap'tus Pres. Stem cape- Perf. Stem cep- Part. Stem capt- Active Voice / take, etc. INDICATIVE Present / Passive Voice am taken, etc. ca'piS ca'pimus ca'pior ca'pimur ca'pis ca'pit capitis ca'piunt ca'peris ca'pitur capi'mini capiun'tur ca piam capie mus ca'pies capie'tis ca'piet ca'pient Imperfect (Past) / was taking, etc. / was taken, etc. capie'bam capieba'mus capie'bar capieba'mur capie'bas capieba'tis capieba'ris capieba'minl capie'bat capie'bant capieba'tur capieban'tur Future / shall take, etc. / shall be taken, etc. ca'piar capie'mur capie'ris capie'mini capie'tur capien'tur Perfect ce'pi, cepis'ti, ce'pit, etc. cap'tus sum, es, est, etc. Pluperfect (Past Perfect) ce'peram, ce'peras, ce'perat, etc. cap'tus eram, eras, erat, etc. Future Perfect ce'pero, ceteris, ce'perit, etc. cap'tus er5, eris, erit, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE Present ca'piam, ca'pias, ca'piat, etc. ca'piar, -ia'ris, -ia'tur, etc. Imperfect (Past) ca'perem, ca'peres, ca'peret, etc. caterer, -ere'ris, -ere'tur, etc. APPENDIX II 275 Perfect ce'perim, ce'peris, ce'perit, etc. cap'tus sim, sis, sit, etc. Pluperfect (Past Perfect) cepis'sem, cepis'ses, cepis'set, etc. cap'tus essem, esses, esset, etc. IMPERATIVE Pres. ca'pe, take thou ca'pere, be thou taken ca'pite, take ye capi'mini, be ye taken Fut. capito, thou shalt take, etc. capitor, thou shalt be taken, etc. INFINITIVE Pres. ca'pere, to take ca'pi, to be taken Perf. cepis'se, to have taken cap'tus esse, to have been taken Fut. captu'rus esse, to be about to [cap'tum in, to be about to be take * taken] , PARTICIPLES Pres. ca'piens, -ientis, taking Pres. Fut. captiTrus, -a, -um, about to Ger. capien'dus, -a, -um, to be taken take Perf. cap'tus, -a, -um, having been Perf. ; • taken, taken GERUND Gen. capien'di, of taking, etc. SUPINE Ace. [captum, to take] Abl. [captu, to take, in the taking] 662. FOURTH CONJUGATION — I-Verbs audio, hear Principal Parts : au'dio, audi're, audi'vi, audi'tus Pres. Stem audi- Perf. Stem audiv- Part. Stem audit- INDICATIVE Active Voice Passive Voice Present / hear, etc. / am heard, etc. au'dio audi'mus au'dior audi'mur au'dis audi'tis audi'ris audi'mini au'dit au'diunt audi'tur audiun'tur 2?6 FIRST YEAR LATIN Imperfect (Past) / was hearing, etc. audie'bam audieba'mus audie'bas audieba'tis audie'bat audie'bant / was audie'bar audieba'ris audieba'tur Future / shall hear, etc. / shall au'diam audie'mus au'diar au'dies audie'tis audie'ris au'diet au'dient audie'tur Perfect / have heard, etc. / have audi'vi audrvimus r sum audivis'ti audivis'tis audftus^ es audl'vit audi ve'runt ^ est heard, etc. audieba'mur audieba'mini audieban'tur be heard, etc. audie'mur audie'mini audien'tur bee?i heard, etc. f sumus audftiJ estis [sunt Pluperfect (Past Perfect) / had heard, etc. / had been heard, etc. audl'veram audivera'mus reram feramus audfveras audivera'tis audi'tusJ eras audfti^ eratis audi'verat audfverant l^erat [erant Future Perfect / shall have heard, etc. / shall have been heard, etc. audfvero audive'rimus fer5 rerimus audi'ti^ eritis ^ erunt audfveris audive'ritis audl'tus^ eris [erit audrverit audfverint SUBJUNCTIVE Present au'diam audia'mus au'diar audia'mur au'dias audia'tis audia'ris audia'mini au'diat au'diant audia'tur audian'tur Imperfect (Past) audfrem audire'mus audi'rer audire'mur audi'res audire'tis audire'ris audire'mini audi'ret audi'rent audlre'tiir audiren'tur APPENDIX II 277 Perfect audrverim audrverls audi'verit audivis'sem audivis'ses audivis'set au'di, hear thou audrte. hear ye rsim audi'tus^ sis audi'ti-* sitis tsint r essemus audftiJ essetis I essent audito, thou shalt hear audito, he shall hear auditote, ye shall hear audiunto, they shall hear audiveri'mus audlverrtis audrverint t sit Pluperfect (Past Perfect) audivisse'mus ( essem audivisse'tis audi'tus^ esses audivis'sent [ esset IMPERATIVE Present audfre, be thou heard audi'mini, be ye heard Future auditor, thou shalt be heard auditor, he shall be heard r simus Pres. Perf. Fut. Pres. Fut. Perf. audiuntor, they shall be heard INFINITIVE audfri, to be heard audftus esse, to have been heard [audi'turn in, to be about to be heard] PARTICIPLES au'diens, -ientis, hearing Pres. auditu'rus, -a, -um, about to Ger. audien'dus, -a, -urn, to be audlre, to hear audivis'se, to have heard auditu'rus esse, to be about to hear hear heard Perf. audi'tus, -a, -um, having been heard, heard GERUND Gen. audien'di, of hearing Bat. audien'do, for hearing Ace. audien'dum, hearing AM. audien'dS, by hearing SUPINE Ace. [audltum, to hear] Abl. [auditu, to hear, in the hearing] 278 FIRST YEAR LATIN IRREGULAR VERBS 663. sum, be Principal Parts: sum, esse, fu'i, futu'rus Pres. Stem es- Perf. Stem fu- Part. Stem fut- INDICATIVE Present singular plural . sum, / am su'mus, we are es, you are es'tis, you are est, he (she, it) is sunt, they are Imperfect (Past) e'ram, / was era'mus, we were e'ras, you were era'tis, you were e'rat, he was e'rant, they were Future e'r5, / shall be e'rimus, we shall be e'ris, you will be e'ritis, you will be e'rit, he will be e'runt, they will be Perfect fu'i, / have been, was fu'imus, we have been, were fuis'ti, you have been, we7'e fuis'tis, you have been, were fu'it, he has been, was fue'runt, they have been, were Pluperfect (Past Perfect) fu'eram, / had been fuera'mus, we had been fu'eras, you had bee?i fuera'tis, you had been fu'erat, he had been fu'erant, they had bee7i Future Perfect fu'ero, / shall have been fue'rimus, we shall have been fu'eris, you will have been fue'ritis, you will have been fu'erit, he will have been fu'erint, they will have bee?i APPENDIX II 279 SUBJUNCTIVE Present sing. PLUR. sim sl'mus sis si'tis sit sint Perfect ] fu erim fueri'mus fu' eris fueri'tis fu'erit fu'erint Present IMPERATIVE es, be thou es' te, be ye INFINITIVE Pres. es'se, to be Perf. fuis'se, to have been Fut. futu'rus esse, or fo're, to be about to be Imperfect (Past) sing. PLUR. es'sem esse'mus es'ses esse'tis es'set es'sent Pluperfect (Past Perfect) fuis'sem fuisse'mus fuis'ses fuisse'tis fuis'set fuis'sent Future esto, thou shalt be esto, he shall be estote, ye shall be sunto, they shall be PARTICIPLE futu'rus, -a, -um, about to be 664. possum, be able, can Principal Parts : possum, posse, potui, INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE Pres. Impf. Fut. Perf. Plup. F. P. possum possumus possim posslmus potes potestis possis possltis potest possunt possit possint poteram poteramus possem possemus p otero poterimus potui potuimus potuerim potuerimus potueram potueramus • .potuissem potuissemus potuero potuerimus INFINITIVE Pres. posse Perf. potuisse 28o FIRST YEAR LATIN 665. Principal J Parts : volo, nolo, malo" void, velle, volui, , be willing, will, wish nolo, nolle, nolui, — [_ malo, malle, malui, be unwilling, will not — , be more willing, prefer INDICATIVE SINGULAR Pres. volo nolo malo VIS non vis mavis vult non vult PLURAL mavult volumus nolumus malumus vultis non vultis mavultis . volunt nolunt malunt Impf. volebam nolebam malebam Fut. volam, voles, etc. nolam, noles, etc. malam, males, etc. Perf. volui nolui malui Plup. volueram nolueram malueram F. P. voluero noluero SUBJUNCTIVE SINGULAR maluero Pres. velim nolim malim veils noils malls velit nolit PLURAL malit velimus nolimus malimus velitis nolitis malitis velint nolint malint Impf. vellem nollem mallem Perf. voluerim noluerim maluerim Plup. voluissem noluissem IMPERATIVE maluissem p noli nolite Fut. nollto, etc. APPENDIX II 281 INFINITIVE Pres. velle nolle Perf. voluisse noluisse PARTICIPLE Pres. volens nolens malle maluisse 666. fero, bear, carry, endure Principal Parts : fer5, ferre, tuli, latus Pres. Stem fer- Perf. Stem tul- Part. Stem lat- is ■ ■ INDICATIVE Active Passive Pres. fero ferimus feror ferimur fers fertis ferris feriminl fert ferunt fertur feruntur Impf. ferebam ferebar Fut. feram ferar Perf. tuli latus sum Plup. tuleram latus eram F. P.* tulero latus ero SUBJUNCTIVE Pres. feram ferar Impf. ferrem ferrer Perf. tulerim ♦ latus sim Plup. tulissem latus essem IMPERATIVE Active Passive Pres. fer ferte ferre feriminl Fut. ferto • fertote fertor ferto ferunto • INFINITIVE fertor feruntor Pres. ferre ferri Perf. tulisse latus esse Fut. laturus esse [latum IrT] 282 FIRST YEAR LATIN PARTICIPLES Pres. ferens Fut. laturus Perf. GERUND Gen. ferendl Dat. ferendo Ace. ferendum Abl. ferendo Pres. Ger. ferendus Perf. latus SUPINE [latum] [latu] 667. eo, go Principal Parts: eo, Ire, ii (Ivi), iturus Pres. stem I- Perf. stem I- (Iv-) Part, stem it- IMPERATIVE I ite INDICATIVE SI JBJUNCT Pres. eo Imus earn IS Ttis it eunt Impf. ibam Irem Fut. Tbo Perf. ii ierim Plup. ieram Issem F. P. iero INFINITIVE Pres. Ire Perf. Isse Fut. iturus esse GERUND Gen. eundi Dat. eundo Ace. eundum Abl. eundo it5 Ito ltote eunto PARTICIPLES iens, euntis (645) itum iturus SUPINE [itum] [itu] APPENDIX II 668. fio, be made, become, happen Principal Parts : fio, fieri, f actus sum 283 INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE Pres. fio flam fi fite fis » fit fiunt Impf. fiebam fierem N Fut. flam Perf. factus sum factus sim Plup. factus eram factus essem F. P. factus ero INFINI riVE PARTICIPLES Pres. fieri Ger. faciendus Perf. factus esse Perf. factus Fut. [factum in] 669. Principal Parts : DEPONENT VERBS I. hortor, hortari, hortatus sum, urge II. vereor, vereri, veritus sum, jfozr III. sequor, sequi, secutus sum, follow IV. potior, potiri, potitus sum, get possession of Pres. hortor INDICAT vereor [VE sequor potior hortaris vereris sequeris potiri s hortatur • veretur sequitur potltur hortamur veremur sequimur potimur hortamini veremini sequimini potimini hortantur verentur sequuntur potiuntur [mpf. hortabar verebar sequebar potiebar Fut. hortabor verebor sequar potiar Perf. hortatus sum veritus sum secutus sum potitus sum Plup. hortatus eram veritus eram secutus eram potitus eram F. P. hortatus ero veritus ero secutus ero potitus ero 284 FIRST YEAR LATIN SUBJUNCTIVE Pres. horter verear sequar potiar Impf. hortarer vererer sequerer potirer Perf. hortatus sim veritus sim secutus sim potitus sim Plup. hortatus essem veritus essem secutus essem IMPERATIVE potitus essem Pres. hortare verere . sequere potire Fut. hortator veretor sequitor INFINITIVE potitor Pres. hortarl vereri sequi potiri Perf. hortatus esse veritus esse secutus esse potitus esse Fut. hortaturus esse veriturus esse secuturus esse PARTICIPLES potitiirus esse Pres. hortans verens sequens potiens Fut. hortaturus veriturus secuturus potitiirus Perf. hortatus veritus secutus ■ potitus Ger. hortandus verendus sequendus GERUND potiendus hortandi, etc. verendi, etc. sequendi, etc. SUPINE potiendi, etc. [hortatum, -tu] [veritum, -tu] [secutum, -tu] [potitum, -tu] 670. PASSIVE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION INDICATIVE Pres. amandus sum, / am to be, must be, loved Impf. amandus eram, / was to be, had to be, loved Fut. amandus ero, / shall have to be loved Perf. amandus fui, / was to be, had to be, loved Plup. amandus fueram, / had had to be loved F. P. amandus fuero, / shall have had to be loved SUBJUNCTIVE Pres. amandus sim Impf. amandus essem Perf. amandus fuerim Plup. amandus fuissem APPENDIX II INFINITIVE Pres. amandus esse, to have to be loved Perf. amandus fuisse, to have had to be loved So in the other conjugations : monendus sum, / am to be, must be, advised regendus sum, / am to be, must be, ruled capiendus sum, / a7n to be, must be, taken audiendus sum, / am to be, must be, heard etc. 285 671. SYNOPSIS OF THE VERB The synopsis of a verb is a summary of the conjugation of that verb made by stating in succession the forms for some particular person and number. The . following is a synopsis of amo in the third person singular, arranged by stems. The infinitives, participles, etc. are added to complete each system. Principal Parts: am5, amare, amavi, amatus Pres. Stem ama- Perf. Stem amav- Part. Stem amat- Present System, based on the Present Stem Active INDICATIVE Passive Pres. ama-t ama-tur Impf. ama-bat ama-batur Fut. ama-bit SUBJUNCTIVE ama-bitur Pres. ame-t ame-tur Impf. ama-ret INFINITIVE ama-retur Pres. ama-re PARTICIPLE ama-ri Pres. ama-ns GERUND ama-ndi Ger. ama-ndus 286 FIRST YEAR LATIN Perfect System, based on the Perfect Stem INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE Perf. amav-it amav-erit Plup. amav-erat amav-isset F. P. amav-erit INFINITIVE Perf. amav-isse Participial System, based on the Participial Stem INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE Perf. amat-us est amat-us sit Plup. amat-us erat amat-us esset F. P. amat-us erit 9 INFINITIVE Perf. amat-us esse Fut. amat-urus esse [amat-um iri] PARTICIPLE Fut. amat-urus Perf. amat-us SUPINE [amat-um] [amat-u] LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY In this vocabulary words inclosed in brackets (except in the case of com- pounds with one or both parts changed in form) are sometimes primitives, sometimes cognates. Translations inclosed within parentheses are not intended to be used as such. They are inserted to show literal meanings. Abbreviations are generally self-explanatory. Cf. {confer) = compare ; irr. — irregular. Words printed in small capitals are at once derivatives and definitions : as, abduct, under abducd. Many other more or less remotely derived words, not definitions, are added in italic in parentheses : as, {Accident), under accidd. It will be seen that comparisons of words in reference to meaning are much more frequent than is usual in special vocabularies. This has been done from . the conviction that the pupils should make such comparisons frequently from the outset. a (ab), prep, with abl., from, by, off ab-do, abdere, abdidi, abditus [-do, put], hide, conceal ab-ducd, abducere, abduxi, abductus, lead away, take off ; abduct ab-eo, abire, abii, abiturus, go from, go off, go away ab-icio, abicere, abieci, abiectus [-iacio], throw off, throw down, cast away. (Abject) ab-ripio, abripere, abripui, abreptus [-rapid], snatch away, carry off abs-cido, abscidere, abscidi, abscisus [ab(s)-caedd], cut off abs-trahd, abstrahere, abstraxi, abs- tractus [a&(s)-], drag away, draw off. (Abstract) ab-sum, abesse, afui, afuturus, be away, be absent, be distant, be off ; with a and abl. ac, conj., see atque ac-cedo, accedere, access!, accessurus [ad-], go or come near, approach. (Accession.) Cf. adeo and appro- pinquo ac-cendo, accendere, accendi, accen- sus [ad-candeo, shine], kindle, set fire to, light ; inflame ac-cido, accidere, accidi, [ad- cado, fall], fall upon, fall out, happen. (Accident.) Cf. evenio and fio ac-cipio, accipere, accepi, acceptus [ad-capio], (take to), receive, ac- cept 287 288 FIRST YEAR LATIN ac-curro, accurrere, accurri (accu- curri), accursurus [ad-], run up, run toward acer, acris, acre, adj., sharp, keen; active, eager. (Acrid) acervus, -I, m., pile, heap, mass acies, -ei, f. [deer], edge ; line, line of battle, battle array Acrisius, Acrisi, m., acrisius, grand- father of Perseus acriter, adv. [deer], sharply, EAGERly, spiritedly, fiercely a.&,prefi. with ace, to, toward, near, up to ; with gerimd or 'gerundive, to, for; ad hunc modum, after this manner ; as adv., about ad-aequo, adaequare, adaequavi, ad- aequatus, become equal to, equal. {Adequate) adcllvis, -e, adj., sloping toward, rising, ascending. {Acclivity) ad-duco, adducere, adduxi, adductus, lead to, influence. (Adduce) ad-e5, adire, adii, aditus. go to, ap- proach, visit. Cf. accedo and ap- propinqu5 ad-fero, adferre, attuli, adlatus, bear to, bring, render ad-ficio, adficere, adfeel, adfectus [-facto], affect, influence ; afflict, oppress ad-gredior, adgredi, adgressus sum [-gradior, go], approach, attack. (Aggressive) ad-hibeo, adhibere, adhibui, adhibi- tus [-habeo], apply, employ, use ad-hiic, adv., hitherto, as yet, still ad-icio, adicere, adieci, adiectus [-iacio], add. (Adjective) aditus, -us, m. [adeo], approach, way of access. Cf. adventus ad-iungo, adiungere, adiunxi, adiunc- tus, join to. (Adjunct) ad-ligo, adligare, adligavi, adligatus, bind to, bind admiratio, -onis, f. [admtror], admi- ration, astonishment, wonder ad-miror, admirari, admlratus sum^ [admiratio], wonder at, admire ad-mitto, admittere, admisi, admis- sus, permit, allow; give rein to. (Admit) admotus, see admoveS ad-moveo, admovere, adm5vi, ad- motus, (move to), apply, employ ad-necto, adnectere, adnexui (adnexi), adnexus, tie to, fasten to, attach. (Annex) ad-olesco, adolescere, adolevi, adul- tus, grow up. (Adult) ad-oro, adorare, adoravi, adoratus, pray to, worship, adore ad-spicio, adspicere, adspexl, adspec- tus [specio, look], look at, look upon, behold. (Aspect) ad-sto, adstare, adstiti, , stand near ad-sum, adesse, adfui, adfuturus, be present, be here ; with dat. Aduatuci, -orum, m. plur., the adu- atuci, a Gallic tribe adulescens, -entis, m. and f. [ado- lesco], youth, young person. (Ado- lescence.) Cf. iuvenis adultus, see adolesco advectus, see adveho ad-veho, advehere, advexi, advectus, carry to, bring on, bring LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 289 adventus, -us, m., approach, arrival. {Advent.) Cf aditus adversus, -a, -um, adj., turned toward, opposite, in front, ad- verse adversus, prep, with ace, against aedes (aedis), -is,/!, building, temple ; plur., house aedificium, aedifici, n. [aedifico], building. (Edifice) aedifico, aedificare, aedificavi, aedi- ficatus [aedes-facio], build. {Edify) aeger, aegra, aegrum, adj., sick, weak, feeble aequus, -a, -um, adj., equal aer, aeris, m. {ace. aera), air aes, aeris, n., copper, bronze aestas, -atis,/!, summer aetas, -atis,/!, life, age Aethiopes, -um^ m. plur., the Ethi- opians Aetna, -ae, /., .etna, a mountain in Sicily Africa, -ae, f, Africa Africanus, -1, m., africanus ager, agri, m., field, territory, land agger, -eris, m., mound, rampart Agis, -idis, m., agis, a king of Sparta agmen, -inis, n. [ago], (the thing led), army, host, column ago, agere, egl, actus, drive, lead, bring up; act, do; treat; cele- brate ; pass (life) agricola, -ae, m. [ager-colo], farmer, husbandman ala, -ae, f., wing Alba, -ae, f., alba, an ancient city of Italy Albanus, -a, -um, adj., alb an ; as noun, an alban, inhabitant of Alba albus, -a, -um, adj., white Alcmena, -ae, f., alcmena, the mother of Hercules alias, adv. [alius], elsewhere, at another time alienus, -a, -um, adj. [alius], an- other's ; unfavorable. {Alien) ali-quando, adv. [alius], at some time ; formerly, once. Cf. Slim aliquis (-qui), -qua, -quid (-quod), indef. pron. and adj., some one, some, any alius, -a, -ud, adj. and pron., an- other, other, else ; alius . . . alius, one . . . another. {Alias) Cf ceteri Allobroges, -um, m. plur., the al- lobroges, a tribe of Gaul Alp^s, -ium, f plu r., the alps altaria, -ium, n. plur., altar alter, -era, -erum, adj. and pron., the one, the other (of two) ; sec- ond ; alter . . . alter, the one . . . the other. {Alternative) altitudo, -inis,/! [altus], height altum, -1, n. [altus], the sea altus, -a, -um, adj., high, deep alveus, -1, m., hollow vessel, tub, trough Ambarri, -drum, m. plur., the am- barri, a tribe of Gaul, near the Haedui ambulo, ambulare, ambulavi, am- bulaturus, walk, take a walk. {Perambulate) amentia, -ae, f, want of reason, madness 290 FIRST YEAR LATIN amicitia, -ae, f [amicus], friend- ship amicus, -a, -um, adj. [amo], friendly ; as noun, friend. (Amiable) a-mitto, amittere, amisi, amissus, send away ; lose amo, amare, amavi, amatus [amor], love, like, be fond of amor, -oris,/] [amo], love a-moveo, amovere, amovi, amdtus, move away, put aside ampli5, ampliare, ampliavi, ampli- atus [amplus], increase, extend. (Ampliative) amplus, -a, -um, adj. [amplio], large, wide; honorable. [Ample, Amplify) Amulius, Amuli, m., amulius, father of Rhea Silvia an, conj., or ancilla, -ae,/!, maidservant ancora, -ae,/!, anchor Ancus Marcius. Anci Marci, m., ancus marcius, one of the seven kings of Rome Andromeda, -ae,/!, axdromeda anguis, -is, ;/z. and f., serpent, snake angustus, -a, -um, adj., narrow. [Anguish) anima, -ae,/! [animus], breath, soul, life. [Animate) anim-advertS, animadvertere, anim- advert!, animad versus [animus-], turn the mind to, notice animus, -i, m. [anima], mind, soul, spirit, disposition. Cf. mens annona, -ae, f [annus], (the year's supply), provisions ; price (of pro- visions), market ; scarcity annus, -I, m., year. [Annual) ante, adv., and prep, with ace, before antea, adv. [ante], before ante-cedo, antecedere, antecessi, an- tecessurus,go before. [Antecedent)' Antemnates, -ium, m. plur., the in- habitants of Antemnae ante-quam, conj., sooner than, be- fore antiquus, -a, -um, adj. [ante], old, ancient. [Antiquity) . antrum, -i, n., cave anxius, -a, -um, adj., troubled, ANXIOUS aperio, aperire, aperui, apertus, open Apollo, -inis, m., apollo, a god of the Greeks appello, appellare, appellavi, ap- pellatus [ad-], address, call, name. [Appeal) Cf. voco ap-pello, appellere, appuli, appulsus [ad-], (drive to) ; navem appellere, land, put in ap-prehendo, apprehendere, appre- hend!, apprehensus [ad-], seize. [Apprehend) ap-propinquo, appropinquare, ap- propinquavi, appropinquaturus [ad-], approach, come near to. Cf ade5 and acced5 apto, aptare, aptavi, aptatus, fit. (Adapt) apud, prep, with ace, with, by, near, among aqua, -ae,/!, water. (Aquatic) Aquileia, -ae, /!, aquileia, a city at the head of the Adriatic Aquitani, -drum, m. plur., the aqui- tani, a tribe of Gaul LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 291 ara, -ae,/!, altar Arar, -aris, m., the Sadne, a river of Gaul, flowing into the Rhone arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus sum, think, suppose. {Arbitrator.) Cf existimo and puto arbor, -oris,/;, tree area, -a.e,fi, box, chest, ark arcus, -us, m., bow. (Arc) Ardea, -a.e,fi, ardea, a city of Italy arduus, -a, -um, adj., steep ; difficult, ARDUOUS Argi, -drum, m. plur., argos, a city of Greece Aristoteles, -is, m., aristotle, a Greek philosopher arma, -drum, n. plur, [armo], arms, weapons, armor armo, armare, armavl, armatus [arma], ARM, equip ar-ripio, arripere, arripul, arreptus [ad-rapid], seize, snatch Arriins, Arruntis, m., arruns, a I son of Tarquinius Superbus ars, artis,/!, art, skill a-scendo, ascendere, ascendl, ascen- sus [ad-scando, climb], climb to, mount, ascend ascensus, -us, m. [ascendo], a going Up, ASCENT at, con/., but. Cf. sed and autem Athenae, -arum, f. plur., Athens Atlas, -antis, m., atlas, one of the Titans at-que, conj., used before vowels a7id consonants, ac before conso- nants only [ad-], and also, and especially, and; as. Cf. et and -que atrox, -ocis, adj., savage, fierce, severe. (Atrocious.) Cf. saevus and trux at-tonitus, -a, -um, adj. [ad-], thunderstruck, astounded, awe- struck auctoritas, -atis,y;, power, author- ity, influence audacia, -ae, f [auddx], daring, boldness, audacity audax, -acis, adj., daring, bold. (Audacious) audio, audire, audivl (audii), auditus, hear, listen. (Audience) au-fero, auferre, abstuli, ablatus [ab(s)-], bear off, carry away, take away. (Ablative) augeo, augere, auxi, auctus [auxili- 1/772], increase, enlarge. (Augment) aureus, -a, -um, adj. [aurum], of gold, golden aurum, -1, n., gold aut, conj., or ; aut . . . aut, either ... or. Cf. vel autem, conj. (never used as the first word), but, however, moreover, now. Cf sed auxilior, auxiliari, auxiliatus sum [auxilium], give help, aid, assist, succor auxilium, auxili, n. [augeo], help, aid, support. (Auxiliary) Aventinus, -a, -um, adj., aventine, of the aventine (one of the hills of Rome) a-verto, avertere, avert!, aversus, turn away, turn aside, avert, remove avus, -1, m., grandfather 292 FIRST YEAR LATIN barbarus, -1, m., barbarian Belgae, -arum, m. plur., the Bel- gians or BELG.E, a Gallic tribe bellum, -1, ;/., war. {Belligerent) belua, -ae,/], beast, monster bene, adv. [bonus], well beneficium, beneficl, n. [bene-facio], kindness, service, benefit bibo, bibere, bibi, , drink. {Im- bibe) bis, adv., twice bonitas, -atis, f [bonus], fertility, goodness bonus, -a, -um, adj., good, kind brevis, -e, adj., short, brief Britannia, -ae,/], Britain Britannus, -1, m., a briton, in- habitant of Britannia Bruttii or Brittii, -drum, m. plur., the bruttii, a people of southern Italy Brutus, -1, m., brutus, a Roman surname C, abbreviation for Gaius, Caius caecus, -a, -um, adj., blind caedo, caedere, cecidi, caesus, cut; kill. {Suicide) Caelius, -a, -um, adj., celian caelum, -1, n., sky, heaven, heavens Caeninenses, -ium, m. plur., the in- habitants of Caenina Caesar, -aris, m., Caius Julius CAESAR, a famous Roman cale-facio, calefacere, calefeci, cale- f actus [caleo-, be hot], make hot, heat Campania, -ae,/], campania, a dis- trict of Italy canis, -is, m. and f., dog. (Canine] Cannae, -arum, f* plur., cann^e, ; town of southern Italy canto, cantare, cantavl, cantatus sing. {Chant) capio, capere, cepi, captus, take seize, capture; form Capitolium, Capit5H, n., the cap itol, temple of Jupiter at Rome the capitoline Hill captiva, -ae, f [caput], captive prisoner captivus, -1, m. [capio], captive prisoner Capua, -ae, /], capua, a city ir Italy caput, -itis, n., head; person {Capital) careo, carere, carui, caritiirus, be ir want of, lack, want; with abl {Caret) caro, carnis,/], flesh. (Carnal) carrus, -1, m., wagon, cart, car cams, -a, -um, adj., dear, precious casa, -ae,/], hut, cottage Cassivellaunus, -1, m., cassivel- launus, a British chief castellum, -1, 71. [di7ninutive 0/ castrum, fortress], redoubt, strong- hold. (Castle) Casticus, -1, m., casticus, a Gallic chief castra, -orum, n. plur., camp. (Chester) casus, -us, 7)i., a falling; chance; misfortune, loss. (Case) cauda, -ae,/], tail, causa, -ae,/!, cause, reason; causa. after a ge7iitive, for the sake LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 293 cedo, cedere, cessi, cessurus, give way, retire. {Secede) celeber, -bris, -bre, adj. [celebro], frequented, visited ; renowned, CELEBRated celebro, celebrare, celebravi, cele- bratus [celeber], frequent, throng. {Celebrate) celer, -eris, -ere, adj., swift, quick celeritas, -atis, f. [celer], swiftness, speed, quickness, celerity celeriter, adv. [celer], swiftly, quickly celo, celare, celavi, celatus, concEAL cena, -ae,/! [ceno], dinner, meal Cenaeum, -1, n., centum, a prom- ontory on the island of Eubcea ceno, cenare, cenavi, cenatus [cena], dine, take a meal census, -us, m., a census centaurus, -I, ?n., centaur, a fabled monster, half man, half horse centum, adj., indecl., hundred. {Cent) centurio, -onis, m., centurion, an underofficer in the Roman army Cepheus, -1, m., cepheus, father of Andromeda cera, -ae,/!, wax. (Cerate) certamen, -inis, n., strife, contest certe, adv. [certus], really, surely, CERTAINly certus, -a, -um, adj., fixed, deter- mined, certain, sure ; certiorem facio, (make more certain), in- form ceteri, -ae, -a, adj.,plur., the rest, the remaining, the others. Cf. alius cibus, -1, m., food Cicero, -onis, m., cicero, a famous Roman orator Cineas, -ae, m., cine as, a friend of Pyrrhus cingo, cingere, cinxi, cinctus, sur- round, encircle, gird circiter, adv., about circuitus, -us, m. [circum-eo], (a going round), circumference, circuit circum, prep, with ace, around circum-aro, circumarare, circum- aravi, , plough around circum-do, circumdare, circumdedi, circumdatus, place around, sur- round, inclose circum-munio, circummunire, cir- cummunivi, circummunitus, wall around, surround, fortify, block- ade circum-sto, circumstare, circumsteti (circumstiti), , stand around, surround. (Circumstance) circum-venio, circumvenire, circum- veni, circumventus, surround, CIRCUMVENT circus, -i, m., the circus at Rome, in which chariot races and other contests were held Cisalpinus, -a, -um, adj., (this side the Alps), CISALPINE citerior, -ius, adj., comp., hither, nearer cithara, -ae,/!, lyre citra, prep, with ace, this side of civis, -is, m. and/., citizen. (Civil) civitas, -atis,/] [civis], (body of citi- zens), state; citizenship. (City) clamor, -oris, m., cry, shout; bark- ing. (Clamor) clarus, -a, -um, adj., clear, loud ; renowned, famous. (Clarion) 294 FIRST YEAR LATIN claudo, claudere, clausi, clausus, shut, close. {Clause) cloaca, -ae,/], sewer Cloelia, -ae, f. t clcelia, a noble Roman maiden Codes, -itis, ///., (blind in one eye), cocles, surname of Horatius coepi, coepisse, coeptus {defective; tenses from present stem want- ing), began co-erceo, coercere, coercul, coercitus [co(m)-arced, keep off], keep back, check, restrain. (Coerce) cogito, cogitare, c5gitavi, cogita- tus, consider thoroughly, reflect. (Cogitation) cognomen, -inis, //. [co(m)-(g)ndmen], surname, cognomen co-gnosco, cognoscere, cognovi, co- gnitus [co(m)-(g)ndsco, know], learn, recoGNiZE, know, under- stand cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus [co(m)- ago], (drive together), collect, drive, compel cohors, -hortis, f, cohort, a divi- sion of the Roman army Collatinus, -I, ;//., collatinus, a Roman col-ligo, colligere, collegi, collectus [com-lego], collect, gather to- gether collis, -is, m., hill. Cf mons collum, -I, »., neck. (Collar) colo, colere, colui, cultus, care for, cultivate, till ; honor. Cf agricola and incola com- (col-, con-, cor-, co-, co-), prim- itive fo?'m of cum, a prefix- denoting coinpleteness or union , so7ne times intensive comes, -itis, m. and f [com-eo]. comrade, companion comitium, comiti, n. [com-eo], (place of assembling), the comitium, 2 part *of the Roman Forum commeatus, -us, m., supplies, pro visions com-mitto, committere, commisi. commissus, intrust, commit ; proe- lium committere, join battle, en gage. (Commission) com-moveo, commovere, commovi commotus, (put in violent motion) shake, disturb, agitate, move (Commotion) communis, -e, adj., common, gen eral. (Community) com-pare5, comparere, comparui , apPEAR com-pello, compellere, compuli, com pulsus, (drive together), force compel. (Compulsion) com-perio, comperire, comperi, com pertus [-pario, bring forth], fine out, learn com-plector, complecti, complexuj sum, embrace com-pleo, complere, complevi, com: pletus, fill out, fill up, coven (Complete) com-plures, -a (-ia), adj\,plur., very many, many, a number com-primo, comprimere, compress!! compressus [-premo, press], presjJ together, grasp; check, suppress! (Compress) compulsus, see compello LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 295 con-, see com- conatus, -us, m. [conor], attempt con-cedo, concedere, concessi, conces- sus, allow, grant, permit. {Con- cede) concilium, concili, n., council, as- sembly con-cito, concitare, concitavl, con- citatus, rouse up, rouse, spur on con-curro, concurrere, concurri, con- cursurus, run together, rush together, rally, gather. {Con- course) condicio, -onis, f. [con-dico], (a talk- ing together), agreement, condi- tion, terms con-do, condere, condidi, conditus [-do, put], conceal, hide ; found, establish. Cf. cel5 con-dono, condonare, condonavi, con- d5natus, give up, surrender ; for- give, pardon, condone co-necto, conectere, conexui, conexus [co(m)-], bind together; join, tie. {Connect) c5n-fero, conferee, contuli, conlatus, bring together, collect; se con- ferre, betake one's self confertus, -a, -um, adj., crowded, thick, dense con-ficio, conficere, confeci, c5nfec- tus [-facio], make, accomplish, carry out, finish; weaken, wear out con-firmo, confirmare, confirmavi,con- firmatus, make firm, strengthen, steady. {Confirm) con-fugio, c5nfugere, confugl, , flee for refuge, flee con-icio, conicere, conieci, coniectus [-iacio], throw together; throw, put, hurl, cast. {Conjecture) con-iung5, coniungere, coniunxi, con- iunctus, join together, unite. {Conjunction) coniunx, -iugis, ;;/. and f. [coniungo], husband, wife. {Conjugal) coniuratio, -onis, f. [coniuro], con- spiracy con-iuro, coniurare, coniuravi, con- iuratus, unite by oath, conspire. {Conjure) con-loco, conlocare, conlocavi, con- locatus, place, station. Cf. pond conloquium, conloqui, n. [con-lo- quor], (a talking together), conver- sation, conference, colloquy conor, conari, conatus sum, endeavor, attempt, try. {Conative) con-scend5, conscendere, conscendl, conscensus [scando, climb], climb up, mount, go on board con-scribo, conscribere, conscripsi, conscriptus, enlist, enrol, levy. ( Conscription) con-secro, consecrare, consecravi, con- secratus [sacro, make sacred], deify, consecrate con-sequor, consequi, consecutus sum, overtake. {Consecutive) con-servo, conservare, conservavi, conservatus, presERVE, save. {Conserve) Considius, Considi, m., considius, an officer of Caesar consilium, consili, n. [consulo], ad- vice, counsel, prudence, wis- dom ; plan, design 296 FIRST YEAR LATIN cdn-sisto, consistere, constiti, , stand firm, take one's stand, halt ; depend, rest. {Consist) conspectus, -us, m., look, view, sight con-stituo, constituere, constitui, c5nstitutus [-statud, set up], es- tablish, determine, fix, decide, resolve. {Constitution) c5n-suesc5, consuescere, consuevi, cdnsuetus, accustom ; become ac- customed ; per/,, be accustomed, be wont consuetudo, -inis, f. [cdnsuescd], custom, habit c5nsul, -ulis, m., consul consulatus, -us, m. [consul], consul- ship consulo, consulere, consului, consultus [consilium], take counsel, consult con-sumd, consiimere, consumpsi, consumptus, use up, spend, pass, CONSUME con-tego, contegere, contexi, contec- tus, cover con-temno, contemnere, contempsi, contemptus, despise, contemn. {Contempt) con-tendo, contendere, contendl, con- tentus, strain, struggle, strive, hasten. {Contend.) Cf. maturo and propero contentio, -onis, f. [contendo], strug- gle, exertion. {Contention) continens, -entis, f. [confined], main- land, CONTINENT continenter, adv. [confined], continu- ously con-tineo, continere, gontinui, con- tentus [-teneo], hold together, keep together, hold, contain. ] {Contents) con-tingo, contingere, contigi, con- tactus [-tango, touch], fall to one's lot. {Contact) continuus, -a, -um, adj. [confined], continuous, successive contra, prep, with ace., against, CONTRARY to con-venio, convenire, convenl, con- venturus, come together, assemble, meet; convene. {Convention) conventus, -us, m. [convenid], gather- ing, assembly, meeting con-voco, convocare, convocavi, con- vocatus, call together, summon, convoke copia, -a.e,f. [co(m)-ops], abundance, wealth, plenty ; plur., troops, forces. {Copious) coram, adv., face to face, in person Corinthus, -\,f., corinth Coriolanus, -1, m., coriolanus, a famous Roman warrior Corioli, -orum, m. plur., corioli, an ancient town in Italy Cornelia, -ae, f., Cornelia, a; Roman name cornu, -us, n., horn corona, -ae,/!, crown. {Coronet) corpus, -oris, n., body. {Corpse) cor-ripio, corripere, corripui, correp- tus [corn-rapid], seize, take hold of cotidianus, -a, -um, adj. [cotidie], daily cotidie, adv. [guot-dies], daily cratera, -ae,/!, mixing bowl, bowl creber, -bra, -brum, adj., thick, nu- merous, frequent LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 297 credibilis, -e, adj., to be believed, CREDIBLE credo, credere, credidi, creditus, be- lieve, think, suppose. (Credit) creo, creare, creavi, creatus, make, create ; choose, elect Creta, -ae, f, crete, an island southeast of Greece cruciatus, -us, m., torture Crustumini, -orum, m. plur., the in- habitants of Crustumerium cubiculum,-!, n.[cubo, lie], bedchamber cum, conj., when cum, prep, with ad/., with cunae, -arum, f p/ur., cradle cunctus, -a, -um, adj., all together, all. Cf. omnis, totus, tf^universus cupide, adv. [cupidus], eagerly cupiditas, -atis,/! [cupidus], longing, desire. {Cupidity) cupidius, adv. [cupide], too eagerly cupidus, -a, -um, adj. [cupio], de- sirous, fond cupio, cupere, cupivi (cupii), cupitus, desire, be eager for. Cf. void cur, adv., why, wherefore cura, -ae,/! [euro], care, anxiety Curius, Curl, **., curius, a Roman name euro, curare, ciiravi, curatus [cura], care for, take care ; with gerun- dive, have (a thing done) curro, currere, cucurri, cursurus [cur- sus], run cursus, -us, m. [curro], course, race- COURSE custodio, custodire, custodivi (cus- todii), custoditus [custos], guard, protect, defend custos, -odis, m. and f. [custodio], guardian, keeper. (Custodian) Cyclops, -opis, m., (round eye), a cyclops, one of a fabulous race of giants on the coast of Sicily Daedalus, -1, m., d^edalus, father of Icarus damno, damnare, damnavi, damna- tus [damnum], conDEMN, sentence, doom damnum, -I, ;/. [damno], hurt, harm, damage, loss Danae, -es, /., danae, mother of Perseus de, prep, with abl., down from, from ; about, concerning, of ; of ti?ne, in, during, for dea, -ae,/! [deus], goddess debeo, debere, debui, debitus [de- habeo], owe, ought, must, should debitus, -a, -um, adj. [debeo], owed ; due, appropriate. (Debit, Debt) decern, adj., indecl., ten de-cido, decidere, decidi, [-cado, fall], fall down, fall off decimus, -a, -um, adj. [decern], tenth. (Decimal) « de-cipio, deeipere, decepi, deceptus [-capio], deceive Decius, Deci, m., decius, a Roman name dediticius, -a, -um, adj. [dedo], sur- rendered ; masc. plur. as noun, prisoners of war, subjects deditio, -onis,/! [dedo], (a giving up), surrender de-do, dedere, dedidi, deditus [-do, put], give up, surrender 298 FIRST YEAR LATIN de-duco, deducere, deduxi, deductus, lead down, lead off, escort, bring to. {Deduct) de-fendo, defendere, defend!, defen- sus, (strike off from), defend, protect de-fero, deferre, detuli, delatus, (bring down), report defessus, -a, -um, adj., tired out, weary, very tired Deianira, -a.e,f., deianira, wife of Hercules de-icio, deicere, deieci, deiectus [-iacio], throw down, let fall; disappoint ; pass., slip, stumble. {Dejected) deiectus, see deicio de-inde, adv., (from thence), then, afterwards, next delecto, delectare, delectavi, delecta- tus, delight, please. {Delect- able) de-ligd, deligere, delegl, delectus [-lego], pick out, choose, seLECT Delphi, -drum, m. filur., Delphi, a town in Greece Delphicus, -a, -um, adj., of Delphi, DELPHIC de-migro, demigrare, demigravi, demigraturus, migrate from ; re- move, go away. Cf. abeo de-mitto, demittere, demisi, demis- sus, (send down), let down, let go, lose de-monstro, demonstrare, dem5n- stravl, demonstratus, point out, show, describe. {Demonstrate) demum, adv., at length, at last; turn demum, not till then denique, adv., at last, finally; in short, in fact densus, -a, -um, adj., thick, dense Dentatus, -1, m\, dentatus, a Ro- man name de-pello, depellere, depuli, depulsus, drive out, drive away, remove, banish de-ploro, deplorare, deploravi, deplo- ratus, lament, deplore de-pono, deponere, deposui, deposi- tus, put down, lay aside, abandon. {Deposit) depositus, see depond depulsus, see depello de-scendo, descendere, descend!, de- scensiirus [scando, climb], (climb down), come down, descend de-scrlbo, descrlbere, descrlpsl, de- scriptus, mark off, divide. {De- scribe) de-sero, deserere, deserul, desertus, abandon, desert desertus, see desero de-silio, desilire, desilui, desultiirus [salio, jump], jump down, leap down de-sisto, desistere, destiti, destitiirus, (stand off or apart), leave off, cease ; desist despectus, -us, m., (a looking down upon), view, prosPECT de-spero, desperare, despe/avi, de- speratus, be hopeless, despair de-spolio, despoliare, despoliavl, de- spoliatus, rob, deprive, despoil de-sum, deesse, defui, defuturus, be from, be wanting, lack; with dat. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 299 de-super, adv., down from above de-trah5, detrahere, detraxl, de- tractus, draw off, throw off, re- move. {Detract) deus, -1, m., god. (Deity) de-voro, devorare, devoravi, devora- tus, swallow up, devour, gulp down dexter, -tra, -tram, adj., right (hand). (Dexterous) dextra, -a.e,f [dexter], right hand di-, see dis- dico, dicere, dixi, dictus, say, tell, speak ; appoint. (Dictum) dies, -el, m., day dif-ficilis, -e, adj. [dis-facilis], hard, DIFFICULT dif&cultas, -ltis,f [difficilis], diffi- culty dignitas, -3itis,f, rank. (Dignity) dlligenter, adv. [diligentia], dili- GENTly, industriously diligentia, -ae, f [diligenter], dili- gence, carefulness, industry dimico, dimicare, dimicavi, dimica- turus, fight, contend. Cf. pugno di-mitto, dimittere, dimisi, dimissus, send off, dismiss ; let slip, let go by dis- (di-), a ftrejix denoting separa- tion, asunder, apart, in different directions. Cf. dimitt5, discedo, dissimilis, divello dis-cedo, w discedere, discessi, disces- siiras, depart, withdraw, go off. Cf. abe5 disco, discere, didici, disciturus, learn. (Disciple) discrimen, -inis, n., risk, danger, crisis. Cf periculum dis-pliceo, displicere, displicui, dis- pliciturus [-placed], displease dis-similis, -e, adj., unlike, dis- similar diu, adv., for a long time, long diuturnitas, -atis, f. [diu], length, duration di-vello, divellere, divelli, divulsus, tear asunder, tear apart diversus, -a, -um, adj., (turned away), separate, different, diverse Divico, -onis, m., divico, a chief of the Helvetians divido, dividere, divisi, divisus, divide, apportion. (Division) divinus, -a, -um, adj., of the gods, DIVINE divulsus, see divello do, dare, dedi, datus, give, offer; put. Cf dono doceo, docere, docui, doctus, teach, show. (Docile, Doctor) doled, dolere, dolul, dolitiiras [dolor], grieve, be sorry. (Condole) dolor, -oris, m. [doled], pain, grief. (Dolorous) dolus, -1, m., deceit, trick, fraud, cunning domesticus, -a, -um, adj. [domus], DOMESTIC domi, see domus domina,-ae,/l [dominus], mistress, lady dominus, -i, m. [domus], lord, mas- ter, owner. (Dominate) domus, -us,/!, house, home; domi, at home. (Domestic) d5no, dSnare, donavi, donatus [do- num], give, present. (Donate.) Cf do 300 FIRST YEAR LATIN donum, -i, ;/. [do], gift, present dormio, dormire, dormivi (dormii), dormltus, sleep. {Dormitory) draco, -onis, m., serpent, dragon ducenti, -ae, -a, adj., two hundred diico, ducere, duxl, ductus [dux], lead, draw ; derive. {Duct) dum, conj., while, as long as ; until Dumnorix, -Igis, m., dumnorix, a leader of the Haedui duo, duae, duo, adj., two. {Dual) duo-decim [-decern], adj., in dec I., twelve duplex, -icis, adj. [duo], twofold, double duplicd, duplicare, duplicavl, dupli- catus [duplex], double. {Duplicate) dux, ducis, m. and f. [duco], leader, general. {Duke) Cf. imperator e, see ex e-do, edere, edidi, editus [-do, put], put forth, raise, utter. {Edit) educo, educare, educavi, educatus, bring up, train, educate e-duco, educere, eduxi, eductus, lead out, lead forth, bring away ; draw ef-ficio, efficere, effeci, effectus [ex- facio], bring about, effect, ac- complish ef-fld, efflare, efQavi, efQatus [ex-], (blow out), breathe out ef-fundo, effundere, effudi, effusus [ex-], pour forth, pour out, shed. {Effusion) effusus, see effundo. ego, pers. pron., I ; plur. nos, we. {Egotist) e-gredior, egredi, egressus sum [-gra~ dior, go], go out, go forth; in terram egressus, having gone ashore. {Egress.) Cf. exeo egregie, adv., remarkably, excellently egressus, see egredior elephantus, -1, m. % elephant e-ligo, eligere, elegl, electus [-lego], pick out, choose, seLECT. {Elect) e-mitto, emittere, emisi, emissus, send forth, let loose, let out. {Emit) emo, emere, eml, emptus, (take), buy enim, conj. {never the jirst word), for ; indeed, in fact. Cf. nam Ennius, Enni, m., ennius, an early Latin poet e-nuntio, enuntiare, enuntiavi, enun- tiatus, proclaim, anNOUNCE, re- veal, utter. {E7iu7iciate) e5, ire, ii (IvI), iturus, go eo, adv. [is], to that place, thither, there Epirus, -I, f, epirus, a division of Greece epistula, -ae,/!, letter, epistle eques, -itis, m. [equus], horseman, knight equester, -tris, -tre, adj. [eques], (of horsemen), EQUESTRian equitatus, -us, m. [eques], (body of horsemen), cavalry equus, -I, m., horse. {Equine) ergo, adv., therefore err5, errare, erravi, erraturus, wander, ERR erudi5, erudire, erudivi (erudii), eru- ditus, instruct. {Erudite) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 301 eruptio, -onis, f, (a bursting forth), sally. {Eruption) Esquilinus, -1, m., the esquiline, one of the hills of Rome et, c&nj., and, also ; et . . . et, both . . . and. Cf. atque (ac) and -que etiam, adv. and conj. [et-iam], (and now), also, even. Cf. quoque Etrusci, -drum, m. plur., the etrus- cans, people of Etruria, in Italy et-si, conj., although Eunomus, -1, ;//., eunomus, a boy who was killed \)y Hercules Europa, -&e,f, Europe Eurystheus, -1, m., eurystheus, king of Tiryns, in Greece Eurytus, -I, m., eurytus, father of lole e-vado, evadere, evasi, evasiirus, (go out), get away, escape. {Evade) e-venid, evenire, eveni, eventurus, (come out), fall out, happen, turn out. (Event!) Cf. accido and flo ex (e), prep, with abl., out of, from, of, off, on ; in accordance with exanimatus, -a, -um, adj. [anima], breathless, out of breath, ex- hausted ex-cedo, excedere, excess!, excessii- rus, go out, go forth, depart. (Ex- ceed) ex-cito, excitare, excitavi, excitatus, (call out), rouse, arouse, wake. (Excite) ex-clamo, exclamare, exclamavi, ex- clamatus, cry out, exclaim excursid, -onis, f., (a running out), sally, sortie. (Excursion) exemplum, -1, //., sample, example, warning ex-eo, exire, exii, exiturus, go out, go forth, come out. (Exit.) Cf. egredior exerceo, exercere, exercui, exercitus, exercise, train exercitatio, -onis, f [exerceo], exer- cise, training exercitus, -us, m. [exerceo], (the thing trained), army ex-igo, exigere, exegi, exactus [-ago], drive out, expel. (Exact) existimo, existimare, existimavi, existimatus, . think, judge, con- sider, suppose. Cf arbitror and puto exitium, exiti, n. [exeo], ruin, de- struction ex-pello, expellere, expuli, expulsus, drive out, expel. (Expulsion) ex-perior, experirl, expertus sum [periculum], try, test ; experi- ence. Cf tento expertus, see experior ex-pio, expiare, expiavi, expiatus, make amends for, expiate explorator, -oris, m. [exploro], scout, spy ex-ploro, explorare, exploravi, ex- ploratus [explorator], examine, explore, investigate ex-pdnd, exponere, exposui, exposi- tus, set forth, explain, relate; expose expositus, see exponS ex-pugno, expugnare, expugnavi, ex- pugnatus, take by storm, take, capture. Cf. oppugno 302 FIRST YEAR LATIN expulsus, see expell5 ex-specto, exspectare, exspectavi, exspectatus, (look out for), await, wait for, wait, expect ex-struo, exstruere, exstriixi, ex- structus, (heap up), build, erect, COnSTRUCT extra, prep, with ace, outside, beyond ex-traho, extrahere, extraxi, extrac- tus, draw out, drag out. {Extract) extremus, -a, -um, adj.,superl., outer- most, last, farthest ; end of ; ex- treme exuo, exuere, exui, exutus, take off, put off faber, -bri, m., workman, artisan, smith Fabricius, Fabric!, m., fabricius, a famous Roman general fabula, -ae,/!, story, tale, fable facile, adv. [facilis], easily facilis, -e, adj. [facio], (that can be done), easy to do, easy. {Facil- ity) . facio, facere, feci, factus, do, make ; form, perform factum, -I, n. [facio], act, deed, action. {Fact) facultas, -atis, f. [facilis], power, opportunity, chance. {Faculty) falx, falcis,/!, curved sword fama, -ae, f, rumor, report ; fame, renown fames, -is,/!, hunger, famine fatum, -I, n., fate Faustulus, -I, m., faustulus, a shepherd faveo, favere, favi, fauturus, be favorable to, favor, befriend; with dat. feles, -is,/!, cat. {Feline) feliciter, adv. [felix], luckily, fortu- nately, successfully felix, -icis, adj., lucky, fortunate, happy. {Felicity) femina, -ae, /., woman. {Feminine.) Cf. mulier fere, adv., nearly, for the most part, almost, about fero, ferre, tuli, latus, bear, bring; report, say. Cf. porto and tolero ferrum, -I, n., iron ; sword. Cf. gladius Fidenates, -ium, m. plur., the in- habitants of Fidenae fides, -el, f, trust, confidence. {Fi- delity) figura, -ae, f. [fi(ri)go], shape, form, FIGURE filia, -8Le,f [filius], daughter filius, fill, m. [filia], son. {Filial) fingo, fingere, finxi, fictus, fashion, devise. {Feign, Fiction) finis, -is, m., end, border; plur., territories. {Final) finitimus, -a, -um, adj. [finis], bor- dering on ; masc. plur. as noun, neighbors fio, fieri, factus sum {supplies pass, to facio), be made, be done, be- come, happen. Cf. accid5 and evenio firmus, -a, -um, adj., strong, firm flagrans, -antis, adj., flaming, blad- ing, burning. {Flagrant) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 303 flumen, -inis, n. [fluo], (that which flows), river, stream fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxurus, flow foculus, -1, m. [focus], sacrificial hearth, fire pan, brazier focus, -1, m., hearth. {Focus, Fuel) foedus, -eris, //., league, treaty, alli- ance. {Federal) fore, for futurum esse fors, fortis,/], chance, luck forte, adv. [fors], by chance, perhaps fortis, -e, adj., strong, brave, cour- ageous. {Fortitude) Cf. validus fortiter, adv. [fortis], bravely, cour- ageously fortuna, -ae, f [fors], fortune, good FORTUNE fossa, -ae, f, ditch, trench, fosse ; canal f rater, -tris, 7?i., brother. {Fraternal) fremitus, -us, m., noise, roaring, roar frons, frontis, f, forehead, brow. {Front) frumentarius, -a, -um, adj. [frumen- tum], of grain frumentum, -1, n., corn, grain frustra, adv., in vain. {Frustrate) fuga, -ae,/ [fugio], flight fugio, fugere, fugi, fugiturus [fugo, fuga], run away, flee ; flee from. {Fugitive) fugo, fugare, fugavi, fugatus [fuga, fugio], put to flight, rout fiimus, -1, m., smoke. {Fumes) furor, -oris, m., madness, frenzy, FUROR Gabii, -drum, m. plur., gabii, a city of Italy Galba, -ae, ?n., galba galea, -ae,/], helmet Gallia, -ae,/[, gaul Gallicus, -a, -um, adj., gallic Callus, -1, m., a gaul gaudeo, gaudere, gavisus sum {semi- deponent) [gaudium], be glad, rejoice gaudium, gaudi, ;/. [gaudeo], joy, gladness. Cf. laetitia gavisus, see gaudeo geminus, -a, -um, adj., twin-born, twin- Genava, -ae,/, geneva gens, gentis, f [genus], race, tribe, house, family. {Gentile, Gentle) genus, -eris, n. [gens], race, lineage ; kind, class. {Generous) Germania, -ae,/], Germany Germanus, -a, -um, adj., German ; as noun, a German gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, bear, carry on, wage (war); manage, do ; wear ; se gerere, act, behave ; pass., go on, take place gigas, -antis, m., giant gladius, gladi, m., sword. {Gladia- tor) Cf. ferrum gloria, -ae,/], glory, reputation Gorgo, -onis,/:, a gorgon Graeae, -arum,/] plur., the grjeje Graecia, -ae,/i, Greece Graecus, -1, m., a greek gramen, -inis, n., grass gratia, -ae, f [grains], favor, kind- ness ; plur., thanks, GRATitude gratus, -a, -um, adj. [gratia], accept- able, pleasing; GRATEful gravis, -e, adj., heavy, severe, serious. {Grave) 304 FIRST YEAR LATIN graviter, adv. [gravis], heavily, se- verely, vehemently, greatly gravo, gravare, gravavi, gravatus [gravis], oppress, burden, over- come. {Aggravate) gusto, gustare, gustavi, gustatus, taste, eat. {Gustatory) habeo, habere, habul, habitus, have, hold, keep ; with orationem, make, deliver. {Habit) habito, habitare, habitavi, habitatus [frequentative of habeo], inHABiT ; dwell, live. Cf incolo Haeduus, -a, -um, adj., h^eduan ; ?nasc. plur. as noun, the h^edui, a tribe of Gaul haereo, haerere, haesi, haesiirus, stick, cling, be fixed ; be per- plexed, HEsitate. {Adhere) Hammon, -onis, m., hammon, an Egyptian god, identified by the Romans with Jupiter Hannibal, -alis, m., hannibal, a famous Carthaginian general harena, -a.e,f, sand, shore. {Arena) . hasta, -ae,/*, spear haud, adv., not. Cf ndn haurio, haurire, hausi, haustus, drink, drain. {Exhaust) Helvetii, -orum, ;//. plur., the hel- vetii, a tribe of Gaul Hercules, -is, m., hercules, son of Jupiter and Alcmena, famous for his strength Hesperides, -um, f plur., the hes- perides, daughters of Atlas and Hesperis, and guardians of the golden apples hesternus,-a, -um, adj., of yesterday, yester- hiberna, -orum, ;/. plur. [hiems], winter quarters. {Hibernate) hie, haec, hoc, dem. adj. and pron., this, this of mine; as pers. pro?i., he, she, it hie, adv. [hie], here, hereupon hiemo, hiemare, hiemavi, hiematurus [hiems], spend the winter hiems, hiemis, f [hiemo], winter; storm hinc, adv. [hie], hence, from here Hispania, -ae,/], spain Hispanus, -I, ?n., a Spaniard ho-die, adv. [hoc-die], to-day homo, -inis, m. and f. [humanus], (human being), man. Cf vir honestas, -atis,/! [honor], honorable character, integrity, uprightness, HONESTY honor, -oris, ?n., honor hora, -ae, f, hour ; in horas, from hour to hour, hourly Horatius, HoratI, ;//., horatius (Codes) horribilis, -e, adj., terrible, dread- ful, horrible. Cf terribilis hortor, hortari, hortatus sum, urge, entreat, exHORT hortus, -I, m., garden. {Horticulture) hospitium, hospiti, n., HOSPiTality hostis, -is, m. and f, enemy. {Hos- tile.) Cf. inimlcus hue, adv. [hie], hither humanus, -a, -um, adj. [homo], (per- taining to man), man's, human humi, locative, on the ground. {Exhume) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 305 iaceo, iacere, iacui, [iacio], (be thrown), lie, lie dead. {Adjacent) iacio, iacere, ieci, iactus [iaceo], throw, cast, hurl iam, adv., already, now, at last ; non iam, no longer. Cf. nunc Ianiculum, -I, «., the janiculum, one of the hills of Rome ibi, adv. [is], in that place, there Icarus, -i, m., icarus ictus, -us, m., stroke, blow idem, eadem, idem, dem. adj. and pron. [is], same ; idem qui, same as. {Identical) idoneus, -a, -um, adj., fit, suitable igitur, conj. {seldom thejirst word), therefore, then. Cf. itaque ignis, -is, m., fire. {Ignite) ignoro, ignorare, ignoravi, ignoratus, not know, be ignorant of. {Ignore) i-gnotus, -a, -um, adj. [in-(g)notus, known], unknown, unfamiliar, strange ille, -a, -ud, dem. adj. and pron., that (yonder) ; as pers. pron., he, she, it illic, adv. [ille], there illuc, adv. [ille], thither immanitas, -atis, f, savageness, cruelty, barbarity im-mineo, imminere, imminui, [in-], hang over, impend. {Immi- nent) impedimentum, -\}n. [impedio], hin- drance ; plur., baggage. {Impedi- ment) impedio, impedire, impedivi (impe- dii), impeditus [in-pes], entangle, hamper, impede im-pello, impellere, impuli, impul- sus [in-], move, induce > drive, impel. {Impulse) im-pendeo, impendere, -, [in-], overhang, impend imperator, -oris, m. [impero], com- mander, general. {Emperor) imperatum, -i, n. [impero], order, command. Cf. iussum imperium, imperi, //. [impero], com- mand, rule, power. {Empire) impero, imperare, imperavi, impe- ratus [imperium], order, command, demand ; rule ; with dat. of per- son. {Imperative^) Cf iubeS impetus, -us, m., attack, assault. {Impetuous) im-pleo, implere, implevi, impletus [in-], fill up, cover, fill im-pono, imponere, imposui, im- positus [in-], put in or on, place in or on; mount; impose; with dat. of person or place impositus, see imponS impudens, -entis, adj., shameless, IMPUDENT impulsus, see impelld imus, -a, -um, adj., superl. ^/"inferus in, prep, with ace, into, to, against, on, toward, for ; with abl., in, on, in case of in-, prefix, into, on, toward, etc.; also in composition with nouns, adjectives, and participles, often having negative sense. Cf Eng. un-, in-, not in-cendo, incendere, incendi, incen- sus [-candeo, shine], set fire to, burn. {Incendiary) 306 FIRST YEAR LATIN incensus, -a, -um, adj. [incendo], in- flamed, hot, fiery. {Incense) in-certus, -a, -um, adj., UNCERTain, doubtful in-cido, incidere, incidi, [-cado, fall], fall into ; in insaniam in- cidere, become insane. {Incident) in-cipio, incipere, incepi, inceptus [-capio], (take in hand), begin. {Incipient) in-cito, incitare, incitavl, incitatus, arouse, stir, incite in-cludo, includere, inclusi, inclusus [-claudb], shut in, confine. {In- clude) in-cognitus, -a, -um, adj., unknown incoho, incohare, incohavl, incoha- tus, begin. {Inchoate) incola, -ae, m. and f [incolo], in- habitant in-colo, incolere, incolui, [in- cold], dwell in, inhabit; live, dwell. Cf. habito incolumis, -e, adj., unharmed, safe increpito, increpitare, , , upbraid, taunt, abuse inde, adv. [is], thence, thereupon indicS, indicare, indicavi, indicatus, inform, disclose, make known. {Indicate) in-dico, indicefe, indixi, indictus, proclaim, declare, appoint. {In- dict) in-dxico, inducere, induxi, inductus, lead to, draw to, induce, per- suade indud, induere, indul, indiitus, put on, clothe one's self in, clothe, wrap in-eo, inire, inii (inivi), initus, go in, enter; begin, form In-fans, -antis, adj., (not speaking) ; as noun, infant, baby In-felix, -Icis, adj., unfortunate, un- lucky, unhappy. {Infelicitous) inferior, -ius, adj., comp. of inferus. {Inferior) In-fero, Inferre, intuli, inlatus, (bear in or against), cause, bring on, in- flict. {Infer) (Inferus), -a, -um, adj., low, below, underneath Infestus, -a, -um, adj., hostile; as noun, enemy. {Infest) In-fici5, Inficere, infeci, mfectus [-facio], soak, imbue, stain. {In- feci) inf Initus, -a, -um, adj., many, count- less. {Infinite) ingens, -entis, adj., huge, great. Cf magnus in-icio, inicere, inieci, iniectus [-iacio], throw on, cast on, put on. {In- ject) iniectus, see inicio in-imlcus, -a, -um, adj. [-amicus], unfriendly, hostile ; as noun, enemy. {Inimical.) Cf. hostis in-Iquus, -a, -um, adj. [-aequus], un- equal; uneven, unfavorable initium, initi, n. [ineo], beginning. {Initial) iniiiria, -ae, f [in-ius], wrong, harm, insult, injury inopia, -ae, f, want, poverty, lack, need in-rideo, inridere, inrlsi, inrlsus, laugh at, mock, ridicule LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 307 Insania, -ae,^, iNSANity, madness In-sideo, msidere, insedi, insessurus [sedeo], sit on msolens, -entis, adj., arrogant, over- bearing. {Insolent) in-spici6, inspicere, inspexi, Inspec- tus [specid, look], look into, look on, INSPECT In-stituo, instituere, Institui, Institu- tus [statuo, set up], set up, fix, arrange. {Institute) instructus, see instruo In-struo, instruere, Instruxi, instruc- tus, build in, form; instruct, train ; prepare, provide insula, -8ie,f, island. {Peninsula) intel-lego, intellegere, intellexi, intel- lects [inter-lego], (choose between), learn, know, perceive, understand. (Intellect.) Cf. cognosco in-tendd, intendere, intend!, intentus, (stretch out towards), bend, aim. {Intend) inter, prep, with ace., between, among, amid, during, while; inter se, among themselves, to- gether inter-cludo, intercludere, interclusl, interclusus [-claudo], shut off, cut off inter-dum, adv., sometimes inter-ea, adv., meanwhile interfectus, see interficio inter-ficio, interficere, interfeci, in- terfectus [-facio], kill, slay, put to death. Cf need and occldo inter-icio, intericere, interieci, inter- iectus [-iacio], place between ; pass., intervene. {Interjection) interim, adv., meanwhile, in the meantime. (Interim) interior, -ius, adj., comp., inner, in- terior inter-mitt5, intermittere, intermisi, intermissus, (send between), leave off; pass., intervene, pass. (In- termittent) inter-rogo, interrogate, interrogavi, interrogate, ask, question. (In- terrogate) inter-rumpo, interrumpere, inter- rupt, interruptus, break down. (Interrupt) inter-sum, interesse, interfui, inter- futurus, be between intervallum, -i, n., space, interval intro, intrare, intravi, intratus, go into, ENTER introitus, -us, m. [introed, go in], en- TRance intro-mitto, intromittere, intromisi, intromissus, (send in), let in, adMiT in-vadd, invadere, invasi, invasus, come upon, attack, invade, take possession of in-venio, invenire, inveni, inventus, come upon, find, discover. (In- vent.) Cf reperio in-vicem, adv., in turn, mutually in-vide5, invidere, invidi, invisiirus (look toward), be jealous of, envy invito, invitare, invitavi, invitatus, INVITE Iole, -es, f, iole, daughter of Eurytus Iphicles, -is, m., iphicles/ brother of Hercules 3o8 FIRST YEAR LATIN ipse, -a, -um, dem. adj. and pron., self, very ira, -a,e,f, anger, wrath, ire is, ea, id, dem. adj. and pron., that; as pers. p7-on., he, she, it iste, -a, -ud, dem. adj. and pron. [is], that (of yours) ita, adv., so, thus. Cf. sic and tarn Italia, -&e,f, italy ita-que, conj., and so, therefore. Cf. igitur item, tftffy. [/to], also, likewise iter, itineris, //. [eo, go], way, journey, march, line of march. (Iti?iera?y) iterum, adv., a second time, again. {Iteration) iubeo, iubere, iussi, iussus, bid, order, command. Cf. impero iugum, -i, ;/. [iungo], yoke ; ridge Iulia, -8ie,f, julia, a Roman name iunctus, see iungo iungo, iungere, iunxi, iunctus, unite, join, span, cross, (function) Iunius, Iuni, m., Junius, a Roman name Iuno, -onis, f, juxo, queen of the gods and wife of Jupiter Iuppiter, Iovis, m., jupiter, the supreme deity of the Romans Iiira, -ae, m., jura, a chain of moun- tains in Gaul iuro, iurare, iuravi, iuraturus [ius], swear, take an oath. {Abjure) ius, iuris, ;/., right, justice iussu, adv. [iubeo], by order, by command of iussum, -i, ;/. [iubeo], order, com- mand. Cf. imperatum iussus, see iubeo iiistus, -a, -um, adj. [ius], just iuvenis, -e, adj., young; as noun, young man, youth, (fuvem'/e.) Cf. adulescens iuvo, iuvare, iuvi, iutus, help, aid L., abbreviation for Lucius Labienus, -i, m., labienus, a lieu- tenant in Caesar's army labor, -oris, m, [laboro], labor, toil. Cf. opus and opera laboro, laborare, laboravi, labora- tiirus [labor], work, toil ; suffer. (Elaborate) lac, lactis, ;/., milk. (Lacteal) Lacaena, -ae,_/i, a Laconian woman, a woman of Sparta lacrima, -a.e,f, tear. (Lachrymal) lacus, -us, m., lake, pool laetitia, -ae,/! [laetus], joy, gladness laetus, -a, -um, adj., glad, merry, pleasant, joyful Laevinus, -i, m., l^evinus, a Roman consul lambo, lambere, , , lick, lap lamenta, -drum, n. plur. [lamentor], wailing, laments, LAMENTation lamentor, lamentari, lamentatus sum [lamenta], wail, lament lapis, -idis, ;//., stone, milestone. (Lapidary) lateo, latere, latui, , lurk, lie hid, be concealed. (Latent) Latinus, -a, -um, adj., latin; masc. plur. as nou?i, the latins latitudS, -inis, f [latus], breadth, width. (Latitude) latro, -onis, m., robber, brigand latus, -a, -um, adj., broad, wide LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 309 laudo, laudare, laudavi, laudatus, praise, laud. {Laudatory) lectus, see leg5 legatio, -onis, f. [legates], embassy, LEGATION legatus, -1, m. [legatio], ambassador, deputy, lieutenant, legatus. {Legate) legio, -onis, / [lego], (a gathering), LEGION lego, legere, legi, lectus, gather ; se- lect; read Lemannus, -1, m., the Lake of Geneva lenis, -e, adj: [leniter], soft, smooth, gentle, mild. {Lenient) leniter, adv. [lenis], gently, moder- ately Lentulus, -1, m., lentulus, a Roman name Leonidas, -ae, m., leonidas, com- mander of the Greeks at Ther- mopylae lex, legis,/!, law. {Legal) libenter, adv., willingly, gladly liber, -bri, m., book. {Library) liber, -era, -erum, adj., free. {Lib- eral) Hberi, -orum, m. plur. [liber], chil- dren libero, liberare, Hberavi, liberatus [liber], set free, free, liberate; with abl. of separation libertas, -atis, f. [liber], freedom, LIBERTY Lichas, -ae, m., lichas, an attend- ant of Hercules ligneus, -a, -um, adj., wooden lignum, -i. ;/., wood; stake, stick Lingones, -um, m. plur., the lin- gones, a tribe in Gaul lingua, -ae,/!, tongue, language Linus, -1, in., linus, teacher of Her- cules in music littera, -ae, /, a letter (of the al- phabet); plur., letter, epistle. {Literature) litus, -oris, n., shore. {Littoral) loc5, locare, locavi, locatus [locus], place, put, set. {Locate) locus, -1, m. {plur. loci, m., and loca, n.), place, position, situation ; chance, opportunity. {Local) locutus, see loquor longe, adv. [longus], far, far off, by far longinquus, -a, -um, adj. [longus], distant, remote, far away longitudo, -inis, /., length. {Longi- tude) longus, -a,*-um, adj., long, tedious loquor, loqui, locutus sum, speak, talk, say. {Elocution, Eloquent) Lucanl, -orum, m. plur., the luca- nians, a people of southern Italy liidus, -1, m., game, sport lugeo, lugere, luxi, , mourn, mourn for lumen, -inis, n. [lux], light. {Lumi- nous) lupa, -ae,/;, she-wolf lux, lucis,/], light. {Lucid) M., abbreviation for Marcus machinatio, -onis, f., contrivance, machine, engine magicus, -a, -um, adj., magic magis, adv. [mag\nus)], more, rather 3io FIRST YEAR LATIN magister, -tri, m. [magis], master, teacher. {Magistrate) magnificus, -a, -um, adj. [magnus- facio], splendid, magnificent magnitudo, -inis, f [magnus], great- ness, Size, MAGNITUDE magnopere, adv. [at?/, of magnum opus], greatly, exceedingly, heartily magnus, -a, -um, adj., great, large; loud. {Magnify) maior, -ius, adj., comp. of magnus. (Major) male, adv. [malus], badly, ill. (Malev- olent) maid, malle, malui, [magis- volo], be more willing, prefer, would rather malum, -1, n. [malus], bad thing, evil malus, -a, -um, adj., bad, evil mando, mandare, mandavi, manda- tus [manus-do], (put in hand), charge, comMAND, intrust. (Man- date) maneo, manere, mansi, mansurus, stay, reMAiN, wait. (Permanent) manus, -us, f, hand; grappling hook ; force, band. (Afanual) Marcius, Marci, m., marcius, a Roman name Marcus, -I, m., marcus, a Roman first name mare, -is, n., sea. (Marine) maritus, -I, m., husband. (Marital) Mars, Martis, m., mars, the god of war. (Martial) mater, -tris,/.', mother. (Maternal) matrimonium, matrimoni, n. [mater], matrimony, marriage ; in matri- monium ducere, marry matrona, -ae, f [mater], matron, woman maturo, maturare, maturavi, matu- ratus, hasten. (Mature.) Cf propero and contendo maxime, adv. [maximus], most, espe- cially, greatly. Cf. praecipue maximus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of magnus. (Maximum) me, see ego medicus, -I, m., doctor, physician. (Medicine) medius, -a, -um, adj., middle, middle of ; in medio, between (them) ; in medium, to the center. (Medium) Medusa, -ae,/!, medusa, one of the Gorgons, slain by Perseus melior, -ius, adj., comp. of bonus, better. (Ameliorate) membrum, -I, ;/., limb. (Afemoer) memoria, -ae,/! [memoro], memory memoro, memorare, memoravi, me- moratus [memoria], mention, re- late, state. (Commemorate) mens, mentis, f, mind. Cf. ani- mus mensa, -ae,/!, table mensis, -is, ;;/., month mercator, -oris, m., trader, mer- chant Mercurius, Mercuri, ;//., mercury, the messenger of the gods mergo, mergere, mersi, mersus, sink. (Merge) meritum, -i, //., thing deserved, de- serts, merit mersus, see mergo meus, -a, -um, possess, adj. and pron., my, mine LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 311 migro, migrare, migravi, migraturus, depart. {Migrate) mini, see ego miles, -itis, m., soldier. (Military) militaris, -e, adj. [miles], military mille, adj., hided, in sing. ; hi plur., milia, -ium, thousand ; also {sup- ply passuum), miles Minerva, -ae, f 4 minerva, the god- dess of wisdom minime, adv. [minimus], least, not at all,, by no means minimus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of (parvus, least, very little. (Mini- mum) minor, -us, adj., comp. of parvus, smaller, lesser. (Minor, Minus) minus, adv. [minor], less miraculum, -1, n. [miror], wonder, marvel, miracle miror, mirari, miratus sum [mirus], wonder, wonder at, adMiRE mirus, -a, -um, adj. [miror], wonder- ful, extraordinary miser, -era, -erum, adj., wretched, unhappy, MiSERable misere, adv. [miser], wretchedly, MiSERably misericordia, -ae,/.*, pity, compassion mitto, mittere, misi, missus, send. (Mission) modo, adv. [modus], only ; non modo . . . sed etiam, not only . . . but also modus, -i, ;;/., way, manner. (Mood) moenia, -ium, n. plur. [munio], walls (of a city). Cf murus moneo, monere, monui, monitus, re- mind, advise, warn. (Monitor) mons, montis, m., MOUNTain, hill. Cf collis monstro, monstrare, monstravi, mon- stratus, show, point out. (Dem- onstrate) monstrum, -i, ;/., monster mora, -ae,/* [moror], delay morior, mori, mortuus sum (fut. part. moriturus) [mors], die. (Mortuary) moror, morari, moratus sum [mora], retard, hinder, delay. (Mora- torium) mors, mortis, f [morior], death. (Mortal.) Cf. nex mortuus, -a, -um, adj. [morior], dead mos, moris, m., manner, habit, custom. (Moral) moved, movere, movi, motus, move mox, a'dv., soon, presently Mucius, Miici, m., mucius, a Roman name mulier, -eris,/*, woman. Cf femina multitudo, -inis, f [multus], great number, multitude, quantity multo, adv. [multus], by much, much multum, adv. [multus], much multus, -a, -um, adj., much ; plur., many. (Multiply) munio, munire, munivi (munii), mu- nitus [moenia], fortify, defend munitio, -onis, f [munio], fortifica- tion, defense. (Munitions) munus, -eris, ;/., duty, oflice murus, -i, m., wall. (Mural, Im- mure.) Cf moenia mus, muris, m. andf, mouse Mus, Muris, m., mus, a Roman sur- name 312 FIRST YEAR LATIN musica, -ae,/., music muto, mutare, mutavi, mutatus, change, alter. {Mutation) nam, conj^ for. Cf. enim narro, narrare, narravl, narratus, tell, relate, narrate nascor, nasci, natus sum, be born. {Native) Nasica, -ae, m., nasica, a Roman surname natio, -onis,/!, tribe, people, nation nato, natare, natavi, nataturus [fre- quentative of no], swim, float. (Natatorial) natura, -ae, f [nascor], (birth), nature, character natus, see nascor nauta, -ae, m. [for navita ; ' navis], sailor. (Nautical) navigium, navigi, ;/. [navigd], boat navigd, navigare, navigavi, naviga- tus [navis-ago], sail, cruise, navi- gate navis, -is, f (ace. -em, -im ; abl. -1, -e), ship. (Naval) -ne, interrog. adv., enclitic, sign of a question ne, conj., that not, that ; lest ; ne . . . quidem, not even nee, see neque necesse, neut. adj., indecl., unavoid- able, NECESSARY necessitas, -atis, f [necesse], need, NECESSITY neco, necare, necavi, necatus [nex], kill, slay. Cf. interficio and occido negotium, negoti, ;/., business, labor. (Negotiate) nem5, -ini (dat.j no gen. or abl), m. andf [ne-homo], no one, nobody, no man Neptunus, -1, m., neptune, the god of the sea ne-que or nee, conj., and not, nor ; . neque . . . neque, neither . . . nor Nervii, -drum, m. plur., the nervii, a tribe of northeastern Gaul Nessus, -I, m., nessus, a centaur slain by Hercules neuter, -tra, -trum, adj. and pron. [ne-uter], neither (of two). (Neu- tral) nex, necis,/! [need], death, slaughter, murder. Cf mors nihil, 11., indecl., nothing ; nihil cibi, no food. (Nihilist) ni-si, conj., if not, unless, except nix, nivis,/!, snow no, nare, navi, , swim nobilis, -e, adj. [nosed, know], well known, celebrated ; of high birth ; NOBLE nobilitas, -atis, f [nobilis], rank, NOBILITY noceo, nocere, nocui, nociturus, do harm to, hurt, injure; with dat. (Noxious) noctu, adv. [nox], by night nolo, nolle, nolul, [ne-vold], be unwilling, will not, not wish nomen, -inis, n. [nosed, know], (that by which a thing is known), name. (Nominal) nomino, nominare, nSminavi, n5mi- natus [ndmen], name, call. (Nomi- nate) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 313 n5n, adv. [ne-unum], not; ndn iam, no longer; non solum . . . sed etiam, not only . . . but also. {Nonentity) Cf haud non-dum, adv., not yet non-nullus, -a, -um, adj. and pron., (not none), some, several nos, see ego noster, -tra, -trum, possess, adj. and pron. [nos], our, ours ; nostri, our men. {Nostrum) novem, adj., indecl., nine novus, -a, -um, adj., new. {Novelty) nox, noctis,/!, night. {Nocturnal) nubes, -is,/], cloud nullus, -a, -um, adj. and pron. [ne-ullus], no, none, no one. {Nul- lity) num, interrog. adv., in an indir. question, whether Numa Pompilius, Numae Pompili, m., numa pompilius, the second king of Rome numerus, -1, 0*., number. {Nu- meral) numquam, adv. [ne-umquam], never nunc, adv., now. {Quidnunc) Cf. iam nuntio, nuntiare, nuntiavi, nuntiatus [nuntius], report, anNOUNCE. {An- nunciation) nuntius, nunti, m. [nuntio], bearer of news, messenger. {Nuncio) nuper, adv. [for noviper-, novus], recently, lately nympha, -a.e,f, nymph ob, prep, with ace, on account of oh-, prefix, against, opposite ob-icio, obicere, obieci, obiectus [-iacio], (throw in the way), throw between, interpose. {Object) obiectus, see obicio oblatus, see offero obnoxius, -a, -um, adj., liable to, exposed to. {Obnoxious) obscuro, obscurare, obscuravl, obscu- ratus, darken, conceal. {Obscure) obses, -idis, m. and f [ob-sedeo], (one who sits or remains as a pledge), hostage ob-sideo, obsidere, obsedi, obsessus [-sedeo], (sit down against), be- siege, beset, blockade. {Obsess.) Cf oppugno obsoletus, -a, -um, adj., old.' {Obso- lete) ob-struo, obstruere, obstruxi, ob- striictus, (build up against), block up, bar, barricade, obstruct ob-stupefacio, obstupefacere, obstu- pefeci, obstupefactus, astonish, amaze, astound • ob-tineo, obtinere, obtinui, obtentus [-teneo], (hold against), possess, occupy, hold. {Obtain) occasio, -onis,y], chance, opportunity. {Occasion.) Cf. potestas occasus, -us, m., setting (of the sun) oc-cido, occidere, occidi, occisus [ob-caedo], cut down, slay, kill. Cf interficio and neco occup5, occupare, occupavi, occu- patus [ob-capio], take possession of, seize; occupy oc-curro, occurrere, occurri, occursurus [ob-], run toward; meet, fall in with. {Occur) 314 FIRST YEAR LATIN oceanus, -I, m., ocean Ocelum, -I, n., ocelum, a town in Cisalpine Gaul octingenti, -ae, -a, adj. [octo-centum], eight hundred octo, adj., indecl., eight. {Octave) octoginta, adj., indecl., eighty oculus, -I, m., eye. (Ocular) odium, odi, //., hatred, enmity. (Odium) Oeneus, -I, m., ceneus, father of Deianira Oeta, -ae, f, geta, a mountain in Greece of-fendo, offendere, offendi, offensus [ob-], strike against; come on, find. (Offend) of-fero, offeree, obtuli, oblatus [ob-], offer, present officlna, -ae,/!, workshop, laboratory officium, offici, ;/., duty, task. (Office) olim, adv. [olle, old form of Me], (at that time); formerly, once; once upon a time. Cf aliquando Olympus, -I, m., olympus, a moun- tain in Greece, the abode of the gods o-mitto, omittere, omisi, omissus [ob-], let go by, disregard, neglect, OMIT omnino, adv. [omnis], wholly, alto- gether, entirely omnis, -e, adj., whole, all, every. (Omnipresent.) Cf. cunctus, totus, and iiniversus opera, -ae,/! [opus], labor, care, work. (Opera.) Cf. labor and opus oppidanus, -I, ;;/. [oppidum], townsman oppidum, -I, n., town, stronghold op-primo, oppnmere, oppressi, op- pressus [ob-premo, press], over- come, crush, oppress op-pugno, oppugnare, oppugnavi, oppugnatus [ob-], attack, assault, besiege. Cf expugno and obsideo (ops), opis,/!, aid, help. Cf. auxilium optimus, -a, -um, adj., super I. of bonus, best. (Optimist) opus, -eris, n., work, labor. (Oper- ate) Cf. labor Sraculum, -I, ;/. [pro], oracle oratio, -onis, f [oro], speech, plea; ORATION orbis, -is, /;/., circle, orb, world ; orbis terrarum, earth, world. (Or- bit) orbo, orbare, orbavi, orbatus, deprive, bereave ordino, ordinare, ordinavi, ordinatus [ordo], plan, arrange. (Coordi- nate, Ordain) ordo, -inis, ;;/., rank, order ; ex ordine, in succession, one after another; extra ordinem, out of the ranks. (Extraordinary) Orgetorlx, -Igis, m., orgetorix, a Helvetian chief orior, oriri, ortus sum, arise, spring, descend (from) ; orta luce, at day- break 5rno, ornare, ornavi, ornatus, adoRN, ORNAment, deck oro, orare, 5ravi, oratus, (speak), beg, pray, entreat, plead. (Oratory) ortus, see orior os-tendo, ostendere, ostendi, osten- tus [ob(s)-], stretch out; show, display. (Ostensible) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 315 5stium, osti, n., mouth ovis, -is,/], sheep P., abbreviation for Piiblius paco, pacare, pacavi, pacatus, sub- due, PAcify paene, adv., nearly, almost palaestra, -ae, f, wrestling school, gymnasium Palatinus, -a, -um, adj., palatine, of the palatine (one of the hills of Rome) palus, -I, 7?t., stake, pale palus, -udis,/], swamp, marsh parens, -entis, m. and/., parent pareo, parere, parui, , (come forth, apPEAR), be obedient to, obey ; with dat. pariter, adv., equally ; pariter ac, equally with, as well as . paro, parare, paravi, paratus, make ready, prep a re for, prep are pars, partis,/], part, share; direc- tion, side. {Partial) parum, adv., too little, not enough parvulus, -a, -um, adj. [diminutive of parvus], very small, slight, in- significant parvus, -a, -um, adj., small, little passus, see patior passus, -us, m. [pateo], (a stretch- ing out of the feet in walking), step, pace ; mille passuum, MILE pastor, -oris, m., (feeder), shepherd. (Pastor) pate-facio, patefacere, patefeci, pate- factus [pateo], (make open), open, throw open pateo, patere, patui, , lie open, be open, be exposed ; extend. (Patent) pater, -tris, m., father. (Paternal) patior, pati, passus sum, bear, suffer, allow, permit. (Patient, Passive) patria, -ae, f [pater], native land, country. (Patriotism) patrimonium, patrimoni, n. [pater], property. (Patrimony) paucus, -a, -um, adj. (generally plur), few, little. (Paucity) paulo, adv., by a little, little paululum, adv. [diminutive ofpau- lum], a very little, somewhat paulum, adv., a little, somewhat pauper, pauperis, adj., poor. (Pau- per) paupertas, -atis, f [pauper], want, POVERTY pavor, -oris, m., fear, dread, alarm. Cf terror and timor pax, pacis, f, peace. (Pacify) pectus, -oris, n., breast. (Pectoral) pecunia, -ae,/] [pecus], money. (Pe- cuniary) pecus, -oris, ;/., cattle, flock pedes, -itis, m. [pes], foot soldier peditatus, -us, m. [pedes], infantry peior, -ius, adj., comp. of malus, worse pellS, pellere, pepuli, pulsus, beat, drive, defeat. (Expel, Pulse) per, prep, with ace, through, by, by means of, on account of. (Percent- age) peragro,peragrare,peragravi,peragra- tus [per agrum], wander through, pass over, traverse. Cf. perlustro 3i6 FIRST YEAR LATIN per-cipi5, percipere, percepi, percep- tus [-capio], perceive, feel. (Per- ception.) Cf sentio percussus, see percutio per-cutio, percutere, percuss!, per- cussus [-quatio, strike], hit, strike, run through. (Percussion) * per-do, perdere, perdidi, perditus [-do, put], lose. (Perdition.) Cf amitto per-diico, perducere, perdiixi, per- ductus, lead through, conDUCT, bring; construct per-ficio, perficere, perfecl, perfectus [-facio], accomplish ; perfect perfractus, see perfringo per-fringo, perfringere, perfregi, per- fractus [-frango, break], break to pieces, shatter, completely wreck pergo, pergere, perrexi, perrecturus [per-rego], go on, proceed, hasten. Cf. procedo and progredior periculum, -I, //. [experior], trial, at- tempt; risk, danger, peril per-lustro, perlustrare, perlustravi, perlustratus, wander through, view all over, examine, survey. Cf peragro per-maneo, permanere, permansi, per- mansurus, reMAiN per-mitto, permittere, permisi, per- missus, allow, grant, suffer, per- mit ; yield, give up ; with dat. of person. (Permission) per-moveo, permovere, permovi, per- motus, excite per-scribo, perscribere, perscripsi, perscriptus, write at length, de- scribe fully Perses, -ae, m., a Persian Perseus, -I, ;//., perseus, a hero of Greek mythology perspectus, see perspicio per-spicio, perspicere, perspexi, perspectus [specid, look], (see through), see clearly, ascertain. (Perspective) per-suadeo, persuadere, persuasi, per- suasus, persuade; with dat. of person . (Persuasion) per-terreo, perterrere, perterrui, per- territus, thoroughly frighten, alarm pertinacia, -ae,/!, perseverance; ob- stinacy, PERTINACITY per-tineo, pertinere, pertinui, [-teneo], extend, pertain to pertractus, see pertraho per-traho, pertrahere, pertraxl, per- tractus, (drag through), drag, drag along per-turbo, perturbare, perturbavi, per- turbatus, disTURB, arouse. (Per- turbation) per-venio, pervenire, perveni, per- venturus, come up, arrive, reach pes, pedis, «r., foot ; pedem referre, retreat, fall back. (Pedal) pessimus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of malus, worst. (Pessimist) peto, petere, petivl (petii), petltus, seek, demand, ask for, ask, beg; attack. (Petition.) Cf. postuld, quaero, and rogo pilum, -I, //., javelin. (Pile-driver) pinguis, -e, adj., fat, heavy pirata, -ae, m., pirate piscator, -oris, m., fisherman. (Pis- catorial) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 317 placeo, placere, placui, placiturus, please ; with dat. {Placid) planities, -el, /., (a flatness), level ground, plain plebs, plebis,/, the common people, PLEBeians ploro, plorare, ploravi, ploratus, be- wail, lament, grieve. {Deplore) plurimus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of multus, most, very many; pluri- mum posse, be very powerful, have most influence plus, pluris, adj., comp. of multus, more ; plur., more, many. (Plural) poena, -ae, f [punio], fine, punish- ment ; poenas dare, suffer punish- ment. (Penalty, Subpoena) Poenus, -1, m., a Carthaginian poeta, -ae, m., poet polliceor, pollicerl, pollicitus sum, promise ; rarely as pass., be promised Polydectes, -is, m., polydectes, a king of Seriphos Polyphemus, -1, m., polyphemus, a 'Cyclops pdmum, -1, n., apple. (Pomology) pondus, -eris, //., weight, bulk. (Ponderous) pono, ponere, posui, positus, put, place, set, set up, pitch (camp); pass., lie. (Position, Postpone) pons, pontis, m., bridge. (Pontoon) populor, popularl, populatus sum, lay waste, devastate, plunder, pil- lage. (Depopulate) populus, -1, m., people. (Populous) Porsena, -ae, ?n., porsena, a king of Clusium, in Etruria porta, -ae,/!, gate, door. (Portal)' porto, portare, portavi, portatus, carry, bring. (Import.) Cf fero portus, -us, m., harbor, port posed, poscere, poposci, , de- mand. Cf. postuld positus, see pono possum, posse, potui, , be able, can ; plurimum posse, be very powerful, have most influence. (Possible) post, prep, with ace., after, behind; adv., afterwards. (Postscript) post-ea, adv., afterwards (posterus), -a, -um, adj. [post], fol- lowing, next." (Postern, Posterity) post-quam, conj., after postridie, adv. [postero die], on the next day postulo, postulare, postulavi, postu- latus, ask, request, demand. (Pos- tulate.) Cf. peto, quaero, and rogo potestas, -atis, f [possum], power, authority ; opportunity, permission prae-, prefix, before, very prae-acutus, -a, -um, adj., sharpened at the end, pointed praebeo, praebere, praebui, praebitus [prae-habed], hold forth, offer, fur- nish ; cause, render praecipue, adv. [praecipuus], chiefly, especially, particularly. Cf. maxime praecipuus, -a, -um, adj., particular; of high rank prae-clarus, -a, -um, adj., very splen- did, glorious praeda, -ae,/! [praedor], booty, spoil, prey. (Predatory) 3i8 FIRST YEAR LATIN praedor, praedari, praedatus sum [praeda], rob, plunder. {Depreda- tion) prae-ficio, praeficere, praefeci, prae- fectus [-facio], put in command. {Prefect) prae-mitto, praemittere, praemisi, praemissus, send ahead praemium, praemi, n., reward, prize. {Premium) Praeneste, -is, n. andf, pr^eneste, a town of Italy praesens, -entis, adj., instant, imme- diate, PRESENT praeses, -idis, m. andf. [prae-sedeo], (one who sits before), protector, guardian praesidium, praesidi, n. [praesideo, sit before], defense, help, protec- tion, support, guard. Cf auxi- lium and subsidium prae-sto, praestare, praestiti, prae- stitus, stand out, surpass, be superior to, be preferable; per- form, furnish. Cf. supero and vinco • prae-sum, praeesse, praeful, prae- futiirus, be before, be at the head of, command ; with dat. praeter-ea, adv., besides, moreover praeter-eo, praeterire, praeterii, prae- teritus, go by, pass by. {Pret- erit) prehendo, prehendere, prehendi, pre- hensus, grasp, seize. {Comprehend) pretiosus, -a, -um, adj. [pretium], costly, valuable, precious pretium, preti, n., price, value; re- ward, ransom. {Appreciate) prex, precis, f, prayer, entreaty. {Imprecate) primo, adv. [primus], at first, first, in the first place primum, adv. [primus], first, at first primus, -a, -um, adj., first, fore- most. {Prime, Primal) princeps, -cipis, ;;/. [primus -capio], (taking the first place), chief, leader. {Prince, Pri?icipal) Cf. dux Priscus, -i, ;;/., Tarquinius priscus, one of the seven kings of Rome prius, adv., before, sooner, previously prius-quam, conj., sooner than, before privatus, -a, -um, adj. [pfivo], pri- vate privo, privare, privavl, privatus, dePRiVE ; with abl. pr5, prep, with abl., before, in be- half of, for, instead of ; consider- ing ; in accordance with probo, probare, probavi, probatus, PROVE, apPROVE prd-cedd, procedere, processi, proces- surus, come forward, go forward, advance, proceed. Cf. progre- dior and pergd procul, adv., far, afar off pro-diico, producere, produxi, pro- ductus, lead forth, bring forth. {Produce) proelium, proeli, ;/., battle, combat, skirmish. Cf. pugna profectus, see proficiscor proficiscor, proficisci, profectus sum, set out, march, go. Cf exed and egredior LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY | pro-gredior, progredi, progressus sum [-gradior, go], go forward, ad- vance, progress. Cf. procedo progressus, see progredior pro-hibeo, prohibere, prohibui, pro- hibitus [-habeo], prevent, keep from, PROHIBIT pro-icio, proicere, proieci, proiectus [-iacio], throw., cast. {Projectile) pro-mitto, promittere, promlsi, pro- missus, put forth, promise promo, promere, prompsi, promptus [pro-emo], take out, bring forth. {Prompt) pro-moveo, promovere, promovi, promotus, move forward, ad- vance. {Promote) promunturium, promunturi, n., PROMONTORY prope, prep, with ace., near, near to ; adv., close at hand, nearly, almost propero, properare, properavi, pro- peraturus, hasten. Cf. maturo and contendo propinquus, -a, -um, adj. [prope], near. {Propinquity) propior, -ius, adj., comp. [prope], nearer, close propius, adv. [propior], nearer pro-pono, proponere, proposui, pro- positus, put before, set forth ; make known, declare, propose. {Proposition) propter, prep, with ace, on account of prd-sterno, prosternere, prostravi, prostratus, strike down, knock down 319 prdstratus, -a, -um, adj. [prdsterno], thrown down, prostrate pro-sum, prodesse, prof ui, profuturus, be before, be useful to, benefit, avail ; with dat. provectus, see proveho pro-veho, provehere, provexi, pro- vectus, carry forward, carry off; pass., advance, proceed provincia, -ae, f., province pro-voco, provocare, provocavi, pro- vocatus, call forth, challenge, • invite. {Provoke) proximus, -a, -um, adj., super I. of propior, nearest, next. {Proximity) publice, adv., in the name of the state, PUBLicly Publicola, -ae, m., publicola, a Roman surname puella, -ae, f [dimi?iutive of puer], girl, maiden puer, -eri, ?;/., boy, child. {Puerile) pugna, -ae, f [pugno], battle, con- test, fight. Cf proelium. {Pug- nacious) pugno, pugnare, pugna vi, pugnatiirus [pugna], fight. Cf dlmicd pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj., beauti- ful, fair, pretty. {Pulchritude) punio, punire, piinivi (piinii), puni- tus [poena], punish puto, putare, putavi, putatus, think, believe, reckon. {Compute.) Cf. arbitror and existimd Pyrrhus, -1, m., pyrrhus, a king of Epirus Pythia, -ae, f, the pythia, the inspired prophetess of Apollo at Delphi 320 FIRST YEAR LATIN qua, adv. [qui], where quadraginta, adj., indecl., forty quaero, quaerere, quaesivi (quaesii), quaesitus, seek, ask, inQUiRE. Cf. peto and rogo qualis, -e, interrog. and rel. adj., what sort of. (Quality) quam, adv. [qui], than, how quam-quam, conj., though, although quando, adv., at any time quantus, -a, -um, interrog. and rel. adj. [quam], how great, how much ; as great as, as much as. {Quan- tity) qua-re, adv., for which reason, wherefore, therefore quartus, -a, -um, adj. [quattuor], fourth. [Quart) qua-si, adv., as if quattuor, adj., indecl., four quattuor-decim, adj., indecl. [-decern], fourteen -que, conj., enclitic, and. Cf. et and atque (ac) qui, quae, quod, rel. pron. and adj., who, which, what, that quidam, quaedam, quoddam (quid- dam), indef pron. and adj., a certain one, certain, a quidem, adv. (never the first word), indeed, certainly, in truth ; ne . . . quidem, not . . . even quies, -etis,/!, quiet, rest, repose quinquaginta, adj., indecl. [quinque], fifty quinque, adj., indecl., five. (Quin- quennial) quintus, -a, -um, adj. [quinque], fifth Quirinalis, -is, m., the quirinal, one of the hills of Rome quis (qui), quae, quid (quod), in- terrog. pro?i. and adj., who? which ? what ? quisquam, , quidquam, indef. pron. and adj. (no plur.), any one, anything (at all), any quisque, quaeque, quidque (quod- que), indef pron. and adj., each one, each, every qui-vis, quaevis, quodvis (quidvis), indef pro7i. and adj., any one, anything (you wish), any what- ever quo, interrog. and rel. adv. [quis, qui], whither, where quod, conj. [qui], because, in that quoque, conj. (after an emphatic word), also, too. Cf. etiam quot, interrog. and rel. adj., indecl., how many? as many as rapina, -ae,/! [rapid], robbery, plun- dering. (Rapine) rapio, rapere, rapui, raptus, seize; snatch, drag. (Rapt, Rapture) raro, adv., seldom, RAREly ratio, -onis,/l, (a reckoning), reason, method, plan, way, conduct. (Ratio) re- (red-), prefix, back, again re-cedo, recedere, recessi, recessiirus, withdraw. (Recede, Recess) re-cipio, recipere, recepi, receptus [-capio], take back, receive, re- cover; se recipere, withdraw, retreat, betake one's self. (Re- ception) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 321 rectus, -a, -um, adj. [rego], straight, diRECT, right re-cumbo, recumbere, recubui, , lie down, sink down. {Recumbent) re-curro, recurrere, recurri, , (run back), retire, return. {Recur) re-cuso, recusare, recusavl, recusatus [causa], decline, refuse red-do, reddere, reddidi, redditus [re(d)-do, put], give back, return, render, make red-eo, redlre, redii, rediturus [re{d )-], go back, return red-imo, redimere, redemi, redemptus [re(d)-emo], buy back, purchase, redeem, ransom. (Redeinption) reditus, -us, ///. [reded], return re-duco, rediicere, reduxi, reductus, lead back, bring back. (Reduce) re-fero, referre, rettuli, relatus, bring back ; return, repay ; report, an- nounce ; pedem referre, with- draw, retreat, fall back. (Refer, Re/ate) refractus, see refringo re-fringo, refringere, refregi, refrac- tus [-frango], break down, break open. (Refraction) re-fugio, refugere, refugi, , flee for safety, flee, take to flight. (Refuge) regina, -a.e,f [regd], (the ruling one), queen regio, -onis, f, place, region, country regius, -a, -um, adj. [rex], the king's, of the king, royal regno, regnare, regnavi, regnaturus [regnum], rule, reign regnum, -I, n. [rex], kingdom reg5, regere, rexi, rectus [rex], rule re-icio, reicere, reieci, reiectus [-iacio], throw back, drive back, hurl back. (Reject) re-labor, relabi, relapsus sum, (slide back), flow back, subside. (Re/apse) re-linquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictus, leave behind, leave, abandon. (Re- linquish) reliquus, -a, -um, adj., remaining, rest of; ftlur. as noun, the rest. (Relief Cf ceteri re-mando, remandare, remandavi, re- mandatus, send back word. (Re- mand) re-moveo, removere, removi, remotus, (move back), remove. (Remote) re-muneror, remunerari, remiineratus sum, repay, reward. (Remunerate) Remus, -1, m., remus, brother of Romulus remus, -1, m., oar re-niinti5, renuntiare, renuntiavi, re- niintiatus, report, anNOUNCE. (Re- nunciation) re-paro, reparare, reparavi, reparatus, renew, revive. (Repair) re-pello, repellere, reppuli, repulsus, drive away, cast down, deprive; REPULSE, REPEL repentino, adv. [repentinus], sud-* denly, unexpectedly repentinus, -a, -um, adj., sudden re-perio, reperire, repperi, repertus [-pario, bring forth], find, discover, ascertain. Cf invenio repertor, -oris, ;;/. [reperio], discov- erer, inventor 322 FIRST YEAR LATIN re-pled, replere, replevi, repletus, fill up again. {Replete) re-pono, reponere, reposui, repositus, put away, store, keep re-porto, reportare, reportavi, repor- tatus, bring back, win, gain. {Re- port.) Cf. refero re-posco, reposcere, , , de- mand back, ask for, claim repositus, see repono re-prehendo, reprehendere, repre- hend!, reprehensus, find .fault with, blame. {Reprehend) re-promitto, repromittere, repromisi, repromissus, promise in return repulsus, see repello res, rei,/l, thing, event, circumstance, affair, scheme, cause, matter, fact ; res publica, republic, state, com- monwealth ; res frumentaria, grain supply, provisions ; qua re, where- fore. {Real, Rebus) re-scindo, rescindere, rescidi, rescis- sus, cut off, break down, demol- ish. {Rescind) rescissus, see rescindo re-sisto, resistere, restiti, , re- sist, oppose ; with dat. re-spondeo, respondere, respondl, re- sponsus, (promise in return), answer, reply, respond responsum, -I, n. [responded], reply, RESPONSE re-stituo, restituere, restitui, restitii- tus [statud, set up], replace, re- store. {Restitution) re-tineo, retinere, retinui, retentus [-teneo], keep back, reserve. {Re- tain) reversus, see reverts re-verto, revertere, reverti, reversus {or, In the present system, cojn- monly revertor, etc., deponent), turn back, return. {Revert) rex, regis, m. [rego], (ruler), king. {Regal) Rhea Silvia, Rheae Silviae,/^, rhea silvia, a priestess of Vesta, and mother of Romulus and Remus Rhenus, -I, m., the rhine Rhodanus, -I, ;//., the rhone rideo, ridere, risi, risus, smile, laugh at, laugh. {Deride) ripa, -a.*,/., bank. {Riparian) rogo, rogare, rogavi, rogatus, ask, question. Cf. quaero, peto, and postulo rogus, -I, ;;/., funeral pile, pyre Roma, -a.e,f., rome Romanus, -a, -um, adj. [R5ma], roman ; masc. as noun, a roman Romulus, -I, m., romulus, first king of Rome rupes, -is, f., steep rock, cliff. Cf. saxum rursus, adv. [for reversus], (turned back), again Sabini, -drum, m., the sabines, a tribe of Italy sacer, -era, -crum, adj., sacred sacerdos, -otis, ni. a?id f [sacer], priest, priestess. {Sacerdotal) sacrificium, sacrifici % ;/. [sacrifico], SACRIFICE sacrifico, sacrificare, sacrificavi, sa- crificatus [sacer-facio], sacrifice sacrum, -I, n. [sacer], shrine LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 323 saepe, adv., often, frequently saepio, saepire, saepsi, saeptus, (hedge in), surround, fortify, guard saevus, -a, -um, adj., cruel, savage, fierce. Cf atrox and trux sagitta, -a.e,f, arrow. {Sagittarius) saltus, -us, m., forest, glade, thicket salus, -utis, f, SAFEty, welfare ; greeting Samnites, -ium, m. plur., the sam- nites, a tribe of Italy sanguis,-inis,///., blood. (Sanguinary) Santones, -um, ?n. plur., the san- tones, a tribe of Gaul satis, adv., enough, sufficiently. (Satisfy) saxum, -1, //., stone, rock. Cf. riipes scelus, -eris, n., wickedness, crime scio, scire, scivi (scii), scitus, know, know how. (Science .) Cf. cognosc5 Scipio, -onis, m., scipio, a famous Roman general scriba, -ae, m. [scribd], writer, clerk, secretary. (Scribe) scribo, scrlbere, scrips!, scriptus, write. (Scripture) scutum, -1, n., shield se, sese, see sul sectio, -onis, f, (a cutting), sale of confiscated goods, booty. (Section) secundus, -a, -um, adj. [sequor], fol- lowing, next; second sed, conj., but. Cf autem sedecim, adj., indecl. [sex-decem], sixteen sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessurus [sedes], sit. (Sedentary) sedes, -is, f [sedeo], seat, dwelling, perch. (See of a bishop) seditio, -onis, f, discord, revolt, SEDITION Segusiavi, -orum, m. plur., the segusiavi, a tribe of Gaul semper, adv., always, ever senator, -oris, ;//. [sendtus], sena- tor senatus, -us, m. [senator], council of elders, senate senectus, -utis,/." [senex, old], old age senior, -oris, m. [comp. of senex, old], elder. (Senior) sentio, sentire, sensi, sensus, feel, know (by the senses), see, per- ceive. (Sense.) Cf. percipio sepelio, sepelire, sepelivl (sepelii), sepultus, bury, inter. (Sepulture) septem, adj., indecl., seven septimus, -a, -um, adj. [septem], seventh Sequani, -orum, m. plur., the se- quani, a tribe of Gaul sequor, sequi, secutus sum, follow. (Prosecute) Seriphus, -1, /.', seriphos, a small island east of Greece serpens, -entis, m., serpent, snake servitiis, -utis, f [servus], slavery, servitude Servius Tullius, Servl Tulli, ;//., servius tullius, one of the kings of Rome servo, servare, servavi, servatus, save, keep, preSERVE servus, -1, m., slave, SERvant sex, adj., indecl., six si, conj., if, whether sic, adv., so, thus, in this way. Cf. ita and tarn 324 FIRST YEAR LATIN siccus, -a, -um, adj., dry; in sicco, on dry ground. {Desiccate) Sicilia, -ae, f, sicily, an island off the coast of Italy signum, -i, «., mark, sign, ensiGN, SIGNal silva, -ae,/!, wood, forest. (Silvan) similis, -e, adj. [simul], like, resem- bling, siMiLar simul, adv. [similis], at the same time ; simul ac, as soon as sine, prep, with ad/., without. (Sinecure) sinister, -tra, -trum, adj., left (hand). (Sinister) sinus, -us, m., lap, bosom situs, -a, -um, adj., placed, set, lying, siTuated socius, soci, ///., comrade, companion, ally. (Social) sol, solis, m., sun. (Solar) sollicito, sollicitare, sollicitavi, solli- citatus, stir, arouse, tempt. (Solicit) solus,-a,-um,tf^'., alone, single; sole solvo, solvere, solvi, solutus, loose, loosen; melt; break; pay. (Solve) somnus, -i, m., sleep. (Somnolent) sonitus, -us, m., sound, noise, din, clash soror, -oris,/!, sister. (Sorority) Sparta, -ae; f, sparta, a city of Greece Spartanus, -i, ;;/., a spartan spatium, spati, ;/., room, space, distance, time species, (-el), f. [specto], sight, ap- pearance, pretense. (Species) spectaculum, -I, n. [specto], a show, exhibition. (Spectacle) specto, spectare, spectavi, spectatus, look at, behold, witness. (Spectator) speculum, -i, n. [specto], mirror spelunca, -ae,/!, cave, cavern, den sperno, spernere, sprevi, spretus, despise, reject, scorn, spurn spero, sperare, speravi, speratus [spes], hope, hope for spes, spei,/! [spero], hope; in spem venire, to entertain hopes spondeo, spondere, spopondi, sponsus, pledge, promise. (Spouse) sponte (sua), only abl., of (one's own) accord. (Spontaneous) statim, adv. [sto], (standing there), on the spot, immediately, at once. Cf. subito statua, -ae, f. [statud, set up], (the thing set up), statue stella, -ae, /., star. (Constellation, Stellar) stipendium, stipend!, ;/., wages, pay ; military service. (Stipend) sto, stare, steti, staturus, stand studeo, studere, studui, [studium], desire, be eager for; with dat. (Student) studiosus, -a, -um, adj. [studium], eager, desirous, studious studium, studi, n. [studeo], zeal, eagerness ; study stuped, stupere, stupui, , be as- tonished, be amazed. (Stupefy) suadeo, suadere, suasi, suasus, ad- vise, urge ; with dat. of pe?'son. (Suasion) sub, prep, with ace. and abl., under, up to ; sub vesperum, toward evening. (Subway) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 325 sub-do, subdere, subdidi, subditus [-do, put], put under, set to sub-eo, subire, subii, subitus, go under, go up to, enter ; undergo sub-icio, subicere, subieci, subiectus [-iacio], put under, place under ; with dat. of the object under which. {Subject) sub-igo, subigere, subegi, subactus [-ago], bring under, subdue subito, adv., suDDenly, unexpect- edly. Cf. statim sublatus, sjee tollo sublicius, -a, -um, adj., resting on piles ; p5ns Sublicius, the Sub- lician bridge, the pile bridge subsidium, subsidi, //., help, aid, re- lief. (Subsidy.) Cf. auxilium and praesidium suc-cedo, succedere, success!, succes- siirus [«/&-], come up, approach, follow. (Succeed) Suessa Pdmetia, Suessae Pometiae, f, suessa pometia, a city of Italy sui, reflex. pron., of himself (herself, itself, themselves). (Suicide) Sulpicius, Sulpici, m., a Roman name sum, esse, fui, futurus, be, exist. (Essence, Future) summus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of superus, highest, greatest, extreme. (Sum, Consummate) sumo, sumere, sumpsi, siimptus, take, take up ; assuME super, prep, with ace. and abl., over, above, upon. (Sttperhuman) super-incido, superincidere, , , fall on from above superior, -ius, adj., comp. of supe- rus, higher, superior supers, superare, superavi, supera- tus [super], pass over; surpass, outdo, overcome, conquer. (In- superable.) Cf. praestd and vinco super-sum, superesse, superfui, su- perfuturus, be over, be left over; survive ; with dat. (superus), -a, -um, adj. [super], above supplicium, supplici, ;/., punishment, torture supra, adv. [superus], above, be- fore supremus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of superus, last. (Supreme) sus-cipio, suscipere, suscepi, suscep- tus [sub(s)-capid], take up, under- take, receive. (Susceptible) suspicio, -onis, f [suspicor], suspi- cion suspicor, suspicari, suspicatus sum [suspicio], suspect, mistrust sus-tineo, sustinere, sustinui, sus- tentus [sub(s)-teneo], hold up, bear, endure: support; withstand, sus- tain suus, -a, -um, possess, and reflex. . adj. and pron. [sui], his, her, hers; its, their, theirs talaria, -ium, n.phir., winged shoes talis, -e, adj., such tarn, adv., so, so much. Cf. ita and sic tamen, adv., yet, but, however, nevertheless tandem, ad?; [tarn-], (just so far), at length, finally 326 FIRST YEAR LATIN tantulus, -a, -um, adj. [diminutive oftantus], so small tantum, adv. [tantus], only tantus, -a, -um, adj. [tarn], so great, so much, such. {Tantamount) Tarentinus, -a, -um, adj., of Taren- tum, a city of southern Italy ;. masc. plur. as noun, the taren- tines Tarentum, -I, ;/., tarentum, a city of southern Italy Tarquinius, Tarquini, m., tarquin, name of two kings of Rome, Tarquinius Priscus and Tarquin- ius Superbus telum, -I, ?/., weapon tempero, temperare, temperavl, tem- peratus, refrain from, keep from. {Temperate) tempestas, -atis, f. [tempus], storm, tempest, weather templum, -I, n., temple tempus, -oris, n., time. (Temporal) teneo, tenere, tenui, , hold, keep, have. (Tenacious, Retain) tento, tentare, tentavi, tentatus, try, atTEMPT. Cf. experior tergum, -I, n., back ; a tergo, behind, in the rear. {Tergiversation) terra, -ae, f, earth, land; region. (Terrace) terreo, terrere, terrul, territus [terror], frighten, alarm, TERRify terribilis, -e, adj. [terreo], dreadful, frightful, terrible. Cf. horribilis territorium, territSri, n. [terra], lands. ( Territory) terror, -oris, m. [terreo], terror, alarm, fear. Cf. pavor a?id timor tertium, adv. [tertius], the third time tertius, -a, -um, adj. [tres], third. {Tertiary) Thales, -is, m., thales, a Greek philosopher Thebae, -arum,/] plur., thebes, a city of Greece Tiberis, -is, ;//. (ace. -im), the Tiber, a river of Italy Ticlnus, -I, m., the ticinus, a river of Italy timed, timere, timui, [timor], fear, be afraid of. Cf. vereor timidus, -a, -um, adj. [timed], faint- hearted, timid Timon, -onis, m., timon, an Athenian timor, -oris, m. [timed], fear. Cf. pavor and terror. (Timorous) tintinnabulum, -I, ;/., bell. (Tintin- nabulation) Tiryns, -nthis (-os) (ace. Tiryntha), f, tiryns, a city of Greece tolero, tolerare, toleravi, toleratus, bear, endure. (Tolerate) Cf. fero tollo, tollere, sustuli, sublatus, raise, pick up, take. (Extol) Tolosates, -ium, ?n.plur., the tolo sates, inhabitants of Tolosa, a city in Gaul totus, -a, -um, adj., whole, all, entire. (Total.) Cf. omnis, universus, and cunctus trabs, trabis,/!, beam, timber, log tractd, tractare, tractavi, tractatus [traho], handle, feel of. (Tractate) tra-do, tradere, tradidi, traditus [trans-do, put], give over, give up, surrender, deliver; tradunt, they say. (Tradition) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 327 tra-duco, traducere, traduxi, traduc- tus [trans-], lead over, lead across. Often with a secondary object, as, flumen copias traducere, lead the troops across the river. {Traduce) traho, trahere, traxi, tractus, draw, drag, lead. (Traction) tra-icio, traicere, traieci, traiectus [trans-iacio], throw across, cross ; pierce. (Trajectory) tra-no, tranare, tranavi, [trans-], swim across tranquillus, -a, -um, adj., calm, TRANQUIL trans, prep, with ace, across, be- yond, over, the other side of. ( T?'a7isatla?itic) trans-eo, transire, transii, transitus, go over, cross. (Transit) trans-figo, transfigere, transfix!, transfixus, pierce through, stab. (Transfx) transfixus, see transflgo trans-fodid, transfodere, transfodi, transfossus, run through, pierce through, stab trans-fugio, transfugere, transfugi, , go over (to the enemy), desert trans-mar inus, -a, -um, adj. [mare], foreign trans-porto, transportare, transpor- tavi, transportatus, carry across. (Transport) trecenti, -ae, -a, adj. [tres-centum], three hundred trepido, trepidare, trepidavi, trepi- daturus, be in alarm, be in con- fusion . ( Trepidation) tres, tria, adj., three. (Trefoil) tribunal, -alis, ;/. [tribunus], judg- ment seat, TRIBUNAL tribunus, -1, m., tribune, a Roman officer tricensimus, -a, -um, adj., thirtieth triduum, -1, n., three days tristis, -e, adj., sad, gloomy triumpho, triumphare, triumphavl, triumphatiirus, celebrate a tri- umph Troia, -ae,/], troy, an ancient city of Asia Minor trux, trucis, adj., wild, harsh, savage, fierce, TRUCulent. Cf. atrox and saevus tu, pers. pron., thou, you tuba, -ae,_/], trumpet Tullus Hostilius, Tulli Hostili, m., tullus hostilius, the third king of Rome turn, adv., at that time, then tunc, adv. [turn], at that time, then turba, -ae,/] [turbo], crowd, throng; turmoil turbo, turbare, turbavi, turbatus [turba], disTURB, confuse, trouble turris, -is,/], tower. (Ttwret) Tusci, -orum, m. plur., the Etrus- cans, people of Etruria, in Italy Tuscia, -ae,/], Etruria, a district of Italy Tusculum, -1, n., tusculum, a town near Rome tiitela, -ae,/], guardianship, charge, care. (Tutelary) tutus, -a, -um, adj., safe tuus, -a, -um, possess, adj. and pron., thy, thine ; your, yours (of only one person) 328 FIRST YEAR LATIN ubi, interrog. and rel. adv., where, when ulciscor, ulcisci, ultus sum, avenge Ulixes, -is, m., ulysses, a Greek hero ullus, -a, -um, adj. and pron. [for unulus, diminutive of unus], any, any one, anybody ulterior, -ius, adj., comp., farther, more remote. (Ulterior) ultimus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of ul- terior, farthest, last. {Ultimate) umbra, -ae,/i, shade, shadow. (Um- brage, Umb7'ella) umerus, -I, ///., shoulder. (Humerus) umquam, adv., at any time, ever unde, interrog. and rel. adv., whence undecimus, -a, -um, adj. [undecim], eleventh undique, adv., from all parts, on all sides, everywhere universus, -a, -um, adj. [unus-versus], (turned into one), whole, all, in a mass. (Universal, Universe, Uni- versity.) Cf cunctus, omnis, and totus iinus, -a, -um, adj., one ; alone. (Union) urbs, -\s,f, city. (Suburb) usus, -us, m. [utor], use, benefit, advantage ut (uti), adv. and co?ij., how, as, when ; that, in order that, so that, to uter, -tra, -trum, interrog. p?vn. and adj., which (of two)? uter . . . utri, which ... to the other uter, -tris, m., leather bottle, skin (of wine) uterque, utraque, utrumque, indef. pron. and adj., each (of two), both utilis, -e, adj. [utor], useful, advan- tageous. (Utility) utor, uti, usus sum [usus], use, employ, enjoy, maintain ; with abl. uxor, -oris,/], wife. (Uxorious) vaco, vacare, vacavi, , be un- occupied. ( Vacant ) vadum, -I, ;/., shoal, ford vagitus, -us, m., a crying valeo, valere, valui, valiturus, be strong, be in good health ; vale, farewell, good-by. ( Valiant, Value) , Valerius, ^Valeri, m., Valerius, a Roman name valetudd, -inis,/] [valeo], health, state of health. ( Valetudinarian) validus, -a, -um, adj. [valeo], strong, stout, sturdy. (Valid.) Cf. fortis vallum, -l, n., earthworks, rampart. (Circumvallation) vas, vasis (plur. vasa, -6 rum), ;/., : vase, pot vast5, vastare, vastavi, vastatus, lay waste, ravage -ve, conj., enclitic, or vehementer, adv., eagerly, earnestly, very much, vehemextIy Veientes, -ium, ;/z. plur., the inhab- itants of Veii vel, conj. [void, wish], or ; vel . . . • vel, either ... or. Cf. aut veld, velare, velavi, velatus, cover, I encircle, envelop, veil vel-ut, adv., just as, as if, like LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 329 vendo, vendere, vendidi, venditus, sell, VEND venenum, -I, n., poison. {Venom) venia, -ae, f. t indulgence, favor. ( Venial) venio, venire, veni, venturus, come. (Convene) venor, venari, venatus sum, hunt, chase. ( Venison) venter, -tris, m. t belly, stomach. {Ventriloquist) ventus, -1, m., wind. (Ventilate) verbum, -1, n., word. (Verb) vereor, vereri, veritus sum, fear, revERence, respect. Cf timeo veritus, see vereor vero, adv. [verum], in truth, but versus, see verto verto, vertere, verti, versus, turn, change. (Convert, Verse) verum, conj. [vero], but vesper, -erf, m., evening, nightfall. ( Vespers) Vesta, -ae, f., vesta, the goddess of the hearth vester, -tra, -trum, possess, adj. and pron., your, yours (of more than one person) vestis, -is,/!, garment, robe, clothing Vesuvius, Vesuvi, m., Vesuvius, a volcano near Naples Veturia, -ae,/i, veturia, mother of Coriolanus via, -ae, f, way, road, street; gap. (Via, Viaduct) viator, -oris, m. [via], traveler vicinus, -a, -um, adj. [vicus], near, neighboring; masc. as noun, neighbor. (Vicinity) victor, -oris, m. [vinco], conqueror, victor ; as adj., vicTORious victoria, -ae,/! [victor], victory vicus, -1, m., village, district, street video, videre, vidi, visus, see, per- ceive ; pass., be seen, seem. ( Vision) vigilia, -ae, /., watch, night watch. (Vigil) viginti, adj., indecl., twenty vimen, -inis, n., pliant twig, withe, osier VIminalis, -is, m., the viminal, one of the hills of Rome vincio, vincire, vinxi, vinctus, bind vinco, vincere, vici, victus, conquer, defeat. (Invincible.) Cf. supero vinculum, -1, n. [vincio], chain, bond; in vincula, into prison; into chains vinea, -ae,/!, covered shed, movable shelter, vinea vinum, -1, n., wine. (Vine) vir, viri, m., man, hero. (Virile.) Cf homo vireo, virere, virui, , be green virgo, -m\s,f, maiden, virgin • virtus, -utis, f [vir], manliness, courage, bravery, valor; virtue vis, see void, wish vis, vis, f, strength, power, force, violence. ( Vim) vita, -ae,/, life. (Vital) vix, adv., hardly, with difficulty voco, vocare, vocavi, vocatus [vox], call. (Vocation.) Cf. appello Vocontii, -orum, m. plur., the vo- contii, a tribe in the Roman province in southeastern Gaul 330 FIRST YEAR LATIN volo, velle, volui, , wish, be willing, desire, intend. {Volition) volo, volare, volavl, volaturus, fly. ( Volatile) Volsci, -drum, m. plur., the vol- sciaxs, a people of Italy Volumnia, -ae, /., volumnia, wife of Coriolanus voluntas, -atis, f. [void, wish], will, good will, consent. {Voluntary) voluptas, -atis,/! [void, wish], pleas- ure, enjoyment. {Voluptuous) vox, vocis, f. [voco], voice, word, remark. (Vocal) Vulcanus, -I, m. y vulcan, the god of fire vulnero, vulnerare, vulneravi, vul- neratus [vulnus], wound, hurt, in- jure. ( Vulnerable) vulnus, -eris, n. [vulnero], wound vultus, -us, ;;/., countenance, looks, features Zama, -ae, /., zama, a town in Africa ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY For the principal parts of verbs, and for other details not given here, refer- ence may be made to the Latin-English Vocabulary or to the special vocabu- laries. The figures i, 2, 3, 4 after verbs indicate the conjugation. about, de, with abl. across, trans, with ace. act, ago, 3 advance, progredior, 3 advise, moneo, 2 after, post, with ace. ; implied in a participle afterwards, postea against, contra or ad, with ace. aid, auxilium, auxili, n. all, omnis,»-e ; totus, -a, -um ally, socius, soci, m. alone, solus, -a, -um ; unus, -a, -um also, etiam although, implied in a participle among, inter, with ace. ; in, withabl. ample, amplus, -a, -um and, et, -que ; and also, atque ; and so, itaque announce, nuntio, 1 another, alius, -a, -ud any, ullus, -a, -um ; aliqui, aliqua, aliquod ; any at all, quisquam, , quidquam ; any one, aliquis anything, aliquid approach, appropinquo, 1 approve, probo, 1 arm, armo, 1 arms, arma, -orum, n. plur. army, exercitus, -us, m. arouse, incito, 1 ; commoveo, 2 arrival, adventus, -us, m. arrow, sagitta, -ae,f ask, rogo, 1 ; peto, 3 assistance, auxilium, auxili, n. at, in, with ace. orabl. ; abl. of cause; abl. of time ; at last, tandem ; at once, statim Athens, Athenae, -arum, f plur. attack, v., oppugno, 1 ; impetum facio, 3 attack, n., impetus, -us, m. attempt, conor, 1 await, exspecto, 1 away from, a. or ab, with abl. baggage, impedimenta, -orum, n. plur. band, manus, -us,/! bank, ripa, -ae,f barbarian, barbarus, -T, m. battle, pugna, -ae, f ; proelium, proeli, n. be, sum, irr. ; be able, possum, irr. ; be made, fio, irr.] be unwilling, nolo, irr. ; be wanting, desum, irr. ; be willing, volo, irr. bear, fero, irr. 33i 332 FIRST YEAR LATIN because, quod ; because of, ob or propter, with ace. ; abl. of cause become, flo, irr. began, coepT, defective best, optimus, -a, -um better, melior, melius between, inter, with ace. boat, navigium, navigl, n. body, corpus, -oris, n. bold, audax, -acis ; fortis, -e book, liber, -bri, m. booty, praeda, -ae,f both . . . and, et . . . et boy, puer, -eri, m. brave, fortis, -e bravely, fortiter ; cum virtute bravery, virtus, -utis,/] bring, porto, I Britain, Britannia, -ae,/! broad, latus, -a, -um brother, f rater, -tris, m. build, aedifico, i building, aedificium, aedificl, ;/. but, sed buy, emo, 3 by, a or ab, with abl. ; abl. of means or instrument Caesar, Caesar, -aris, m. call together, convoco, 1 camp, castra, -orum, n. plur. can, possum, irr. captive, captivus, -T, m. capture, capio, 3 care, cura, -ae,/[ carry, porta, 1 ; carry on war, bel- lum gero, 3 cart, carrus, -1, m. cause, causa, -ae,y. cavalry, equitatus, -us, ;;/. centurion, centurio, -onis, m. certain, quldam, quaedam, quoddam (quiddam) certainly, certe chief, prlnceps, -cipis, /;/. children, liberi, -orum, m. plur. citizen, civis, -is, m. city, urbs, urbis,/! clan, civitas, -atis,yC cohort, cohors, cohortis,/] come, venio, 4 ; come near, accedo, 3 ; appropinquo, 1 coming, adventus, -us, m. command, v., iubeo, 2; impero, 1, with dat. command, //., imperium, imperT, n. comrade, socius, soci, m. concerning, de, with abl. conference, conloquium, conlo- quT, n. confidence, fides, -el,f. confuse, perturbo, 1 conquer, supero, 1 ; vinco, 3 contend, pugno, 1 Corinth, Corinthus, -i,f Cornelia, Cornelia, -ae,/^ country, patria, -ae,/! courage, virtus, -iitis,yi cut off, intercludo, 3 daily, cotldie danger, periculum, -1, n. daughter, filia, -ae,/! dawn (at), prima luce day, dies, -el, m. daybreak (at), prima luce death, mors, mortis, f ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 333 decide, constituo, 3 deep, altus, -a, -um defend, defendo, 3 delay, 7/., moror, 1 delay, n., mora, -a.e,f delight, delecto, 1 Delphi, Delphi, -orum, m. plur. demand, postulo, 1 depart, discedo, 3 deprive, privo, 1 desire, cupio, 3 ; studeo, 2, with dat. desist, desisto, 3 difficulty, difficultas, -atis,^ diligence, dlligentia, -ae,/! dismiss, dimitto, 3 disturb, commoveo, 2 do, facio, 3 ; ago, 3 down from, de, with abl. draw up, instruo, 3 dwell, habito, 1 ; incolo, 3 each, each one, quisque ; each of two, uterque, utraque, utrumque eager, acer, acris, acre easy, facilis, -e embassy, legatio, -6nis,/i enemy, hostis, -is, m. enough, satis every one, quisque; omnes, -ium, m. plur. exhort, hortor, 1 extend, pateo, 2 fact, res, rel, f. ; the fact that, quod, with a clause of fact fail, desum, irr., with dat. farmer, agricola, -ae, m. father, pater, -tris, m. fear, 7/., timed, 2 ; vereor, 2 fear, n., timor, -oris, ;//. few, pauci, -ae, -a, plur. field, ager, agri, m. fight, 7/., pugno, 1 fight, ;/., pugna, -ae,y^ fill, compleo, 2 find, reperio, 4 fire, ignis, -is, m. first, primus, -a, -um fit, idoneus, -a, -um five, qulnque flank, cornu, -us, n. flee, fugio, 3 follow, sequor, 3 food, cibus, -T, m. foot, pes, pedis, m. ; foot soldier, pedes, peditis, m, for, sign of the dative ; pro, with abl. ; for the purpose of, ad, with gerundive or gerund \ ut, with subjunctive force, vis, vis,/; forest, silva, -ae,/! formerly, olim fortify, munio, 4 fortune, fortuna, -ae,/*. free, v., Hbero, 1 free, adj., liber, -era, -erum friend, amicus, -1, m. friendly, amicus, -a, -um frighten, terreo, 2 from, de, with abl.; away from, a or ab, with abl. ; out from, e or ex, with abl. ; abl. of separation Galba, Galba, -ae, m. garden, hortus, -T, m. gate, porta, -ae,/l gather together, cogo, 3 334 FIRST YEAR LATIN Gaul, Gallia, -ae, f. ; a Gaul, Gallus, -I, m. general, dux, ducis, ;//. Germans, German!, -orum, m. phir. Germany, Germania, -ae,/] gift, donum, -T, «. girl, puella, -ae,/] give, do, i ; dono, I go, eo, irr. ; go away, discedo, 3 ; go forward, progredior, 3 ; go out, egredior, 3 god, deus, -T, m. good, bonus, -a, -um grain, frumentum, -T, n. great, magnus, -a, -um ; great num- ber, multitudo, -inis,/! greatly, magnopere Greece, Graecia, -ae,/! grieve, doleo, 2 hand, manus, -us,/! happen, fio, irr. harbor, portus, -us, m, hardship, labor, -oris, m: # harm, noceo, 2, with dat. hasten, propero, 1 have, habeo, 2 he, is, hie, ille head, caput, -itis, n. hear, audio, 4 heavy, gravis, -e help, auxilium, auxili, n. ; subsidium, subsidi, n. Helvetians, Helvetil, -orum, m.plur. her, {objective) earn, hanc, illam ; [possessive) eius, huius, illius ; {reflexive possessive) suus, -a, -um herself, sui high, altus, -a, -um ; superus, -a, -um hill, collis, -is, m. him, eum, hunc, ilium himself, sui hinder, impedio, 4 his, eius, huius, illius ; {reflexive) suus, -a, -um hold, habeo, 2 ; teneo, 2 ; hold in check, sustineo, 2 home, domus, -us,/! hope, spes, spel,yi horn, cornu, -us, //. horse, equus, -T, m. horseman, eques, -itis, m. hostage, obses, -idis, m. hour, hora, -ae,/! house, domus, -us,/! • how many, quot however, tamen hundred, centum hurl, iacio, 3 hurry, propero, 1 I, ego if, implied in a participle impel, incito, 1 in, in, with abl. ; abl. of specifica- tion ; in defense of, pro, with abl. ; in front of, pro, with abl. ; in order to, Ut, with subjunctive ■; in such a way, ita ; in vain, frustra increase, augeo, 2 infantry, peditatus, -us, m. inform, certiorem facio, 3 inhabitant, incola, -ae, m. injure, noceo, 2, with dat. into, in, with ace. island, insula, -ae,/! ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 335 it, id, hoc, illud Italy, Italia, -ae,/! javelin, pilum, -T, n. journey, iter, itineris, n. Julia, Iulia, -ae,/! kill, interficio, 3 king, rex, regis, m. know, scio, 4 ; cognosco, 3, in perf. tenses Labienus, Labienus, -1, m. labor, laboro, 1 lack, v., careo, 2, with abl. ; desum, irr., with dat. lack, «., inopia, -ae,f. lady, domina, -a.e,f. lake, lacus, -us, m. land, terra, -ae,f. large, magnus, -a, -um last, proximus, -a, -um lay waste, vasto, 1 lead, duco, 3 ; lead back, reduco, 3 ; lead out, educo, 3 leader, dux, ducis, m. learn, cognosco, 3 least, minimus, -a, -um leave behind, relinquo, 3 left, sinister, -tra, -trum legion, legio, -onis,/! lest, ne, with subjunctive letter, litterae, -arum, f. plur. liberate, libero, 1 lieutenant, legatus, -I, m. like, similis, -e line of battle; acies, -el,/] little, parvus, -a, -um live, habito, 1 long, longus, -a, -um ; for a long time, diu look at, specto, 1 love, amo, 1 make, facio, 3 man, vir, viri, m.\ homo, -inis, m. many, multi, -ae, -a, plur. march, 7/., iter facio, 3 march, n., iter, itineris, n. Marcus, Marcus, -1, m. marsh, palus, paludis,/! master, dominus, -1, m. meanwhile, interim messenger, nuntius, nunti, in. mile, mille passuum mine, meus, -a, -um money, pecunia, -ae,/I more, plus, pluris most, plurimus, -a, -um mother, mater, -tris,/i mountain, mons, montis, m. move, moveo, 2 much, adj., multus, -a, -um much, adv., multum ; miilto must, passive periphrastic conju- gation my, meus, -a, -um nation, natio, -onis,/] native land, patria, -ae,/; near, adj., flnitimus, -a, -um ; pro- pinquus, -a, -um near, prep., apud, with ace. neighboring, flnitimus, -a, -um neighbors, flnitiml, -orum, m. plur. neither . . . nor, neque . . . neque never, numquam new, novus, -a, -um 336 FIRST YEAR LATIN night, nox, noctis,/! no, nullus, -a, -um ; no longer, non iam nor, neque not, non ; not even, ne . . . quidem nothing, nihil now, iam, nunc number, numerus, -I, m. ocean, oceanus, -I, in. of, sign of the genitive ; de, with abl. ; out of, e or ex, with abl. offer, do, i often, saepe on, in, with abl.] abl. of time \ on account of, ob or propter, with ace. once (upon a time), olim one, unus, -a, -um order, v., iubeo, 2; impero, 1, with dat. order (in order that), ut, with sub- junctive other, alius, -a, -ud ; other of two, alter, -era, -erum ought, debeo, 2 ; passive peri- phrastic ' conjugation our, noster, -tra, -trum ; our men, nostrl, -orum, in. plur. ourselves, nos ; ipsi, -ae out of, e or ex, with abl. overcome, supero, 1 ; vinco, 3 own, (his, her, its, their) suus, -a, -um ; (my) meus, -a, -um ; (our) noster, -tra, -trum ; (your, sing.) tuus, -a, -um ; (your, plur.) vester, -tra, -trum part, pars, partis,/! peace, pax, pads,/! people, populus, -1, in. ; natio, -onis,/! personal enemy, inimicus, -T, m. persuade, persuadeo, 2, with Hat. pirate, pirata, -ae, in. pitch camp, castra pono, 3 place, v., pono, 3 ; conloco, 1 ; place in command, praeficio, 3, with dat. of the object over which place, //., locus, -1 (plur. loca and rarely loci), m. plan, consilium, consili, n. plead, oro, 1 please, placeo, 2, with dat. pleasing, gratus, -a, -um plenty, copia, -ae,/! poet, poeta, -ae, in. point out, demonstro, 1 poor, miser, -era, -erum power, potestas, -atis, f.\ vis, vis,/! praise, laudo, 1 prefer, malo, irr. prisoner, captivus, -1, m. promise, polliceor, 2 protection, subsidium, subsidi, //. province, provincia, -ae,/! purpose (for the purpose of), ut (neg. ne), with subjunctive ; ad, with gerund or gerundive ; causa, fol- lowing a gerund or gerundive put in command, praeficio, 3, with dat. of the object over which ; put to flight, fugo, 1 queen, regina, -ae,/! receive, capio, 3 ; recipio, 3 relate, narro, 1 remain, maneo, 2 remember, memoria teneo, 2 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 337 reply, responded, 2 report, nuntio, 1 resist, resisto, 3, with dat. rest, reliqui, -6 rum, ?n. plur. ; rest of, reliquus, -a, -um return, reverto, 3 ; co7nmonly depo- nent in the present system reward, praemium, praeml, n. right, dexter, -tra, -trum river, Admen, -inis, n. road, via, -ae,/] Roman, adj., Romanus, -a, -um Roman, ;/., Romanus, -1, m. Rome, Roma, -ae,/! rule, rego, 3 sail, navigo, 1 sailor, nauta, -ae, ?n. sake (for the sake of), causa, fol- lowing a genitive same, Idem, eadem, idem say, dico, 3 scare, terreo, 2 scout, explorator, -oris, m. sea, mare, -is, //. second, secundus, -a, -um see, video, 2 seek, peto, 3 self, ipse, -a, -um ; sui senate, senatus, -us, m. send, mitto, 3 ; send ahead, prae- mitto, 3 servant, servus, -I, m. set free, libero, 1 ; set out, proficTs- cor, 3 severe, gravis, -e she, ea, haec, ilia shield, scutum, -T, n. ship, navis, -is,/] shore, litus, -oris, n. short, brevis, -e show, demonstro, 1 ; praebeo, 2 ; doceo, 2 shut off, intercludo, 3 sick, aeger, -gra, -grum signal, signum, -1, n. since*, implied i?i a participle sing, canto, 1 sister, soror, -oris,/! six, sex slave, servus, -1, m. slight, parvus, -a, -um small, parvus, -a, -um so, tarn, ita f so as not to, ne, with subjunctive ; so great, tantus, -a, -um ; so that, ut, with subjunctive soldier, miles, -itis, ;//. some . . . others, alii . . . alii somebody, some one, aliquis something, aliquid sometimes, interdum son, filius, fill, m. sortie, eruptio, -onis,/! spear, hasta, -ae,/I speed, celeritas, -atis,/] spend the* winter, hiemo, 1 state, cT vitas, -atis,/! station, conloco, 1 stay, maneo, 2 story, fabula, -ae,/! street, via, -ae,/] strength, vis, vis,/.' summer, aestas, -atis,/] sun, sol, solis, m. sunset, solis occasus supplies, commeatus, -us, /;/. surpass, supero, 1 surrender, deditio, -onis,/! 338 FIRST YEAR LATIN survive, supersum, irr., with dat. swamp, palus, paludis,/] swim, nato, i sword, gladius, gladl, m. take, capio, 3 tall, altus, -a, -urn teach, doceo, 2 tell, narro, 1 ; dlco, 3 ten, decern + tenth, decimus, -a, -um terms, condicio, -onis,/] territory, fines, -ium, ;//. plur. than, quam that, dem. pron., is, ea, id ; ille, ilia, illud ; that of yours, iste, -a, -ud that, rel. pron., qui, quae, quod that, conj., in purpose or result clauses, ut, with subjunctive*, not expressed after a verb of saying \ that not, ne, ut non, with sub- junctive their, eorum, earum, eorum ; (re- flexive) suus, -a, -um them, eos, eas, ea themselves, se (sese); ipsl, -ae, -a then, turn there, ibi ; not translated in such expressions as there is therefore, itaque they, el, eae, ea ; hi, hae, haec ; ilia, illae, ilia thing, res, rel,/] ; sometimes omitted think, puto, 1 third, tertius, -a, -um this, is, ea, id ; hie, haec, hoc though, implied in a pa?iiciple thousand, mllle three, tres, tria through, per, with ace, throw, iacio, 3 time, tempus, -oris, n. tired, tired out, defessus, -a, -um to, sign of the dative ; ad or in, with ace, expressing putpose, ut, with subjunctive ; ad, with gertiud or gerundive ; causa, following a gerund or gerundive to-day, hodie toward, ad, with ace. tower, turris, -is, f town, oppidum, -I, ;/. trader, mercator, -oris, 7n. tree, arbor, -oris,/] tribune, tribunus, -I, m. troops, copiae, -arum, f plur. trumpet, tuba, -ae,/! turret, turris, -is,/] two, duo, -ae, -o ; which of two, uter, utra, utrum ; each of two, uter- que, utraque, utrumque unfriendly, inimlcus, -a, -um unhappy, miser, -era, -erum unwilling (be), nolo, irr. urge, hortor, 1 valor, virtus, -utis,/] very, superlative degree ; maxime ; ipse, -a, -um victory, victoria, -ae,/] village, vlcus, -I, 711. wage, gero, 3 wagon, carrus, -I, m* wait, wait for, exspecto, 1 walk, ambulo, 1 wall, mtirus, -I, ///. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 339 war, bellum, -T, n. warn, moneo, 2 water, aqua, -ae,/! way, via, -ae,/^; iter, itineris, n. weapon, telum, -1, n. welcome, v., recipio, 3 welcome, adj., gratus, -a, -um well, bene what, quis (qui), quae, quid (quod) when, cum ; ablative absolute ; im- plied in a participle whence, unde where, ubi whether, num which, qui, quae, quod ; which of two, uter, utra, utrum while, cum ; i?nplied in a parti- ciple whither, quo who, (rel.) qui, quae; (interrog.) quis whole, totus, -a, -um ; omnis, -e why, cur wide, latus, -a, -um width, latitudo, -inis,^ wind, ventifs, -1, ,m. winter, hiems, hiemis, f.\ winter quarters, hiberna, -orum, n. plur. wish, volo, irr. ; cupio, 3 with, cum, with abL\ sometimes abl. alone without, sine, with abl. woman, femina, -ae,/i woods, silva, -ae,/! word, verbum, -1, n. work, laboro, 1 wound, 7/., vulnero, 1 wound, //., vulnus, -eris, n. wretched, miser, -era, -erum year, annus, -1, m. yet, tamen you, (sing.) tu ; (plur.) vos young man, adulescens, -entis, m. your, (sing.) tuus, -a, -um ; (plur.) vester, -tra, -trum zeal, studium, studi, n. • INDEX References are to sections unless otherwise indicated a or ab with ablative of agent, 242, 243 ablative, xxiv, b of adjectives of third declension, 208, c absolute, 452-455 of accompaniment, 142, 143 of agent, 242, 243 of cause, 184, 185 of degree of difference, 320, 321 of manner, 128, 129 of means, 121, 122 of place from which, 177, 229, 230 of place where, 58, 59 of separation, 281, 282 of specification, 480, 481 of time, 218, 219 with ex, equivalent to partitive gen- itive, 309, a with prepositions, 194 accent, 20-22 accusative, xxiv, b in indirect statements, 400, 401 object of transitive verbs, 32, 33 of extent, 332, 333 of place to which, 179, 229, 230 subject of the infinitive, 398, 399 with prepositions, 193 acer, declension, 644 comparison, 306, 647 adjectives, definition, in, a kinds and definitions, III, b-f of first and second declensions, 78, 79, 643 ; in -er, 103, 643 ; with genitive in -ius and dative in -I, 385-387, 646 of third declension, 208, 644 ; of one, two, and three terminations, 208 agreement, 79 comparison, 296, 306, 307, 317, 319, 647,649; irregular, 307, 317, 319, 649 ; by adverbs, xxvi, c RE declension of comparatives, 297,64$ meaning of comparative and super- lative, 296, c interrogative, 152, 154 possessive, 278 ; distinction in use : between suus and eius, 279; be- tween tuus and vester, 278 ; omis- sion of suus, 280 predicate, xv, a ; 86, 88 ; with com- plementary infinitive, 394, b used as nouns, ill,/"; 196 adverbial clauses with qua and ut, 497 adverbs, definition, v, a kinds and definitions, v, b-f formation, 325, 326; of the com- parative and superlative, 327, a. comparison, 327, 650 agent, expressed by the ablative with a or ab, 242, 243 ager, declension, 97, 637 agreement, of adjectives, 79 ; after a complementary infinitive, 394, b of appositives, 93, 94 of predicate nouns, xv, c ; 87 of relative pronouns, 247, 248 of verb with its subject, 29 aliquis, 420, c ; 657 alius, declension, 646 alius . . . alius, 387 alphabet, 1 alter . . . alter, .387 amans, declension, 645 amo, conjugation, 658 antecedent, definition, 11, b antepenult, 11 when accented, 21 apposition, 93, 94 article, not used in Latin, 27, a audax, declension, 644 comparison, 296, 647 audio, conjugation, 662 34 1 342 FIRST YEAR LATIN base, 63, a bonus, declension, 643 comparison, 317, 649 brevis, declension, 644 comparison, 296, 647 capid, conjugation, 661 caput, declension, 171, 638 cardinals, definition, in, c declension, 378, 646 indeclinable forms, 378 table of, 651 case, definition, xxiv of relative pronoun, 247 case endings, 25,0; 63, 73, 171, 189, 29 2 > 33 1 cases, names of English, xxiv, a names of Latin, xxiv, b. See under nominative, genitive, etc. uses, 512 causa with gerund, 461, a with gerundive, 472 causal clauses with quod, 50, 51 cause, expressed by the ablative, 184, 185 expressed by a prepositional phrase, 186, 195, b characteristic vowels of the four con- jugations, 38 clauses, definitions, xx, a-f indirect questions, 372, 373 of cause, with quod, 50, 51 of purpose, with ut and ne, 343, 344 ; substantive, 355, 356 of result, with ut and ut non, 357, 358 temporal, with cum, 487, 488 Conors, declension, 189, 639 comparative, declined, 297, 648 formation, 296, a meaning too, etc., 296, c comparison, definition, xxvi, a methods of, in English and in Latin, xx vi, b y c of adjectives, 296, 306, 307, 317, 319, 647, 649; of adjectives in -lis, 307 ; irregular, 307, 317, 319, 649 of adverbs, 327, 650 complement of verb, xv, b complementary infinitive, 394 conjugation, definition, xxvn, a. See verbs in English and Latin verbs, xxvn, b, c conjunctions, definition, vn, a .kinds- and definitions, VII, b, c consonant-i, 3 consonants, how pronounced, 6 contraction in genitive of nouns in -ium and -ius, 98 coordinate clauses, xx,/ copula, xv, b cornu, declension, 292, 640 cum (conj.) in temporal clauses, 487, 488 cum (prep.), with ablative of accom- paniment, 142, 143 with ablative of manner, 128, 129 joined to ablative of personal, re- flexive, relative, and interrogative pronouns, p. 109, note 1 dative, xxiv, a, 4 ; b double, 426, a of indirect object, 56, 57 of purpose, 426, 427 of reference, 426, 428 with adjectives, no, in with compound verbs, 424, 425 with special intransitive verbs, 432, 433 declension, definition, xxn. See nouns, pronouns, adjectives, and compara- tives degree of difference, expressed by the ablative, 320, 321 demonstrative adjectives and pro- nouns, definition, 11, /; III,*.' See pronouns ; also hie, idem, ille, ipse, is, iste dependent clause, xix, note ; xx, a-e deponent verbs, 482, 483, 669 deus, declension, 642 dies, declension, 331, 641 gender, 331 diphthongs, how pronounced, 5 direct statements, 400 domo, used of place from which, 229, 230, a domum, used of place to which, 229, 230, b INDEX 343 domus, declension, 642 gender, 292, b donum, declension, 73, 637 dum with present indicative, p. 133, note 4 duo, declension, 646 ego, declension, 652 eius compared with suus, 279 enclitics, 22 • eo, conjugation, 667 Eutropius, selections from, 547-551 exercitus, declension, 292, 640 extent of time or space, how ex- pressed, 332, 333 fero, conjugation, 666 fifth declension, 331, 641 filius, declension, 98, 637 fio, conjugation, 668 first declension, 63, 636 fourth declension, 292, 640 future active participle, xxxiv, b formation, 441,0 in principal parts, p. 63, note 1 use, 444 future perfect tense, formation of, active, 223, a ; passive, 286, b gender, in English and in Latin, xxv, a, b; 64 in first declension, 64, a in second declension, 99 in third declension, 171%^ in fourth declension, 292 and b in fifth declension, 331 genitive, xxiv, a, 2 ; b objective, 380, 381 of material, p. 79, note 1 partitive, 308, 309 possessive, 43, 44 gerund, a verbal noun, xxxn, c\ 459, 460 uses, 461 gerundive, a verbal adjective, 47 1 agreement of, 471 used with ad and causa to express purpose, 472 used with sum to form the passive periphrastic conjugation, 473 ; expresses necessary action, 473,0 Helvetians, campaign against the, 440, 451, 479, 494, 514-523 hie, declension, 654 uses, 228, 263 hortor, conjugation, 669 hortus, declension, 73, 637 hostis, declension, 189, 639 i with force of a consonant before a vowel, 3 i-stems, 189, 639 idem, declension, 654 use, 410, a iens, declension, 645 ille, declension, 654 uses, 228, 263 in with accusative and ablative, 193, 194 indefinite pronouns and adjectives, definition, 11,^; in, e. See pro- nouns independent clause, xvin, note indirect object, definition, xiv, b case of, 56, 57 indirect questions, 372, 373 indirect statements, 400-402 infinitive, definition and English uses, xxxn, a, b formation, 38, 392 ; omission of esse in compound forms, p. 190, note 1 as object, 398 as subject, 393 complementary, 394 in indirect statements, 400-402 ; tenses in, 402 not used to express purpose, 343> b takes a subject accusative, 398, 399 inflection, definition, xxi interjection, definition, vin interrogative adjective, 152, 154 interrogative pronoun, 152, 153 intransitive verb, definition, iv, c followed by dative, 432, 433 -io, verbs in, of the third conjugation, 175, 661 ipse, declension, 654 distinguished from sui, 410, c used for emphasis, 410, c 344 FIRST YEAR LATIN irregular adjectives (genitives in -lus), 385-387, 646 irregular comparison, 307, 317, 319, 649 irregular verbs : e5, 667 ; f ero, 666 ; fid, 668 ; possum, 664 ; sum, 663 ; volo, nolo, and malo, 665 is, declension, 147, 654 relation to hie and ille, 148 uses as a demonstrative pronoun and adjective, 148 used as a personal pronoun, 263 iste, declension, 654 uses, 410, a, b iter, declension, 642 Iuppiter, declension, 642 latior, declension, 297, 648 latus, comparison, 296, 647 liber, declension, 643 locative case, xxiv, b ma gnus, comparison, 317, 649 malo, conjugation, 665 malus, comparison, 317, 649 manner, how expressed, 128, 129 manus, gender, 292, b mare, declension, 189, 639 means, expressed by the ablative, 121, 122 miles, declension, 171, 638 mille, declension, 378, 646 use, 379 miser, comparison, 306, 647 moneo, conjugation, 659 mons, declension, 189, 639 moods, kinds and definitions, xxix- XXXI multus, comparison, 317, 649 -ne, enclitic, 22, 27,^ ne, that not {lest), introducing nega- tive clauses of purpose, 343, 344 nolo, conjugation, 665 nominative, xxiv, a, 1 ; b as subject of a finite verb, 28 of pronouns expressed only for em- phasis or contrast, 39, b ; 264 predicate, 86-88 n5s, declension, 652 noster, declension, 643 nouns, definition, 1, a kinds and definitions, 1, b-f first declension, 63, 636 second declension, 73, 97, 98, 637 third declension, 171, 189, 638, 639 fourth declension, 292, 640 fifth declension, 331, 641 predicate, 87 rules of gender, 64,0; 99, 171, £; 292 andb, 331 number, singular and plural, xxm numerals, definition, ui t c declension, 378 table of, 651 object, definition, xiv, a direct and indirect, xiv, b of a transitive verb, 33 on account of, how expressed in Latin, 195 order of words, 35, 60, 81, 89, 228, _ 386, b ordinals, definition, 111, c declined like bonus, 378 table of, 651 participles, definition and uses, xxx iv, a-c agreement, 443 declension, 442, 645 formation, 441, a in deponent verbs, 483 ; perfect, 483,0 no past and perfect active and no present passive, in Latin, xxxiv, b often best rendered as a clause, 445 tenses, 444 partitive genitive, 308, 309 parvus, comparison, 317, 649 passive voice, xxviii, 237 formation, 238,0; 239, 286, /z, ^ agent expressed by the ablative with a or ab, 242, 243 penult, definition, 11 when accented, 21 perfect tense, formation of, active, 134 and b; passive, 286, a, c definite and indefinite, 134, a periphrastic conjugation, passive, 473 synopsis of, 670 INDEX 345 person, distinctions, II, c personal pronouns, see pronouns phrase, definition and kinds, xvi, a-c place to which and from which, 229, 230 pluperfect tense, formation of, active, 223, a ; passive, 286, b plus, declension, 648 portus, irregular dative and ablative plural, 292, a possessive adjectives, see adjectives possum, how compounded, 411 conjugation, 664 potior, conjugation, 669 predicate, definition, xi, c complete, xiii simple, xil predicate adjective, agreement, 88 definition, xv predicate nominative, xv, c predicate noun, agreement, 87 definition, xv prefixes, 630 prepositions, definition, vi with the ablative, 194 with the accusative, 193 primary tenses, 349 principal parts of verbs, 132 proelium, declension, 98, 637 pronouns, definition, 11, a kinds and definitions, II, c-h demonstrative, definition, 11,/; de- clension, 654 ; hie and ille, uses, 228 ; is, uses, 228 ; relation of is to hie and ille, '148 ; iste, Idem, ipse, 410 indefinite, definition, 11,^; declen- sion, 657 ; uses, 420 ; quid forms used as pronouns, quod forms as adjectives, 420, e interrogative, definition, II,*; de- clension, 153, 656; followed by cum, p. 109, note 1 personal, definition, II, c ; declen- sion, 652 ; nominative expressed only for emphasis or contrast, 264 ; third person supplied by is, sometimes by hie or ille, 263 ; followed by cum, p. 109, note 1 possessive, see possessive adjec- tives reflexive, definition, 11, h ; declen- sion, 653 ; use, 266 ; followed by cum, p. 109, note. 1 relative, definition, 11, d\ agree- ment, 247, 248 ; declension, 246, 655; followed by cum, p. 109, note 1 ; referring to a personal pronoun, 267 pronunciation, sounds of letters, 4-6 puer, declension, 97, 637 purpose, dative of, 426, 427 expressed by the accusative of the gerund or gerundive with ad, 461, 472 expressed by the genitive of the gerund or gerundive with causa, 461, 472 expressed by the subjunctive with ut and ne, 343, 344 not expressed by the infinitive, 343^ substantive clauses of, 355, 356 qua in adverbial clauses, 497 -que, enclitic, 22 questions, indirect, 372, 373 qui, declension, 246, 655 quidam, 420,^/; 657 quis, declension, 153, 656 quisquam, 420, 657 quisque, 420, 657 quod clause of fact, 495, 496 reflexive pronouns, see pronouns rego, conjugation, 660 relative pronouns, see pronouns res, declension, 331, 641 result, expressed by the subjunctive with ut and ut non, 357, 358 rex, declension, 171, 638 se, distinguished from ipse, 410, c second declension, 73, 97, 98, 637 secondary tenses, 349 sentences, definition, ix kinds and definitions, x, a-d separation, expressed by the ablative, 281, 282 sequence of tenses, 348-352 sequor, conjugation, 669 space, extent of, 332, 333 346 FIRST YEAR LATIN specification, ablative of, 480, 481 stems of verbs, 132, 133 Stories from Roman History, 552- 555 Stories of Hercules, 529-538 Stories of Perseus, 277, 291, 316, 339, 370, 391, 408 Stories of Ulysses, 539-546 Story of the Aduatuci, 524-528 subject, definition, XI, b complete, xiii simple, XII agreement of verb with, 29 not expressed, 264 of an infinitive, 399 of a verb, 28 subjunctive, definition, xxx formation, of present, 342 ; of im- perfect, 347 ; of perfect and plu- perfect, 371 in indirect questions, 372, 373 in purpose clauses, 343, 344, 355, . 356 in result clauses, 357, 358 in temporal clauses with cum, 487, 488 tenses, 341 ; sequence of, 348-352 subordinate clauses in indirect state- ments, 501, 502 substantive clauses, of fact with quod, 495, 496 of purpose, 355, 356 suffixes, 632 sui, declension, 653 distinguished from ipse, 410,^ . sum, conjugation, 663 summary of uses, of nouns, 512 of verbs, 513 suus, 278, 279 compared with eius, 279 omission of, 280 syllables, number of, 8 division of, 9, 10; in compound words, 10 how named, ri long and short, 17-19 synopsis of the verb, 671 temporal clauses introduced by cum, 487, 488 tense, xxxin, a, b tenses, distinction in use between the perfect and the imperfect, 134, a of the infinitive in indirect state- ments, 402 primary and secondary, 349 sequence of, 348-352 sign of the future, 126, a sign of the imperfect, 120, b terminations, of first declension, 63 of second declension, 73 of third declension, 171, 189 of fourth declension, 292 of fifth declension, 331 third declension, 171, 638 i-stems, 189, 639 time, at which and within which, 218, 219 extent of, 332, 333 to, how expressed in Latin, 195 towns, names of, expressing place to which and from which, 229, 230 transitive verb, iv, b tres, declension, 646 tu, declension, 652 tuus, compared with vester, 278 -ubus, in irregular dative and ablative plural, 292, a ultima, 11 unus, declension, 646 ut, in adverbial clauses, 497 in clauses of purpose, 343, 344, 355, 356 in clauses of result, 357, 358 translations, 343, 1 and b verbs, definition, iv, a kinds and definitions, IV, b-f agreement, 29 ; in relative clauses, 267 case, of subject, 28 ; of object, 33 conjugations, how distinguished, 38 deponent, form, meaning, how distinguished, 482 ; active forms, 483 ; participles of both voices, 483 ; perfect participle, active in meaning, 483, a ; conjugation, 669 intransitive, which are transitive in English, 432, 433 irregular, see eo, fero, fid, malo, nolo, possum, sum, and void INDEX 347 of first conjugation, 658 virtus, declension, 171, 638 of second conjugation, 659 vis, declension, 642 of third conjugation, 660, 661 vocative case, xxiv, b of fourth conjugation, 662 voice, xxviii passive periphrastic conjugation, volo, conjugation, 665 473 ; synopsis of, 670 VOS, declension, 652 personal endings, 25,^7; 39, 134 vowels, how pronounced, 4 principal parts, 132 long, 14, 15 vereor, conjugation, 669 short, 12, 13 vester, compared with tuus, 278 vir, declension, 97, 637 with, how expressed in Latin, 195 M T' LOAN DEPT. , • a .™,Ae last date stamped below, or ™ S b00k rSS? to 'which renewed. Kenewed^L are subject to immea^eca^ LD 21A-50W-12/60 (B&221slO)476B General Library University of California Berkeley YB 00235